Philips Q548.1E Schematic

Colour Television Chassis

18560_000_090401.eps

090401

www.dtforum.net

Q548.1E

LA

Contents Page Contents Page

1. Revision List 2

2. Technical Specifications and Connections 2

3. Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List 5

4. Mechanical Instructions 9

5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding 16

6. Alignments 34

7. Circuit Descriptions 39

8. IC Data Sheets 49

9. Block Diagrams Wiring Diagram 32" (Frame) 57 Wiring Diagram 37" (Roadrunner) 58 Wiring Diagram 42" (Frame/Roadrunner) 59 Wiring Diagram 47" (Frame) 60 Wiring Diagram 47" (Roadrunner) 61 Wiring Diagram 52" (Frame) 62 Block Diagram Video 63 Block Diagram Audio 64 Block Diagram Control & Clock Signals 65 Block Diagram I2C 66 Supply Lines Overview 67

10. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts Drawing PWB Interface Ambilight: Interface + Single DC-DC Interface Ambilight: Dual DC-DC 69 71 Interface Ambilight: Microcontrollerblock 70 71 6 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon 72 75 6 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon 73 75 6 LED Low-Pow: LED Liteon 74 75 8 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon 76 80 8 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon 77 80 8 LED Low-Pow: LED Liteon 78 80 8 LED Low-Pow: LED Drive Liteon 79 80 10 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon 81 85 10 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon 82 85 10 LED Low-Pow: LED Liteon 83 85

©

Copyright 2009 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.

68 71

10 LED Low-Pow: LED Drive Liteon 84 85 12 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon 86 90 12 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon 87 90 12 LED Low-Pow: LED Liteon 88 90 12 LED Low-Pow: LED Drive 89 90 SSB: DC/DC +3V3 +1V2 91 119 SSB: DC/DC +3V3 +1V2 Standby 92 119 SSB: Front End 93 119 SSB: PNX8543 - Power 94 119 SSB: PNX8543 - Video Streams/LVDS Output 95 119 SSB: PNX8543 Audio Amplifier 96 119 SSB: PNX8543 Audio 97 119 SSB: PNX8543 Analog AV 98 119 SSB: PNX8543 SDRAM 99 119 SSB: PNX8543 Control MIPS/Flash/PCI 100 119 SSB: PNX8543 Standby Control/Debug 101 119 SSB: Bolt-on 102 119 SSB: Analog IO - Scart 1 & 2 103 119 SSB: YPbPr / Side I/O / S-video 104 119 SSB: HDMI 105 119 SSB: Ethernet 106 119 SSB: PCMCIA 107 119 SSB: Class-D 108 119 SSB: Display Interface (Common) 109 119 SSB: Display Supply 110 119 SSB: PNX5100 - Power 111 119 SSB: PNX5100 - SDRAM 112 119 SSB: PNX5100 - Control / PCI / Debug 113 119 SSB: PNX5100 - LVDS In/Out 114 119 SSB: PNX5100 - AmbiLight 115 119 SSB: SRP List Explanation 116 SSB: SRP List Part 1 117 SSB: SRP List Part 2 118

Published by ER/TY 0964 BU TV Consumer Care, the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 18560

2009-Apr-03

EN 2 Q548.1E LA1.

Revision List

1. Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx.0

• First release.

2. Technical Specifications and Connections

Index of this chapter:

2.1

Technical Specifications

2.2 Directions for Use

2.3 Connections

2.4 Chassis Overview

Notes:

• Figures can deviate due to the different set executions.

• Specifications are indicative (subject to change).

2.1 Technical Specifications

For on-line product support please use the links in Table 2-1. Here is product information available, as well as getting started, user manuals, frequently asked questions and software & drivers.

Table 2-1 Described Model numbers

CTN Styling Published in:

32PFL7404H/12

42PFL7404H/12

47PFL7404H/12

52PFL7404H/12

32PFL8404H/12

37PFL8404H/12

42PFL8404H/12

47PFL8404H/12

Frame 3122 785 18560

3122 785 18560

Roadrunner 3122 785 18560

3122 785 18560

2.2 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websites:

http://www.philips.com/support http://www.p4c.philips.com

2009-Apr-03

2.3 Connections

18440_001_090217.eps

090217

Back connectors

Side connectors

26-52”

Technical Specifications and Connections

1

11

10 9

EN 3Q548.1E LA 2.

2 3 4

5

6

7

8

19-22”

12

13

EXT 3

AUDIO IN: LEFT / RIGHT HDMI 1 / DVI HDMI 2 / DVI HDMI 3 / DVI

VGA

AUDIO

SPDIF

OUT

VGA

HDMI 3

HDMI 2 HDMI 1

EXT 2

(RGB/CVBS)

EXT 1

(RGB/CVBS)

TV ANTENNA

Note: The following connector colour abbreviations are used (according to DIN/IEC 757): Bk= Black, Bu= Blue, Gn= Green, Gy= Grey, Rd= Red, Wh= White, Ye= Yellow.

2.3.1 Side Connections

1 - Cinch: Audio - In

Rd - Audio R 0.5 V Wh - Audio L 0.5 V

2 - Cinch: Video CVBS - In

Ye - Video CVBS 1 V

/ 10 kΩ jq

RMS

/ 10 kΩ jq

RMS

/ 75 Ω jq

PP

14

Figure 2-1 Connection overview

3 - S-Video (Hosiden): Video Y/C - In

1 - Ground Y Gnd H 2 - Ground C Gnd H 3 - Video Y 1 V 4 - Video C 0.3 V

4 - Head phone (Output)

Bk - Head phone 32 - 600 Ω / 10 mW ot

5 - Common Interface

68p - See diagram B05C SSB: PCMCIA

15 16

/ 75 Ω j

PP

/ 75 Ω j

PP

jk

2009-Apr-03

EN 4 Q548.1E LA2.

1 2 3 4

10000_022_090121.eps

090121

21

20

1

2

10000_001_090121.eps

090121

1

6

10

11

5

15

10000_002_090121.eps

090127

19

1

18 2

E_06532_017.eps

250505

Technical Specifications and Connections

6 - USB2.0

Figure 2-2 USB (type A)

1-+5V k 2 - Data (-) jk 3 - Data (+) jk 4 - Ground Gnd H

7 - HDMI: Digital Video, Digital Audio - In (see connector 15)

8 - Service Connector (UART)

1 - Ground Gnd H 2 - UART_TX Transmit k 3 - UART_RX Receive j

2.3.2 Rear Connections

9 - EXT1 & 2: Video RGB - In, CVBS - In/Out, Audio - In/Out

12 - VGA: Video RGB - In

Figure 2-4 VGA Connector

1 - Video Red 0.7 V 2 - Video Green 0.7 V 3 - Video Blue 0.7 V 4-n.c.

/ 75 Ω j

PP

/ 75 Ω j

PP

/ 75 Ω j

PP

5 - Ground Gnd H 6 - Ground Red Gnd H 7 - Ground Green Gnd H 8 - Ground Blue Gnd H 9-+5V 10 - Ground Sync Gnd H

+5 V j

DC

11 - n.c. 12 - DDC_SDA DDC data j 13 - H-sync 0 - 5 V j 14 - V-sync 0 - 5 V j 15 - DDC_SCL DDC clock j

13 - Mini Jack: Audio - In

Wh - Audio L 0.5 V Rd - Audio R 0.5 V

/ 10 kΩ jo

RMS

/ 10 kΩ jo

RMS

Figure 2-3 SCART connector

1 - Audio R 0.5 V 2 - Audio R 0.5 V 3 - Audio L 0.5 V 4 - Ground Audio Gnd H

/ 1 kΩ k

RMS

/ 10 kΩ j

RMS

/ 1 kΩ k

RMS

5 - Ground Blue Gnd H 6 - Audio L 0.5 V 7 - Video Blue 0.7 V 8 - Function Select 0 - 2 V: INT

/ 10 kΩ j

RMS

/ 75 Ω jk

PP

4.5 - 7 V: EXT 16:9

9.5 - 12 V: EXT 4:3 j

9 - Ground Green Gnd H 10 - n.c. 11 - Video Green 0.7 V 12 - n.c.

/ 75 Ω j

PP

13 - Ground Red Gnd H 14 - Ground P50 Gnd H 15 - Video Red 0.7 V

/ 75 Ω j

PP

16 - Status/FBL 0 - 0.4 V: INT

1 - 3 V: EXT / 75 Ω j 17 - Ground Video Gnd H 18 - Ground FBL Gnd H 19 - Video CVBS/Y 1 V 20 - Video CVBS 1 V

/ 75 Ω k

PP

/ 75 Ω j

PP

21 - Shield Gnd H

10 - Cinch: S/PDIF - Out

Bk - Coaxial 0.4 - 0.6V

/ 75 Ω kq

PP

11 - Cinch: Audio - Out

Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V

/ 10 kΩ kq

RMS

/ 10 kΩ kq

RMS

14 - EXT3: Cinch: Video YPbPr - In, Audio - In

Gn - Video Y 1 V Bu - Video Pb 0.7 V Rd - Video Pr 0.7 V Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V Wh - Audio - L 0.5 V

/ 75 Ω jq

PP

/ 75 Ω jq

PP

/ 75 Ω jq

PP

/ 10 kΩ jq

RMS

/ 10 kΩ jq

RMS

15 - HDMI 1, 2 & 3: Digital Video, Digital Audio - In

Figure 2-5 HDMI (type A) connector

1 - D2+ Data channel j 2 - Shield Gnd H 3 - D2- Data channel j 4 - D1+ Data channel j 5 - Shield Gnd H 6 - D1- Data channel j 7 - D0+ Data channel j 8 - Shield Gnd H 9 - D0- Data channel j 10 - CLK+ Data channel j 11 - Shield Gnd H 12 - CLK- Data channel j 13 - Easylink Control channel jk 14 - n.c. 15 - DDC_SCL DDC clock j 16 - DDC_SDA DDC data jk 17 - Ground Gnd H 18 - +5V j 19 - HPD Hot Plug Detect j 20 - Ground Gnd H

16 - Aerial - In

- - IEC-type (EU) Coax, 75 Ω D

2.4 Chassis Overview

Refer to chapter Block Diagrams for PWB/CBA locations.

2009-Apr-03

Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

3. Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

EN 5Q548.1E LA 3.

Index of this chapter:

Safety Instructions

3.1

3.2 Warnings

3.3 Notes

3.4 Abbreviation List

3.1 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require the following during a repair:

• Connect the set to the Mains/AC Power via an isolation transformer (> 800 VA).

• Replace safety components, indicated by the symbol h, only by components identical to the original ones. Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard. Of de set ontploft!

Safety regulations require that after a repair, the set must be returned in its original condition. Pay in particular attention to the following points:

• Route the wire trees correctly and fix them with the mounted cable clamps.

• Check the insulation of the Mains/AC Power lead for external damage.

• Check the strain relief of the Mains/AC Power cord for proper function.

• Check the electrical DC resistance between the Mains/AC Power plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have a Mains/AC Power isolated power supply):

1. Unplug the Mains/AC Power cord and connect a wire

between the two pins of the Mains/AC Power plug.

2. Set the Mains/AC Power switch to the “on” position

(keep the Mains/AC Power cord unplugged!).

3. Measure the resistance value between the pins of the

Mains/AC Power plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set. The reading should be between 4.5 MΩ and 12 MΩ.

4. Switch “off” the set, and remove the wire between the

two pins of the Mains/AC Power plug.

• Check the cabinet for defects, to prevent touching of any inner parts by the customer.

picture carrier at 475.25 MHz for PAL, or 61.25 MHz for NTSC (channel 3).

• Where necessary, measure the waveforms and voltages

with (D) and without (E) aerial signal. Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation (G) and in stand-by (F). These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols.

3.3.2 Schematic Notes

• All resistor values are in ohms, and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (e.g. 2K2 indicates 2.2 kΩ).

• Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an “E” or an “R” (e.g. 220E or 220R indicates 220 Ω).

• All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (μ=× 10 nano-farads (n =× 10

• Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (e.g. 2p2 indicates 2.2 pF).

• An “asterisk” (*) indicates component usage varies. Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values.

• The correct component values are listed on the Philips Spare Parts Web Portal.

3.3.3 Spare Parts

For the latest spare part overview, consult your Philips Spare Part web portal.

3.3.4 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs

Introduction

For more information on how to handle BGA devices, visit this URL: http://www.atyourservice-magazine.com “Magazine”, then go to “Repair downloads”. Here you will find Information on how to deal with BGA-ICs.

BGA Temperature Profiles

For BGA-ICs, you must use the correct temperature-profile. Where applicable and available, this profile is added to the IC Data Sheet information section in this manual.

-9

), or pico-farads (p =× 10

. Select

-12

-6

),

).

3.2 Warnings

• All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to

electrostatic discharges (ESD w). Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically. Make sure that, during repair, you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Keep components and tools also at this same potential.

• Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section.

• Never replace modules or other components while the unit is switched “on”.

• When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools. This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable.

3.3 Notes

3.3.1 General

• Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground (H), or hot ground (I), depending on the tested area of circuitry. The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative. Measure them in the Service Default Mode with a colour bar signal and stereo sound (L: 3 kHz, R: 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and

3.3.5 Lead-free Soldering

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repair:

• Use only lead-free soldering tin. If lead-free solder paste is required, please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment. In general, use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle.

• Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin. The solder tool must be able: – To reach a solder-tip temperature of at least 400°C. – To stabilize the adjusted temperature at the solder-tip. – To exchange solder-tips for different applications.

• Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature of around 360°C - 380°C is reached and stabilized at the solder joint. Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec. Avoid temperatures above 400°C, otherwise wear-out of tips will increase drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed. To avoid wear-out of tips, switch “off” unused equipment or reduce heat.

• Mix of lead-free soldering tin/parts with leaded soldering tin/parts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes. If this cannot be avoided, carefully clear the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin.

2009-Apr-03

EN 6 Q548.1E LA3.

10000_024_090121.eps

090121

MODEL :

PROD.NO:

~

S

32PF9968/10

MADE IN BELGIUM

220-240V 50/60Hz

128W

AG 1A0617 000001

VHF+S+H+UHF

BJ3.0E LA

Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

3.3.6 Alternative BOM identification

It should be noted that on the European Service website, “Alternative BOM” is referred to as “Design variant”.

The third digit in the serial number (example: AG2B0335000001) indicates the number of the alternative B.O.M. (Bill Of Materials) that has been used for producing the specific TV set. In general, it is possible that the same TV model on the market is produced with e.g. two different types of displays, coming from two different suppliers. This will then result in sets which have the same CTN (Commercial Type Number; e.g. 28PW9515/12) but which have a different B.O.M. number. By looking at the third digit of the serial number, one can identify which B.O.M. is used for the TV set he is working with. If the third digit of the serial number contains the number “1” (example: AG1B033500001), then the TV set has been manufactured according to B.O.M. number 1. If the third digit is a “2” (example: AG2B0335000001), then the set has been produced according to B.O.M. no. 2. This is important for ordering the correct spare parts! For the third digit, the numbers 1...9 and the characters A...Z can be used, so in total: 9 plus 26= 35 different B.O.M.s can be indicated by the third digit of the serial number.

Identification: The bottom line of a type plate gives a 14-digit serial number. Digits 1 and 2 refer to the production centre (e.g. AG is Bruges), digit 3 refers to the B.O.M. code, digit 4 refers to the Service version change code, digits 5 and 6 refer to the production year, and digits 7 and 8 refer to production week (in example below it is 2006 week 17). The 6 last digits contain the serial number.

Figure 3-1 Serial number (example)

3.3.7 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)

If a board is defective, consult your repair procedure to decide if the board has to be exchanged or if it should be repaired on component level. If your repair procedure says the board should be exchanged completely, do not solder on the defective board. Otherwise, it cannot be returned to the O.E.M. supplier for back charging!

3.3.8 Practical Service Precautions

• It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock.

While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact, others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard.

• Always respect voltages. While some may not be

dangerous in themselves, they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided. Before reaching into a powered TV set, it is best to test the high voltage insulation. It is easy to do, and is a good service precaution.

2009-Apr-03

3.4 Abbreviation List

0/6/12 SCART switch control signal on A/V

board. 0 = loop through (AUX to TV), 6 = play 16 : 9 format, 12 = play 4 : 3 format

AARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation:

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars; keeps the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation:

algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by

means of a predefined TXT page ADC Analogue to Digital Converter AFC Automatic Frequency Control: control

signal used to tune to the correct

frequency AGC Automatic Gain Control: algorithm that

controls the video input of the feature

box AM Amplitude Modulation AP Asia Pacific AR Aspect Ratio: 4 by 3 or 16 by 9 ASF Auto Screen Fit: algorithm that adapts

aspect ratio to remove horizontal black

bars without discarding video

information ATSC Advanced Television Systems

Committee, the digital TV standard in

the USA ATV See Auto TV Auto TV A hardware and software control

system that measures picture content,

and adapts image parameters in a

dynamic way AV External Audio Video AVC Audio Video Controller AVIP Audio Video Input Processor B/G Monochrome TV system. Sound

carrier distance is 5.5 MHz BLR Board-Level Repair BTSC Broadcast Television Standard

Committee. Multiplex FM stereo sound

system, originating from the USA and

used e.g. in LATAM and AP-NTSC

countries B-TXT Blue TeleteXT C Centre channel (audio) CEC Consumer Electronics Control bus:

remote control bus on HDMI

connections CL Constant Level: audio output to

connect with an external amplifier CLR Component Level Repair ComPair Computer aided rePair CP Connected Planet / Copy Protection CSM Customer Service Mode CTI Color Transient Improvement:

manipulates steepness of chroma

transients CVBS Composite Video Blanking and

Synchronization DAC Digital to Analogue Converter DBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement: extra

low frequency amplification DDC See “E-DDC” D/K Monochrome TV system. Sound

carrier distance is 6.5 MHz DFI Dynamic Frame Insertion DFU Directions For Use: owner's manual DMR Digital Media Reader: card reader DMSD Digital Multi Standard Decoding DNM Digital Natural Motion

Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

EN 7Q548.1E LA 3.

DNR Digital Noise Reduction: noise

reduction feature of the set DRAM Dynamic RAM DRM Digital Rights Management DSP Digital Signal Processing DST Dealer Service Tool: special remote

control designed for service

technicians DTCP Digital Transmission Content

Protection; A protocol for protecting

digital audio/video content that is

traversing a high speed serial bus,

such as IEEE-1394 DVB-C Digital Video Broadcast - Cable DVB-T Digital Video Broadcast - Terrestrial DVD Digital Versatile Disc DVI(-d) Digital Visual Interface (d= digital only) E-DDC Enhanced Display Data Channel

(VESA standard for communication

channel and display). Using E-DDC,

the video source can read the EDID

information form the display. EDID Extended Display Identification Data

(VESA standard) EEPROM Electrically Erasable and

Programmable Read Only Memory EMI Electro Magnetic Interference EPLD Erasable Programmable Logic Device EU Europe EXT EXTernal (source), entering the set by

SCART or by cinches (jacks) FDS Full Dual Screen (same as FDW) FDW Full Dual Window (same as FDS) FLASH FLASH memory FM Field Memory or Frequency

Modulation FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array FTV Flat TeleVision Gb/s Giga bits per second G-TXT Green TeleteXT H H_sync to the module HD High Definition HDD Hard Disk Drive HDCP High-bandwidth Digital Content

Protection: A “key” encoded into the

HDMI/DVI signal that prevents video

data piracy. If a source is HDCP coded

and connected via HDMI/DVI without

the proper HDCP decoding, the

picture is put into a “snow vision” mode

or changed to a low resolution. For

normal content distribution the source

and the display device must be

enabled for HDCP “software key”

decoding. HDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface HP HeadPhone I Monochrome TV system. Sound

2

C Inter IC bus

I

2

D Inter IC Data bus

I

2

I

S Inter IC Sound bus

carrier distance is 6.0 MHz

IF Intermediate Frequency IR Infra Red IRQ Interrupt Request ITU-656 The ITU Radio communication Sector

(ITU-R) is a standards body

subcommittee of the International

Telecommunication Union relating to

radio communication. ITU-656 (a.k.a.

SDI), is a digitized video format used

for broadcast grade video.

Uncompressed digital component or

digital composite signals can be used.

The SDI signal is self-synchronizing,

uses 8 bit or 10 bit data words, and has a maximum data rate of 270 Mbit/s, with a minimum bandwidth of 135 MHz.

ITV Institutional TeleVision; TV sets for

hotels, hospitals etc.

LS Last Status; The settings last chosen

by the customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM. They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according to the customer's

preferences LATAM Latin America LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode L/L' Monochrome TV system. Sound

carrier distance is 6.5 MHz. L' is Band

I, L is all bands except for Band I LPL LG.Philips LCD (supplier) LS Loudspeaker LVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling Mbps Mega bits per second M/N Monochrome TV system. Sound

carrier distance is 4.5 MHz MIPS Microprocessor without Interlocked

Pipeline-Stages; A RISC-based

microprocessor MOP Matrix Output Processor MOSFET Metal Oxide Silicon Field Effect

Transistor, switching device MPEG Motion Pictures Experts Group MPIF Multi Platform InterFace MUTE MUTE Line NC Not Connected NICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded

Audio Multiplexing. This is a digital

sound system, mainly used in Europe. NTC Negative Temperature Coefficient,

non-linear resistor NTSC National Television Standard

Committee. Color system mainly used

in North America and Japan. Color

carrier NTSC M/N= 3.579545 MHz,

NTSC 4.43= 4.433619 MHz (this is a

VCR norm, it is not transmitted off-air) NVM Non-Volatile Memory: IC containing

TV related data such as alignments O/C Open Circuit OSD On Screen Display OTC On screen display Teletext and

Control; also called Artistic (SAA5800) P50 Project 50: communication protocol

between TV and peripherals PAL Phase Alternating Line. Color system

mainly used in West Europe (color

carrier= 4.433619 MHz) and South

America (color carrier PAL M=

3.575612 MHz and PAL N= 3.582056

MHz) PCB Printed Circuit Board (same as “PWB”) PCM Pulse Code Modulation PDP Plasma Display Panel PFC Power Factor Corrector (or Pre-

conditioner) PIP Picture In Picture PLL Phase Locked Loop. Used for e.g.

FST tuning systems. The customer

can give directly the desired frequency POD Point Of Deployment: a removable

CAM module, implementing the CA

system for a host (e.g. a TV-set) POR Power On Reset, signal to reset the uP PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient,

non-linear resistor PWB Printed Wiring Board (same as “PCB”)

2009-Apr-03

EN 8 Q548.1E LA3.

Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

PWM Pulse Width Modulation QRC Quasi Resonant Converter QTNR Quality Temporal Noise Reduction QVCP Quality Video Composition Processor RAM Random Access Memory RGB Red, Green, and Blue. The primary

color signals for TV. By mixing levels of R, G, and B, all colors (Y/C) are

reproduced. RC Remote Control RC5 / RC6 Signal protocol from the remote

control receiver RESET RESET signal ROM Read Only Memory RSDS Reduced Swing Differential Signalling

data interface R-TXT Red TeleteXT SAM Service Alignment Mode S/C Short Circuit SCART Syndicat des Constructeurs

d'Appareils Radiorécepteurs et

Téléviseurs SCL Serial Clock I SCL-F CLock Signal on Fast I SD Standard Definition SDA Serial Data I SDA-F DAta Signal on Fast I

2

C

2

C bus

2

C

2

C bus SDI Serial Digital Interface, see “ITU-656” SDRAM Synchronous DRAM SECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Mémoire.

Color system mainly used in France and East Europe. Color carriers=

4.406250 MHz and 4.250000 MHz SIF Sound Intermediate Frequency SMPS Switched Mode Power Supply SoC System on Chip SOG Sync On Green SOPS Self Oscillating Power Supply SPI Serial Peripheral Interface bus; a 4-

wire synchronous serial data link

standard S/PDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFace SRAM Static RAM SRP Service Reference Protocol SSB Small Signal Board STBY STand-BY SVGA 800x600 (4:3) SVHS Super Video Home System SW Software SWAN Spatial temporal Weighted Averaging

Noise reduction SXGA 1280x1024 TFT Thin Film Transistor THD Total Harmonic Distortion TMDS Transmission Minimized Differential

Signalling TXT TeleteXT TXT-DW Dual Window with TeleteXT UI User Interface uP Microprocessor UXGA 1600x1200 (4:3) V V-sync to the module VESA Video Electronics Standards

Association VGA 640x480 (4:3) VL Variable Level out: processed audio

output toward external amplifier VSB Vestigial Side Band; modulation

method WYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record:

record selection that follows main

picture and sound WXGA 1280x768 (15:9) XTAL Quartz crystal XGA 1024x768 (4:3)

Y Luminance signal Y/C Luminance (Y) and Chrominance (C)

signal

YPbPr Component video. Luminance and

scaled color difference signals (B-Y and R-Y)

YUV Component video

2009-Apr-03

4. Mechanical Instructions

18560_104_090401.eps

090402

18560_102_090401.eps

090402

Mechanical Instructions

EN 9Q548.1E LA 4.

Index of this chapter:

Cable Dressing

4.1

4.2 Service Positions

4.3 Assy/Panel Removal

4.4 Set Re-assembly

4.1 Cable Dressing

Notes:

• Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to the different set executions.

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing 32PFL7404H/12

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing 42PFL7404H/12

2009-Apr-03

EN 10 Q548.1E LA4.

18560_101_090401.eps

090402

Mechanical Instructions

Figure 4-3 Cable dressing 47PFL7404H/12

2009-Apr-03

Figure 4-4 Cable dressing 52PFL7404H/12

18560_100_090401.eps

090401

Mechanical Instructions

18560_103_090401.eps

090402

18560_105_090401.eps

090402

EN 11Q548.1E LA 4.

Figure 4-5 Cable dressing 32PFL8404H/12

Figure 4-6 Cable dressing 37PFL8404H/12

2009-Apr-03

EN 12 Q548.1E LA4.

18560_106_090401.eps

090402

18560_107_090401.eps

090402

Mechanical Instructions

Figure 4-7 Cable dressing 42PFL8404H/12

2009-Apr-03

Figure 4-8 Cable dressing 47PFL8404H/12

4.2 Service Positions

E_06532_018.eps

171106

1

Required for sets

42"

1

18560_408_090401.eps

090402

3

1

2

1

3

1

2

For easy servicing of this set, there are a few possibilities created:

• The buffers from the packaging.

• Foam bars (created for Service).

4.2.1 Foam Bars

Mechanical Instructions

EN 13Q548.1E LA 4.

Figure 4-9 Foam bars

The foam bars (order code 3122 785 90580 for two pieces) can be used for all types and sizes of Flat TVs. See figure Figure 4-9

for details. Sets with a display of 42" and larger, require four foam bars [1]. Ensure that the foam bars are always supporting the cabinet and never only the display. Caution: Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the display! By laying the TV face down on the (ESD protective) foam bars, a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments. By placing a mirror under the TV, you can monitor the screen.

4.3 Assy/Panel Removal

The instructions apply to the 8000 series (Roadrunner - with AmbiLight).

4.3.1 Rear Cover

Warning: Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove

the rear cover. Note: it is not necessary to remove the stand while removing the rear cover.

1. Remove all screws of the rear cover.

2. Lift the rear cover from the TV. Make sure that wires and

4.3.2 Speakers

Each speaker unit is mounted with two screws. When defective, replace the whole unit.

4.3.3 Ambi Light

Each Ambi Light unit is mounted on a subframe. Refer to

Figure 4-10

flat coils are not damaged while lifting the rear cover from the set.

for details.

Figure 4-10 Ambi Light unit

1. Remove the Ambi Light cover [1].

2. Unplug the connector(s) [2].

3. Remove the subframe [3].

4. The PWB can now be taken from the subframe. When defective, replace the whole unit.

4.3.4 Main Supply Panel

1. Unplug all connectors.

2. Remove the fixation screws.

3. Take the board out. When defective, replace the whole unit.

4.3.5 IR & LED Board / Stand Support

Refer to Figure 4-11

for details.

2

1

18560_109_090401.eps

090402

Figure 4-11 IR & LED Board / Stand Support

1. Remove the stand.

2. Remove the IR/LED cover [1].

3. Remove the connectors on the IR/LED board.

4. Remove the fixation screws from the IR/LED board. When defective, replace the whole unit.

2009-Apr-03

EN 14 Q548.1E LA4.

18560_110_090401.eps

090402

1

18560_111_090401.eps

090402

4

2

44

3

Stand Support Removal for LCD panel removal

1. Remove the Main Supply Panel as earlier described.

2. Remove the screws [2] and take the support out.

4.3.6 Small Signal Board (SSB)

Caution: It is mandatory to remount screws at their original

position during re-assembly. Failure to do so may result in damaging the SSB.

1. Unplug all connectors.

2. Remove the screws that secure the board.

3. The SSB can now be taken out of the set.

4.3.7 Keyboard Control Panel

1. Remove the right AmbiLight unit.

2. Follow instructions for removing the IR/LED board until 3.

3. Remove the connector on the IR/LED board.

4. Release the cable.

5. Release the clip on top of the unit and take the unit out. When defective, replace the whole unit.

4.3.8 LCD Panel

Mechanical Instructions

Refer to Figure 4-12

to Figure 4-15 for details.

1. Remove the AmbiLight units as earlier described.

2. Remove the subwoofer as earlier described.

3. Remove the Top Support [1].

4. Release the LVDS [2] - and other connectors [3] from the SSB.

5. Remove the subframe of the SSB [4] with the SSB still mounted on it.

6. Release all connectors [5] from the PSU.

7. Remove the subframe of the PSU [6] with the PSU still mounted on it.

8. Remove the stand support as earlier described.

9. Release the connectors [7] on the IR/LED Panel as earlier described.

10. Remove the clips that secure the flare [8].

11. Remove the flare.

12. Now the LCD Panel can be lifted from the front cabinet.

Figure 4-13 LCD Panel - SSB subframe

6

5

6

5

18560_112_090401.eps

6

090402

2009-Apr-03

Figure 4-12 LCD Panel - top support

Figure 4-14 LCD Panel - PSU subframe

Mechanical Instructions

18560_113_090401.eps

090402

8

7

8

EN 15Q548.1E LA 4.

4.4 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set, execute all processes in reverse order.

Notes:

• While re-assembling, make sure that all cables are placed and connected in their original position. See Figure 4-1

• Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams in the set. Ensure that EMC foams are mounted correctly.

, Figure 4-2 and Figure 4-3

Figure 4-15 LCD Panel - panel removal

2009-Apr-03

EN 16 Q548.1E LA5.

1

SDM1SDM

18440_200_090225.eps

090306

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter:

Test Points

5.1

5.2 Service Modes

5.3 Step by step Start-up

5.4 Service Tools

5.5 Error Codes

5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure

5.7 Protections

5.8 Fault Finding and Repair Tips

5.9 Software Upgrading

5.1 Test Points

As most signals are digital, it will be difficult to measure waveforms with a standard oscilloscope. However, several key ICs are capable of generating test patterns, which can be controlled via ComPair. In this way it is possible to determine which part is defective.

Perform measurements under the following conditions:

• Service Default Mode.

• Video: Colour bar signal.

• Audio: 3 kHz left, 1 kHz right.

5.2 Service Modes

Service Default mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode (SAM) offers several features for the service technician, while the Customer Service Mode (CSM) is used for communication between the call centre and the customer.

• All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled, like: – (Sleep) timer. – Child/parental lock. – Picture mute (blue mute or black mute). – Automatic volume levelling (AVL). – Skip/blank of non-favourite pre-sets.

How to Activate SDM

For this chassis there are two kinds of SDM: an analog SDM and a digital SDM. Tuning will happen according to Table 5-1

• Analog SDM: use the standard RC-transmitter and key in the code “062596”, directly followed by the “MENU” (or HOME) button. Note: It is possible that, together with the SDM, the main menu will appear. To switch it “off”, push the “MENU” (or HOME) button again.

• Digital SDM: use the standard RC-transmitter and key in the code “062593”, directly followed by the “MENU” (or HOME) button. Note: It is possible that, together with the SDM, the main menu will appear. To switch it “off”, push the “MENU” (or HOME) button again.

• Analog SDM can also be activated by, on the SSB, shorting for a moment the solder pads SDM [1] (see

Figure 5-1

).

.

This chassis also offers the option of using ComPair, a hardware interface between a computer and the TV chassis. It offers the abilities of structured troubleshooting, error code reading, and software version read-out for all chassis. (see also section 5.4.1

Note: For the new model range, a new remote control (RC) is used with some renamed buttons. This has an impact on the activation of the Service modes. For instance the old “MENU” button is now called “HOME” (or is indicated by a “house” icon).

5.2.1 Service Default Mode (SDM)

Purpose

• To create a pre-defined setting, to get the same measurement results as given in this manual.

• To override SW protections detected by stand-by processor and make the TV start up to the step just before protection (a sort of automatic step by step start up). See section 5.3

• To start the blinking LED procedure where only layer 2 errors are displayed (see also section 5.5

Specifications

Table 5-1 SDM default settings

ComPair).

Step by step Start-up.

Region Freq. (MHz)

Europe, AP(PAL/Multi) 475.25 PAL B/G

Europe, AP DVB-T 546.00 PID

Video: 0B 06 PID PCR: 0B 06 PID Audio: 0B 07

Error Codes).

Default system

DVB-T

Figure 5-1 Service mode pads

After activating this mode, “SDM” will appear in the upper right corner of the screen (when a picture is available).

How to Navigate

When the “MENU” (or HOME) button is pressed on the RC transmitter, the set will toggle between the SDM and the normal user menu (with the SDM mode still active in the background).

How to Exit SDM

Use one of the following methods:

• Switch the set to STAND-BY via the RC-transmitter.

• Via a standard customer RC-transmitter: key in “00”sequence.

• All picture settings at 50% (brightness, colour, contrast).

• All sound settings at 50%, except volume at 25%.

2009-Apr-03

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

PHILIPS

MODEL:

32PF9968/10

PROD.SERIAL NO:

AG 1A0620 000001

040

39mm

27mm

(CTN Sticker)

Display Option

Code

E_06532_038.eps

240108

EN 17Q548.1E LA 5.

5.2.2 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

Purpose

• To perform (software) alignments.

• To change option settings.

• To easily identify the used software version.

• To view operation hours.

• To display (or clear) the error code buffer.

How to Activate SAM

Via a standard RC transmitter: key in the code “062596” directly followed by the “INFO” or “I+” button. After activating SAM with this method a service warning will appear on the screen, continue by pressing the red button on the RC.

Contents of SAM (see also Table 6-5

• Hardware Information – A. SW Version. Displays the software version of the

main software (example: Q5431-0.26.2.0= AAAaB_X.Y.W.Z).

• AAAA= the chassis name, where “a” indicates the chip version: e.g. TV543/32= Q543, TV543/82= Q548, Q543/92= Q549.

• B= the SW branch version. This is a sequential number (this is no longer the region indication, as the software is now multi-region).

• X.Y.W.Z= the software version, where X is the main version number (different numbers are not compatible with one another) and Y.W.Z is the sub version number (a higher number is always compatible with a lower number).

– B. SBY PROC Version. Displays the software version

of the stand-by processor.

– C. Production Code. Displays the production code of

the TV, this is the serial number as printed on the back of the TV set. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after corruption, this production code has to be re-written to NVM. ComPair will foresee in a possibility to do this.

• Operation Hours. Displays the accumulated total of operation hours (not the stand-by hours). Every time the TV is switched “on/off”, 0.5 hours is added to this number.

• Errors (followed by maximum 10 errors). The most recent error is displayed at the upper left (for an error explanation see section 5.5

• Reset Error Buffer. When “cursor right” (or the “OK button) is pressed and then the “OK” button is pressed, the error buffer is reset.

• Alignments. This will activate the “ALIGNMENTS” submenu. See chapter 6.

• Dealer Options. Extra features for the dealers. See Table

6-5.

• Options. Extra features for Service. For more information regarding option codes, see chapter 6. Note that if the option code numbers are changed, these have to be confirmed with pressing the “OK” button before the options are stored. Otherwise changes will be lost.

• Initialize NVM. The moment the processor recognizes a corrupted NVM, the “initialize NVM” line will be highlighted. Now, two things can be done (dependent of the service instructions at that moment): – Save the content of the NVM via ComPair for

development analysis, before initializing. This will give the Service department an extra possibility for diagnosis (e.g. when Development asks for this).

– Initialize the NVM.

• Note: When the NVM is corrupted, or replaced, there is a high possibility that no picture appears because the display code is not correct. So, before initializing the NVM via the SAM, a picture is necessary and therefore the correct display option has to be entered. Refer to chapter 6. option, it’s advised to use ComPair (the correct HEX values

):

Error Codes).

Alignments.

Alignments for details. To adapt this

for the options can be found in chapter 8 “Alignments”) or

a method via a standard RC (described below). Changing the display option via a standard RC: Key in the code “062598” directly followed by the “MENU” (or HOME) button and “XXX” (where XXX is the 3 digit decimal display code as mentioned in Table 6-4

. Make sure to key in all three digits, also the leading zero’s. If the above action is successful, the front LED will go out as an indication that the RC sequence was correct. After the display option is changed in the NVM, the TV will go to the Stand-by mode. If the NVM was corrupted or empty before this action, it will be initialized first (loaded with default values). This initializing can take up to 20 seconds.

Figure 5-2 Location of Display Option Code sticker

• Store - go right. All options and alignments are stored

when pressing “cursor right” (or the “OK” button) and then the “OK”-button.

• SW Maintenance.

– SW Events. Not useful for Service purposes. In case

of specific software problems, the development department can ask for this information.

– HW Events. Not useful for Service purposes. In case

of specific software problems, the development department can ask for this information.

• Test settings. For development purposes only.

• Development file versions. Not useful for Service

purposes, this information is only used by the development department.

• Upload to USB. To upload several settings from the TV to

an USB stick, which is connected to the SSB. The items are “Channel list”, “Personal settings”, “Option codes”, “Display-related alignments” and “History list”. First a

directory “repair\” has to be created in the root of the USB stick. To upload the settings select each item

separately, press “cursor right” (or the “OK button), confirm with “OK” and wait until “Done” appears. In case the download to the USB stick was not successful “Failure” will appear. In this case, check if the USB stick is connected properly and if the directory “repair” is present in the root of the USB stick. Now the settings are stored onto the USB stick and can be used to download onto another TV or other SSB. Uploading is of course only possible if the software is running and if a picture is available. This method is created to be able to save the customer’s TV settings and to store them into another SSB.

• Download from USB. To download several settings from

the USB stick to the TV. Same way of working as with uploading. To make sure that the download of the channel list from USB to the TV is executed properly, it is necessary to restart the TV and tune to a valid preset if necessary.

Note: The “History list item” can not be downloaded from USB to the TV. This is a “read-only” item. In case of specific problems, the development department can ask for this information.

How to Navigate

• In SAM, the menu items can be selected with the

“CURSOR UP/DOWN” key (or the scroll wheel) on the RCtransmitter. The selected item will be highlighted. When not

2009-Apr-03

EN 18 Q548.1E LA5.

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

all menu items fit on the screen, move the “CURSOR UP/ DOWN” key to display the next/previous menu items.

• With the “CURSOR LEFT/RIGHT” keys (or the scroll wheel), it is possible to: – (De) activate the selected menu item. – (De) activate the selected sub menu.

• With the “OK” key, it is possible to activate the selected action.

How to Exit SAM

Use one of the following methods:

• Switch the set to STAND-BY via the RC-transmitter.

• Via a standard RC-transmitter, key in “00” sequence, or select the “BACK” key.

5.2.3 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

Purpose

When a customer is having problems with his TV-set, he can call his dealer or the Customer Helpdesk. The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM, in order to identify the status of the set. Now, the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint. In many cases, he can advise the customer how to solve the problem, or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer. The CSM is a read only mode; therefore, modifications in this mode are not possible. When CSM is activated, the layer 1 error is displayed via blinking LED. Only the latest error is displayed. (see also section 5.5

When CSM is activated and there is a USB stick connected to the TV, the software will dump the complete CSM content to the USB stick. The file (Csm.txt) will be saved in the root of the USB stick. This information can be handy if no information is displayed.

Only for Q548.1:

When in the Q548.1 chassis CSM is activated, a test pattern will be displayed during 5 s.: 1 s. blue, 1 s. green, and 1 s. red, then again 1 s. blue and 1 s. green. This test pattern is generated by the PNX5120. So if this test pattern is shown, it could be determined that the back end video chain (PNX5120, LVDS, and display) of the SSB is working. For LED backlight TV sets, the test pattern is build as follows: 1 s. blue, 1 s. green, 1 s. red (generated by the PNX5120) and further on with 3 seconds RGB pattern from the LED Dimming Panel.

How to Activate CSM

Key in the code “123654” via the standard RC transmitter.

Note: Activation of the CSM is only possible if there is no (user) menu on the screen!

How to Navigate

By means of the “CURSOR-DOWN/UP” knob (or the scroll wheel) on the RC-transmitter, can be navigated through the menus.

Contents of CSM

The contents are displayed on three pages: General, Software versions, and Quality items. However, these group names itself are not shown anywhere in the CSM menu.

General

• Set Type. This information is very helpful for a helpdesk/

Error Codes).

workshop as reference for further diagnosis. In this way, it is not necessary for the customer to look at the rear of the TV-set. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after corruption, this set type has to be re-written to NVM. ComPair will foresee in a possibility to do this.

• Production Code. Displays the production code (the serial number) of the TV. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after corruption, this production code has to be re-written to NVM. ComPair will foresee a in possibility to do this.

• Installed date. Indicates the date of the first installation of the TV. This date is acquired via time extraction.

• Options 1. Gives the option codes of option group 1 as set in SAM (Service Alignment Mode).

• Options 2. Gives the option codes of option group 2 as set in SAM (Service Alignment Mode).

• 12NC SSB. Gives an identification of the SSB as stored in NVM. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after corruption, this identification number has to be re-written to NVM. ComPair will foresee in a possibility to do this. This identification number is the 12nc number of the SSB. Remark: the content here can also be a part of the 12NC of the SSB in combination with the serial number.

• 12NC display. Shows the 12NC of the display

• 12NC supply. Shows the 12NC of the supply.

• 12NC “fan board”. Shows the 12NC of the “fan board”module (for sets with LED backlight).

• 12NC “LED Dimming Panel”. Shows the 12NC of the LED dimming Panel (for sets with LED backlight).

Software versions

• Current main SW. Displays the built-in main software version. In case of field problems related to software, software can be upgraded. As this software is consumer upgradeable, it will also be published on the Internet. Example: Q5431E_1.2.3.4.

• Stand-by SW. Displays the built-in stand-by processor software version. Upgrading this software will be possible via ComPair or via USB (see section Software U Example: STDBY_1.2.3.4.

• MOP ambient light SW. Displays the MOP ambient light EPLD SW.

• MPEG4 software. Displays the MPEG4 software (for sets with MPEG4).

• PNX5120 boot NVM. Displays the SW-version that is used in the PNX5120 boot NVM (for sets with PNX5120).

• LED Dimming SW. Displays the LED dimming EPLD SW (for sets with LED backlight).

Quality items

• Signal quality. Poor/average/good

• Child lock. Not active/active. This is a combined item for locks. If any lock (Preset lock, child lock, lock after or parental lock) is active, the item shall show “active”.

• HDMI HDCP key. Indicates of the HDMI keys (or HDCP keys) are valid or not. In case these keys are not valid and the consumer wants to make use of the HDMI functionality, the SSB has to be replaced.

• Ethernet MAC address. Not applicable.

• Wireless MAC address. Not applicable.

• BDS key. Indicates if the “BDS level 1” key is valid or not.

• CI slot present. If the common interface module is detected the result will be “YES”, else “NO”.

• HDMI input format. The detected input format of the HDMI.

• HDMI audio input stream. The HDMI audio input stream is displayed: present / not present.

• HDMI video input stream. The HDMI video input stream is displayed: present / not present.

How to Exit CSM

Press the “MENU” (or HOME) button twice on the RCtransmitter.

pgrading).

2009-Apr-03

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

18440_215_090227.eps

270209

Active

Semi St by

St by

Mains

on

Mains

off

GoToProtection

- WakeUp requested

- Acquisition needed

- Tact switch pushed

- stby requested and no data Acquisition required

-St by requested

- tact SW pushed

WakeUp

requested

Protection

WakeUp

requested

(SDM)

GoToProtection

Hibernate

- Tact switch pushed

- last status is hibernate after mains ON

Tact switch

pushed

EN 19Q548.1E LA 5.

5.3 Step by step Start-up

When the TV is in a protection state due to an error detected by stand-by software (error blinking is displayed) and SDM is activated via short cutting the pins on the SSB, the TV starts up until it reaches the situation just before protection. So, this is a kind of automatic step by step start-up. In combination with the start-up diagrams below, it is shown which supplies are present at a certain moment. Important to know is, that if e.g. the 3V3 detection fails and thus layer 2 error = 18 is blinking while the TV is restarted via SDM, the Stand-by Processor will enable the 3V3, but the TV set will not go to protection now. The TV will stay in this situation until it is reset (Mains/AC Power supply interrupted). Caution: in case the start-up in this mode with a faulty FET 7101-1 is done, all ICs supplied by the +3V3 could be destroyed, due to over voltage (12V on 3V3-line). It is recommended to measure first the FET 7101-1 or others FETs on short-circuit before activating SDM via the service pads.

The abbreviations “SP” and “MP” in the figures stand for:

• SP: protection or error detected by the Stand-by Processor.

• MP: protection or error detected by the MIPS Main

Processor.

Figure 5-3 Transition diagram

2009-Apr-03

EN 20 Q548.1E LA5.

18440_216a_090227.eps

270209

No

EJTAG probe

connected ?

No

Yes

ReleaseAVCsystem reset

Feed warm boot script

Cold boot?

Yes

No

Set I²C slave address

of StandbyµPto(A0h)

An EJTAG probe (e.g. WindPower ICE probe) can be connected for Linux Kernel debugging purposes.

This will allow access to NVM and NAND FLASH and cannotbedone earlier becausetheFLASH needs to

be in Write Protect as long as the suppliesare not available.

Detect EJTAG debugprobe

(pulling pin of the probeinterfaceto

ground byinserting EJTAG probe)

Release AVC system reset

Feed cold boot script

ReleaseAVCsystem reset Feed initializing boot script

disable alive mechanism

Initialise I/O pins of the st-byµP:

- Switch reset-AVC LOW (reset state)

- Switch WP-NandFlash LOW (protected)

- Switch reset-system LOW (reset state)

- Switch reset-5100 LOW (reset state)

- Switch reset-Ethernet LOW (reset state)

-keepreset-NVM high, Audio-reset and Audio-Mute-Up HIGH

Off

Standby Supply starts running.

All standby supply voltagesbecome available.

st-byµPresets

Stand byor

Protec tio n

Mains isapplied

- Switch Audio-Reset high.

It is low in the standby mode if the standby

mode lasted longer than10s.

start keyboard scanning, RC detection. Wake upreasonsare

off.

If the protection state was left by short circuiting the

SDM pins, detection of a protection condition during

startup will stall the startup. Protection conditions in a

playing set will be ignored. The protection mode will

not be entered.

Switch LOW the RESET-NVM line to allow access to NVM. (Add a 2ms delay before trying to address the NVM to allow correct NVM initialization, this is no issueinthissetup, the delayisautomatically

covered by the architectural setup)

ReleaseReset-PNX5100.

PNX5100 will start booting.

This 10ms delayisstill present to give some relaxation to the supplies.(ThePCIarbiter on the PNX5100 is never used and is not the reason anymore)

Switch HIGH the WP-NandFlashto

allow access to NAND Flash

This enables the +3V3and+5V converter. Asa result, also+5V-tuner, +2V5, +1V8-PNX8541 and +1V8-PNX5100 (if present) become available.

Confirmation received from NXP that there does not need to be a delay between the riseofthe+1V2and the +3V3.Only requirement is to have the +1V2 before or atthesametime as the +3V3.150msdelayisdeleted.

Delayo

f50msneeded becauseofthelatencyof the detect-1 circuit. This delayisalsoneeded for the PNX5100. The reset of the PNX5100 should only bereleased 10msafter powering the IC.

Detect2 should bepolledonthestandard40ms interval and startup should becontinuedwhen detect2 becomes high.

+12V, +24Vs,ALand Bolt-on power

isswitched on, followed by the +1V2 DCDC converter

Enable the supply detection algorithm

No

Yes

Detect-1 I/O line

High?

Switch ON Platform and display supply by switching

LOW the Standbyline.

Enable the DCDC converter for +3V3and

+5V. (ENABLE-3V3)

Voltage output error:

Layer1: 2

Layer2: 18

No

Detect2 high received

within 2 seconds?

Power-OK error:

Layer1: 3

Layer2: 16

Enter p rot ection

Yes

Wait 50ms

Enter protection

Yes

No

Detect-2 I/O line

High?

Disable 3V3, switch standby line high and wait 4 seconds

Delay1.5second before checking detect2 line

if the detect2_delay_flagisset

Set detect2_delay_flag

Reset detect2_delay_flag

Carefull we don’t hit this error directly if the delayflagisset.

Wait fixed time of 15ms

Detect2 high?

Yes

No

Detect-1 I/O line

High?

Wait 50ms

No

Yes

If the supply is hicking, the firstdetect2could

bepositive (12V still present), followed by

negative Supply-fault (already low). Adding a

fixed delay bringsusbehind this delaygap.

These checks prevent the set from going in to standbyonthefalse error condition where the

first 3V3 is negative becauseofahickup, although the 12V was abouttoreappear.

Becauseofthis reappearance,

the 12V check

is OK which would cause protection. If we wait

50ms,the3V3shouldbe back as well.

Detect-2 I/O line

High?

Yes

No

Reset detect2_delay_flag

Only usefull in case of PNX5100 present. To avoid diversity in standbyµP,thereset-PNX5100 will still be switched bythestandbyµP.

To: 18440_216b_090227.eps

Wait 10 ms

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

2009-Apr-03

Figure 5-4 “Off/Stand-by” to “Semi Stand-by” flowchart (part 1)

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

18440_216b_090227.eps

270209

Yes

MIPS reads the wake upreason

from standbyµP.

Semi-Standby

Initialize tuner and Multi Standard decoder

Initialize video processing IC's

:

-localcontrast FPGA

-PNX5100(ifpresent)

Initialize source selection

Init ialize AutoTV

3-th try?

Blink Code as

error code

Bootscript ready

in 1250 ms?

Yes

No

Enable Alive check mechanism

Wait until AVC starts to

communicate

SW initialization

succeeded

within 20s?

No

Switch Standby I/O line high

and wait 4 seconds

RPC start (comm. protocol)

Set I²C slave address

of StandbyµPto(60h)

Yes

Disable all supply related protectionsand

switch off the +3V3 +5V DC/DC converter.

switch off the remaining DC/DC

converters

Wait 5ms

Switch AVC PNX8543

in reset (active low)

Wait 10ms

Switch the NVM reset

line HIGH.

FlashtoRam

image transfer succeeded

within 30s?

No

Yes

Code =

Layer1: 2

Layer2: 53

Code =

Layer1: 2

Layer2: 15

Initialize Ambilight with Lights off.

Timing need to be updated if more mature info isavailable.

Timing needs to be updated if more mature info is available.

Initialize audio

Enter protection

Reset-system isswitched HIGH bythe

AVC attheendofthebootscript

AVC releases Reset-Ethernet when the

end of the AVC boot-script is detected

This cannot be done through the bootscript, the I/O is on the standbyµP

Reset-system is connectedtothe Micronas MultiStandard decoder.

Reset-Audio and Audio-Mute-Up are

switched byMIPS code lateroninthe

startup process

Reset-system isswitched HIGH bythe

AVC attheendofthebootscript

AVC releases Reset-Ethernet when the

end of the AVC boot-script is detected

Reset-Audio and Audio-Mute-Up are

switched byMIPS code lateroninthe

startupprocess

Switch on the displayincaseofa LED backlight

display by sending the TurnOnDisplay(1) (I²C)

command to the PNX5100

In caseofa LED backlight display, a LED DIM panel is present which is fed bytheVdisplay. To power the LED DIM Panel, the Vdisplay switch driven by the PNX5100 must beclosed. The display startup sequence is taken care of bytheLEDDIM panel. Secondly,

this cmd will alsoenable the LVDS outputof

the 5100 towards the LED DIM panel.

Enable the PWM output towards the displayLVDS

cable in caseofa LED Backlight set.

(CTRL4-PNX5100)

In caseofa LED backlight display, the PWM-dimming signal needs to berouted to the LVDS cable. This routing is not allowed in non-LED sets (see alsodisplay configuration)

Wake upreason

coldboot & not semi-

standby?

5100 SW start

MIPSsends displayparametersand

Bitmap to 5100

Startup screen cfg file

present?

MIPS triggers 5100 to displaythe

startup screen

Startup screen visible

yes

To keep this flowchart readable, the exact displayturn on description is not copied here. Please see the Semi-standby to On description for the detailed display startup sequence. During the complete displaytimeoftheStartup screen, the preheat condition of 100% PWM is valid.

No

Startup screen shall only bevisiblewhen there isacoldboot to an active state end situation. The startup screen shall not

bevisiblewhen waking upforreboot reasons or waking upto semi-standby conditions.

The firsttimeafter the option turn on of the startup screen or when the set is virgin, the cfg file is not present and

hence

the startup screen will not be shown.

From : 18440_216a_090227.eps

From: 18440_216a_090227.eps

EN 21Q548.1E LA 5.

Figure 5-5 “Off/Stand-by” to “Semi Stand-by” flowchart (part 2)

2009-Apr-03

EN 22 Q548.1E LA5.

Active

Semi Standby

Initialize audio and video

processing IC's and functions

according needed use case.

Assert RGB video blanking

and audio mute

Wait until previous on-state is left more than 2

seconds ago. (to prevent LCD display problems)

The assumption here is that a fast toggle (<2s) can

only happen during ON->SEMI ->ON. In these states,

the AVC is still active and can provide the 2s delay. A

transition ON->SEMI->STBY->SEMI->ON cannot be

made in less than 2s, because the standby state will

be maintained for at least 4s.

Switch Audio-Reset low and wait 5ms

Constraints taken into account:

- Display may only be started when valid LVDS output clock can be delivered by the AVC.

- To have a reliable operation of the backlight, the backlight should be driven with a PWM duty cycle of 100% during the first seconds. Only after this first one or two seconds, the PWM may be set to the required output level (Note that the PWM output should be present before the backlight is switched on). To minimize the artefacts, the picture should only be unblanked after these first seconds.

Restore dimming backlight feature, PWM and BOOST output

and unblank the video.

Wait until valid and stable audio and video, corresponding to the

requested output is delivered by the AVC

AND

the backlight has been switched on for at least the time which is

indicated in the display file as preheat time.

The higher level requirement is that audio and video should be demuted without transient effects and that the audio should be demuted maximum 1s before or

at the same time as the unblanking of the video.

Release audio mute and wait 100ms before any other audio

handling is done (e.g. volume change)

CPipe already generates a valid output clock in the semi-standby state: display

startup can start immediately when leaving

the semi-standby state.

Switch on LCD backlight (Lamp-ON)

Switch off the dimming backlight feature, set

the BOOST control to nominal and make sure

PWM output is set to 100%

Switch on the display by sending the

TurnOnDisplay(1) (I²C) cmd to the PNX5100

Switch on the Ambilight functionality according the last status

settings.

The higher level requirement is that the

ambilight functionality may not be switched on

before the backlight is turned on in case the

set contains a CE IPB inverter supply.

Delay Lamp-on with the sum of the LVDS delay and

the Lamp delay indicated in the display file

PNX5100 present?

Yes

Switch on the display power by

switching LCD-PWR-ON low

Wait x ms

Switch on LVDS output in 8543

No

The exact timings to

switch on the

display (LVDS

delay, lamp delay)

are defined in the

display file.

Start POK line detection

algorithm

return

The complete algorithm description is

removed here.

Only the start of the algorithm

is mentioned here as reminder.

The sum of the LVDS delay and the Lamp delay needs

to be used because the Lamp delay is specified with

the appearance of the LVDS on the display as

reference. This moment is not known by ceplf, only the

switch on of the LCD power is known. The delta

between both is the LVDS delay.

Display already on?

(splash screen)

No

Yes

Display cfg file present

and up to date, according

correct display option?

Startup screen Option and Installation setting

Photoscreen ON?

Yes

No

Prepare Start screen Display config

file and copy to Flash

No

Yes

18440_217_090227.eps

270209

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

2009-Apr-03

Figure 5-6 “Semi Stand-by” to “Active” flowchart

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

18440_219_090227.eps

270209

Semi Standby

Active

Wait x ms (display file)

Mute all sound outputs via softmute

Mute all video outputs

Switch off LCD backlight

Force ext audio outputs to ground

(I/O: audio reset)

and wait 5ms

Switch off the display by sending:

- TurnOnDisplay(0) (I²C) command to the PNX5100

- or sending OUTPUT-ENABLE(0) to the LED DIM panel in case of a LED BL set.

Switch off Ambilight

Set main amplifier mute (I/O: audio-mute)

Wait 100ms

Wait until Ambilight has faded out: Output power

Observer on PNX5100 should be zero

The higher level requirement is that the

backlight may not be switched off before the

ambilight functionality is turned off in case the

set contains a CE IPB inverter supply.

PNX5100 present?

Yes

No

Switch off the display power by

switching LCD-PWR-ON high

Wait x ms

Switch off LVDS output in 8543

The exact timings to

switch off the

display (LVDS

delay, lamp delay)

are defined in the

display file.

Switch off POK line detection

algorithm

EN 23Q548.1E LA 5.

Figure 5-7 “Active” to “Semi Stand-by” flowchart

2009-Apr-03

EN 24 Q548.1E LA5.

18440_220_090227.eps

270209

Transfer Wake up reasons to the Stand by µP.

Stand by

Semi Stand by

Disable all supply related protections and switch off

the DC/DC converters (ENABLE-3V3)

Switch OFF all supplies by switching HIGH the

Standby I/O line

Switch AVC system in reset state (reset-system and

reset-AVC lines) Switch reset-PNX5100 LOW Switch Reset-Ethernet LOW

Important remarks:

release reset audio 10 sec after entering

standby to save power

Also here, the standby state has to be

maintained for at least 4s before starting

another state transition.

Wait 5ms

Wait 10ms

Switch the NVM reset line HIGH

Switch WP-Nandflash LOW

Delay transition until ramping down of ambient light is

finished. *)

If ambientlight functionality was used in semi-standby (lampadaire mode), switch off ambient light

*) If this is not performed and the set is switched to standby when the switch off of the ambilights is still ongoing, the lights will switch off abruptly when the supply is cut.

Switch Memories to self-refresh (this creates a more

stable condition when switching off the power).

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

2009-Apr-03

Figure 5-8 “Semi Stand-by” to “Stand-by” flowchart

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

E_06532_036.eps

150208

TO

UART SERVICE

CONNECTOR

TO

UART SERVICE

CONNECTOR

TO

I2C SERVICE

CONNECTOR

TO TV

PC

HDMI I

2

C only

Optional power

5V DC

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

RC out

RC in

Optional

Switch

Power ModeLink/

Activity

I

2

C

ComPair II

Multi

function

RS232 /UART

EN 25Q548.1E LA 5.

5.4 Service Tools

5.4.1 ComPair

Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products. and offers the following:

1. ComPair helps to quickly get an understanding on how to repair the chassis in a short and effective way.

2. ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas. No knowledge on I because ComPair takes care of this.

3. ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the uP is working) and all repair information is directly available.

4. ComPair features TV software up possibilities.

Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product. The ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable. For the TV chassis, the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s). The ComPair fault finding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television, by a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question/answer procedure.

How to Connect

This is described in the chassis fault finding database in ComPair.

Figure 5-9 ComPair II interface connection

Caution: It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as

shown in the picture above (with the ComPair interface in between), as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter. If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART), ICs will be blown!

How to Order

ComPair II order codes:

• ComPair II interface: 3122 785 91020.

• Software is available via the Philips Service web portal.

• ComPair serial interface cable for Q52x.x. (using 3.5 mm Mini Jack connectors): 3138 188 75051.

Note: When having problems, please contact your local support desk.

2

C or UART commands is necessary,

5.5 Error Codes

5.5.1 Introduction

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to right, new errors are logged at the left side, and all other errors shift one position to the right. When an error occurs, it is added to the list of errors, provided the list is not full. When an error occurs and the error buffer is full, then the new error is not added, and the error buffer stays intact (history is maintained). To prevent that an occasional error stays in the list forever, the error is removed from the list after more than 50 hrs. of operation. When multiple errors occur (errors occurred within a short time span), there is a high probability that there is some relation between them.

New in this chassis is the way errors can be displayed:

There is a simple blinking LED procedure for board level repair (home repair) so called LAYER 1 errors next to the existing errors which are LAYER 2 errors (see Table 5-3

– LAYER 1 errors are one digit errors – LAYER 2 errors are two digit errors.

• In protection mode. – From consumer mode: LAYER 1. – From SDM mode: LAYER 2.

• Fatal errors, if I and SAM are not selectable. – From consumer mode: LAYER 1. – From SDM mode: LAYER 2.

Important remark: For all errors detected by MIPS which are fatal => rebooting of the TV set (reboot starts after LAYER 1 error blinking), one should short the solder paths at start-up from the power OFF state by mains interruption and not via the power button to trigger the SDM via the hardware pins.

• In CSM mode – When entering CSM: error LAYER 1 will be displayed

by blinking LED. Only the latest error is shown.

• In SDM mode – When SDM is entered via Remote Control code or the

hardware pins, LAYER 2 is displayed via blinking LED.

• In the ON state – In “Display error mode”, set with the RC commands

“mute_06250X _OK” LAYER 2 errors are displayed via blinking LED.

• Error display on screen. – In CSM no error codes are displayed on screen. – In SAM the complete error list is shown.

Basically there are three kinds of errors:

• Errors detected by the Stand-by software which lead to protection. These errors will always lead to protection and an automatic start of the blinking LED LAYER 1 error. (see section 5.6

• Errors detected by the Stand-by software which not lead to protection. In this case the front LED should blink the involved error. See also section that it can take up several minutes before the TV starts blinking the error (e.g. LAYER 1 error = 2, LAYER 2 error = 15 or 53).

• Errors detected by main software (MIPS). In this case the error will be logged into the error buffer and can be read out via ComPair, via blinking LED method LAYER 1-2 error, or in case picture is visible, via SAM.

2

C bus is blocked and the set re-boots, CSM

The Blinking LED Procedure).

Extra Information. Note

).

2009-Apr-03

EN 26 Q548.1E LA5.

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

5.5.2 How to Read the Error Buffer

Use one of the following methods:

• On screen via the SAM (only when a picture is visible). E.g.: – 00 00 00 00 00: No errors detected – 23 00 00 00 00: Error code 23 is the last and only

detected error.

– 37 23 00 00 00: Error code 23 was first detected and

error code 37 is the last detected error.

– Note that no protection errors can be logged in the

error buffer.

• Via the blinking LED procedure. See section 5.5.3

Clear the Error Buffer.

•Via ComPair.

5.5.3 How to Clear the Error Buffer

Use one of the following methods:

• By activation of the “RESET ERROR BUFFER” command in the SAM menu.

• With a normal RC, key in sequence “MUTE” followed by “062599” and “OK”.

• If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50+ hours, it resets automatically.

5.5.4 Error Buffer

In case of non-intermittent faults, clear the error buffer before starting to repair (before clearing the buffer, write down the

How to

content, as this history can give significant information). This to ensure that old error codes are no longer present. If possible, check the entire contents of the error buffer. In some situations, an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (e.g. a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection).

There are several mechanisms of error detection:

• Via error bits in the status registers of ICs.

• Via polling on I/O pins going to the stand-by processor.

• Via sensing of analogue values on the stand-by processor or the PNX8543.

• Via a “not acknowledge” of an I

2

C communication.

Take notice that some errors need several minutes before they start blinking or before they will be logged. So in case of problems wait 2 minutes from start-up onwards, and then check if the front LED is blinking or if an error is logged.

Table 5-2 Layer 1 code overview (multi chassis overview)

LAYER 1 codes

SSB 2

Display supply 3

Platform supply 4 Only for display option 196 and 197

Fan 7

AmbiLight or DC/DC or 3D LED dim panel 8

Table 5-3 Error code overview (multi chassis overview)

Description

Main NVM 2 0 MIPS I Temp. protection 3 12 MIPS I

LAYER 1 error

LAYER 2 error

Monitored

Medium

Error/Prot.

EB: in Error Buffer

BL: Blinking LED

2

C1 E x STM24C128 SSB TV shut down with red LED blinking 2.

2

C4 P BL/EB Supply

Device

Defective board

I2C3213MIPSI2C3 E BL/EB SSB SSB I2C2214MIPSI2C2 E BL/EB SSB SSB

PNX does not boot (HW cause) PNX 5100 does not boot

12V 3 16 St-by µP I/O P BL Supply

12V 3 16 St-by µP I/O P BL Platform Supply

Inverter or display supply 3 17 Mips I/O E EB Supply

Only for display option 196 and 197 4 17 Mips I/O E EB Display Supply

1V2, 1V2, 3V3, 5V to low 2 18 St-by µP I/O P BL SSB PNX 5100 2 21 MIPS I

HDMI MUX 2 23 MIPS I

215St-by µP I

2

C1 P BL SSB SSB

2

C3 E EB PNX 5100 SSB

2

C3 E EB TDA9996 SSB

I2C switch 2 24 Mips I2C2 E EB PCA9540 SSB

Boot-NVM PNX5120 2 25 MIPS

Multi Standard demodulator (Micronas IF) 2 27 MIPS I

ARM (AL) 8 28 MIPS

FPGA (Local contrast) 2 29 MIPS Tuner1 2 34 MIPS I

2

FAN I

C expander 7 41 MIPS I2C2 E EB PCA 9533 FAN mod.

T× sensor 7 42 MIPS I

FAN 1 7 43 MIPS

FAN 2 7 44 MIPS MIPS does not boot (SW cause) 2 53 St-by µP I

Display 5 64 MIPS

FPGA LED dim 2D 2 65 MIPS FPGA LED dim 3D 8 65 MIPS I

I2C3 E EB STM24C08 SSB

2

C3 E EB DRX3616K

DRX3626K

SSB

I2C3 E EB NXP LPC2103 AL mod. or DC/DC I2C3 E EB Altera SSB

2

C3 E EB UV1783S

2

C2 E EB LM 75 T×sensor

HD1816

SSB

I2C2EEB FAN I2C2EEB FAN

2

C1 P BL PNX8543 SSB TV is rebooting endlessly with white LED blinking. I2C2 E BL/EB Altera Display I2C3 E EB Xilinx SSB

2

C2 E EB Altera SSB

Special Remarks

TV is rebooting endlessly with red LED blinking “2”.

TV is rebooting endlessly with red LED blinking “2”

TV shut down with red LED blinking “3”.

TV still in normal operation mode, but without backlights. Enter CSM Layer 1 red LED blinking “3”.

TV shut down with red LED blinking “2”.

TV is rebooting endlessly, with red LED blinking “2” (shown every 20 second).

Activate CSM red LED blinking “2”.

TV is rebooting endlessly, with red LED blinking “2” (shown every minute).

TV is in normal operation but without video displayed (RF).

TV is in normal operation but without AMBILIGHT “on”.

TV is in normal operation but without video displayed (RF).

2009-Apr-03

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

EN 27Q548.1E LA 5.

Extra Information

• Rebooting. When a TV is constantly rebooting due to internal problems, most of the time no errors will be logged or blinked. This rebooting can be recognized via a ComPair interface and Hyperterminal (for Hyperterminal settings, see section 5.8.6

UART Logging). It’s shown that the

loggings which are generated by the main software keep continuing. In this case diagnose has to be done via ComPair.

• Main NVM. When there is no I

2

C communication towards the main NVM, LAYER 1 error = “2” will be displayed via the blinking LED procedure. In SDM, LAYER 2 error can be “19”. Check the logging for keywords like “I

• Error 13 (I

2

C bus 3 blocked). When this error occurs, the

2

C bus blocked”.

TV will constantly reboot due to the blocked bus. The best way for further diagnosis here, is to use ComPair.

• Error 15 (PNX8543 doesn’t boot). Indicates that the main processor was not able to read his bootscript. This error will point to a hardware problem around the PNX8543 (supplies not OK, PNX 8541 completely dead, I between PNX and Stand-by Processor broken, etc...). When error 15 occurs it is also possible that I blocked (NVM). I

2

C2 can be indicated in the schematics as

2

C link

2

C2 bus is

follows: SCL-UP-MIPS, SDA-UP-MIPS, SCL-2 or SDA-2. Other root causes for this error can be due to hardware problems with: NVM PNX5120, PNX5120 itself, or DDRs.

• Error 16 (12V). This voltage is made in the power supply and results in protection (LAYER 1 error = “3”). When SDM is activated we see blinking LED LAYER 2 error = “16”.

• Error 17 (POK). The display is switched “on” with the signal “Lamp On”. If the inverter starts (or 24V display is OK) the POK line becomes “high”. If the POK line is not “high”, the set backlight will be switched “off” and “on” again for 3 times (start-up). If the set POK line becomes “high” after the retries, no error is logged; if the POK stays “low”, error is logged: LAYER 1 error = “3”, LAYER 2 error = “17”. No protection is required, the start-up goes on.

• Error 18 (1V2-3V3-5V too low). All these supplies are generated by the DC/DC supply on the SSB. If one of these supplies is too low, protection occurs and blinking LED LAYER 1 error = “2” will be displayed automatically. In SDM this gives LAYER 2 error = “18”.

• Error 21 (PNX5120). When there is no I

2

C communication towards the PNX5120 after start-up (power “off” by disconnection of the mains cord), LAYER 2 error will blink continuously via the blinking LED procedure in SDM. (startup the TV with the solder paths short to activate SDM).

• Error 23 (HDMI). When there is no I

2

C communication towards the HDMI multiplexer after start up, LAYER 2 error = “23” will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure if SDM is switched “on”.

• Error 25 (Boot-NVM PNX5120). When there is no I

2

C communication towards the PNX5120 NVM after start-up, TV is rebooting endlessly with blinking LAYER 1 error = 2 (shown every minute). When SDM is activated we see blinking LED LAYER 2 error = “25”.

• Error 27 (Multi Standard demodulator). When there is no

2

C communication towards the Multi Standard

I demodulator after start up, LAYER 2 error = “27” will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched “on”.

• Error 28 (FPGA ambilight). When there is no I

2

C communication towards the FPGA ambilight after start up, LAYER 2 error = “28” will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure if SDM is switched “on”. Note that it can take up several minutes before the TV starts blinking LAYER 1 error = “2” in CSM or in SDM, LAYER 2 error = “28”.

• Error 34 (Tuner). When there is no I

2

C communication towards the tuner after start up, LAYER 2 error = “34” will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched on.

• Error 53. This error will indicate that the PNX8543 has read his bootscript (when this would have failed, error 15 would blink) but initialization was never completed because

of hardware problems (NAND flash,...) or software initialization problems. Possible cause could be that there is no valid software loaded (try to upgrade to the latest main software version). Note that it can take up to 2 minutes before the TV starts blinking LAYER 1 error = “2” or in SDM, LAYER 2 error = “53”.

5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure

5.6.1 Introduction

The blinking LED procedure can be split up into two situations:

• Blinking LED procedure LAYER 1 error. In this case the error is automatically blinked when the TV is put in CSM. This will be only one digit error, namely the one that is referring to the defective board (see table 5-3

overview (multi chassis overview)) which causes the failure

of the TV. This approach will especially be used for home repair and call centres. The aim here is to have service diagnosis from a distance.

• Blinking LED procedure LAYER 2 error. Via this procedure, the contents of the error buffer can be made visible via the front LED. In this case the error contains 2 digits (see table

Error code overview (multi chassis overview)) and will

5-3

be displayed when SDM (hardware pins) is activated. This is especially useful for fault finding and gives more details regarding the failure of the defective board.

Important remark: For all errors detected by MIPS which are fatal (rebooting of the TV set, with reboot starts after LAYER 1 error blinking), one should short the SDM solder paths at startup from the power OFF state by mains interruption and not via the power button, to trigger the SDM via the hardware pins.

When one of the blinking LED procedures is activated, the front LED will show (blink) the contents of the error-buffer. Error codes greater then 10 are shown as follows:

1. “n” long blinks (where “n” = 1 to 9) indicating decimal digit

2. A pause of 1.5 s

3. “n” short blinks (where “n”= 1 to 9)

4. A pause of approximately 3 s,

5. When all the error codes are displayed, the sequence finishes with a LED blink of 3 s

6. The sequence starts again.

Example: Error 12 8 6 0 0. After activation of the SDM, the front LED will show:

1. One long blink of 750 ms (which is an indication of the decimal digit) followed by a pause of 1.5 s

2. Two short blinks of 250 ms followed by a pause of 3 s

3. Eight short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s

4. Six short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s

5. One long blink of 3 s to finish the sequence

6. The sequence starts again.

5.6.2 How to Activate

Use one of the following methods:

• Activate the CSM. The blinking front LED will show only the latest layer 1 error, this works in “normal operation” mode or automatically when the error/protection is monitored by the stand-by processor. At the time of this release, this layer 1 error blinking was not working as expected. In case no picture is shown and there is no LED blinking, read the logging to detect whether “error devices” are mentioned. (see section 5.8.6

• Activate the SDM. The blinking front LED will show the entire contents of the layer 2 error buffer, this works in “normal operation” mode or when SDM (via hardware pins) is activated when the tv set is in protection.

UART Logging).

Error code

2009-Apr-03

EN 28 Q548.1E LA5.

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Important remark:

For all errors detected by MIPS which are fatal => rebooting of the TV set (reboot starts after LAYER 1 error blinking), one should short the solder paths at start-up from the power OFF state by mains interruption and not via the power button to trigger the SDM via the hardware pins.

• Transmit the commands “MUTE” - “062500” - “OK” with a normal RC. The complete error buffer is shown. Take notice that it takes some seconds before the blinking LED starts.

• Transmit the commands “MUTE” - “06250x” - “OK” with a normal RC (where “x” is a number between 1 and 5). When x = 1 the last detected error is shown, x = 2

the second last error, etc.... Take notice that it takes some

seconds before the blinking LED starts.

5.7 Protections

5.7.1 Software Protections

Most of the protections and errors use either the stand-by microprocessor or the MIPS controller as detection device. Since in these cases, checking of observers, polling of ADCs, and filtering of input values are all heavily software based, these protections are referred to as software protections. There are several types of software related protections, solving a variety of fault conditions:

• Protections related to supplies: check of the 12V, +5V, +3V3 and 1V2.

• Protections related to breakdown of the safety check mechanism. E.g. since the protection detections are done by means of software, failing of the software will have to initiate a protection mode since safety cannot be guaranteed any more.

Remark on the Supply Errors

The detection of a supply dip or supply loss during the normal playing of the set does not lead to a protection, but to a cold reboot of the set. If the supply is still missing after the reboot, the TV will go to protection.

Protections during Start-up

During TV start-up, some voltages and IC observers are actively monitored to be able to optimise the start-up speed, and to assure good operation of all components. If these monitors do not respond in a defined way, this indicates a malfunction of the system and leads to a protection. As the observers are only used during start-up, they are described in the start-up flow in detail (see section 5.3

up).

5.7.2 Hardware Protections

The only real hardware protection in this chassis appears in case of an audio problem e.g. DC voltage on the speakers. The audio protection circuit pulls the “supply-fault” low and the tv set will blink LAYER 1 error = 2 or in SDM, LAYER 2 error = 19. Be very careful to overrule this protection via SDM (not to cause damage to the Class D audio amplifier). Check audio part first before activating via SDM. In case one of the

speakers is not connected, the protection can also be triggered.

Repair Tips

• It is also possible that the set has an audio DC protection because of an interruption in one or both speakers (the DC voltage that is still on the circuit cannot disappear through the speakers). Caution: (Dis)connecting the speakers during the ON state of the TV can damage the audio amplifier.

Step by step Start-

5.7.3 Important remark regarding the blinking LED indication

As for the blinking LED indication, the blinking LED of layer 1 error displaying can be switched “off” by pushing the power button on the keyboard. This condition is not valid after the set was unpowered (via mains interruption). The blinking LED starts again and can only be switched “off” by unplugging the mains connection. This can be explained by the fact that the MIPS can not load the keyboard functionality from software during the start-up and does not recognise the keyboard commands at this time.

5.8 Fault Finding and Repair Tips

Read also section “5.5 Error Codes, 5.5.4 Error Buffer, Extra

Information”.

5.8.1 Ambilight

Due to degeneration process of the AmbiLights, there can be a difference in the colour and/or light output of the spare ambilight module in comparison with the originals ones contained in the TV set. Via ComPair, the light output can be adjusted.

5.8.2 CSM

When CSM is activated and there is a USB stick connected to the TV, the software will dump the complete CSM content to the USB stick. The file (Csm.txt) will be saved in the root of the USB stick. If this mechanism works it can be concluded that a large part of the operating system is already working (MIPS, USB...)

5.8.3 Exit “Factory Mode”

When an “F” is displayed in the screen’s right corner, this means the set is in “Factory” mode, and it normally happens after a new SSB is mounted. To exit this mode, push the “VOLUME minus” button on the TV’s local keyboard for 10 seconds (this disables the continuous mode). Then push the “SOURCE” button on the TV’s local keyboard for 10 seconds until the “F” disappears from the screen.

5.8.4 DC/DC Converter

Introduction

• The best way to find a failure in the DC-DC converters is to check their starting-up sequence at “power-on via the mains cord”, presuming that the stand-by microprocessor is operational.

• If the input voltage of DC-DC converters is around 12.7 V (measured on decoupling capacitors 2107 and 2123 and the enable signals are “low” (active), then the output voltages should have their normal values. The +12V and +5VPOD supplies start-up first (enabled by PODMODE signal from the stand-by microprocessor). There is a supplementary condition for 12V to start-up: if the +5VPOD does not start up due to a local defect, then +12V will not be available as well. The +5V-ON supply is enabled by the ONMODE signal (coming also from the stand-by microprocessor). The +1V2 supply starts up when the +12V appears, then at least 100 ms later, the +3V3 will be activated via the ENABLE-3V3 signal from the stand-by microprocessor. If the +12V value is less than 10 V, the last enumerated voltages will not show up due to the undervoltage detection circuit 7105-1 + 6101 and surrounding components. Furthermore, if the +12V is less than 8 V, then also the +1V2 will not be available. The +5V5-TUN generator 7202 (present only for the analogue version of China platforms) will start to operate as soon as the 12V (PSU) is present.

2009-Apr-03

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

EN 29Q548.1E LA 5.

• The consumption of controller IC 7103 is around 19 mA (that means almost 200 mV drop voltage across resistor

3108).

• The current capability of DC-DC converters is quite high (short-circuit current is 7 to 10 A).

• The DETECT1 signal (active “low”) is an internal protection (error 18) of the DC-DC convertor and will occur if the output voltage of any DC-DC convertor is out of limits (10% of the normal value).

Fault Finding

• Symptom: +1V2 not present (even for a short while ~10 ms) – Check 12 V availability (resistor 3108, MOS-FETs

7101 and 7102), value of +12 V, and surrounding

components) – Check the voltage on pin 9 (1.5 V), – Check for +1V2 output voltage short-circuit to GND that

can generate pulsed over-currents 7...10 A through coil

5103.

– Check the over-current detection circuit (2106 or 3131

interrupted).

• Symptom: +1V2 present for about 100ms, +3V3 not rising. – Check the ENABLE-3V3 signal (active “low”), – Check the voltage on pin 8 (1.5 V), – Check the under-voltage detection circuit (the voltage

on collector of transistor 7105-1 should be less than

0.8 V),

– Check for output voltages short-circuits to GND (+3V3)

that can generate pulsed over currents 7...10 A through coil 5101,

– Check the over-current detection circuit (2105 or 3127

interrupted).

• Symptom: +1V2 OK, +3V3 present for about 100 ms. Possible cause: SUPPLY-FAULT line stays “low” even though the +3V3 and +1V2 is available - the stand-by microprocessor is detecting that and switching “off” all supply voltages. – Check the drop voltage across resistor 3108 (they

could be too high, meaning a defective controller IC or MOS-FETs),

– Check if the boost voltage on pin 4 of controller IC 7103

is less than 14 V (should be 19 V),

– Check if +1V2 or +3V3 are higher than their normal

values - that can be due to defective DC feedback of the respective DC-DC convertor (ex. 3152, 3144).

• Symptom: +1V2 and +3V3 show a high level of ripple voltage (audible noise can come from the filtering coils 5101, 5103). Possible cause: instability of the frequency and/or duty cycle of a DC-DC converter or stabiliser. – Check the resistor 3164, capacitors 2102 and 2103,

input and output decoupling capacitors.

– Check AC feedback circuits (2120, 2129, 3141, 3153,

2110, 2114 and 3135).

• Symptom: +1V2, +3V3 ok, no +5V5-TUN (analogue sets only). Possible cause: the “+5V5-TUN GENERATOR” circuit (7202 and surroundings components) is defective: check transistor 7202 (it has to have gate voltage pulses of about 10 V amplitude and drain voltage pulses of about 35 V amplitude) and surrounding components. A high consumption (more than 6 mA) from +5V5-TUN voltage can cause also +5V5-TUN voltage to be too low or zero.

Note: when a pair of power MOSFETs (7101 or 7102) becomes defective, the controller IC 7103 should be replaced as well.

5.8.5 Fan self test (only for sets with LED backlight)

In case fans are present, a softest can be done by pushing the red coloured button on the remote control while the TV set is in CSM. Exit CSM and check the status of the fans in the error buffer by entering SAM (062596 + info button on the RC). In case of failure (fully red screen) more detailed information is available in the error buffer (error 41, 42, 43, 44).

5.8.6 UART Logging

When something is wrong with the TV set (f.i.the set is rebooting) checking the UART logging using hyperterminal can be done to find more information. Hyperterminal is a standard Windows application. It can be found via Programs, Accessories, Communications, Hyperterminal. Connect a “ComPair UART”-cable (3138 188 75051) from the Service connector in the TV set, via the ComPair interface (this is compulsory, otherwise ICs are blown in the PC), to the “COMx”-port of the PC. After start-up of Hyperterminal, fill in a name (f.i. “logging”) in the “Connection Description” box, then apply the following settings:

1. COMx

2. Bits per second = 115200

3. Data bits = 8

4. Parity = none

5. Stop bits = 1

6. Flow control = none During the start-up of the TV set, the logging will be displayed. This is also the case during rebooting of the TV set (the same logging appears time after time). Also available in the logging is the “Display Option Code” (useful when there is no picture), look for item “DisplayRawNumber” in the beginning of the logging. Tip: When there is no picture available during reboot, it is possible to check for “error devices” in the logging (LAYER 2 error). This can be very helpful to determine the failure cause of the reboot. For protection state, there is no logging.

5.8.7 Loudspeakers

Make sure that the volume is set to minimum during disconnecting the speakers in the “on” state of the TV. The audio amplifier can be damaged by disconnecting the speakers during “on” state of the set! Sometimes the set can go into protection, but that is not always the case.

5.8.8 Tuner

Attention: In case the tuner is replaced, always check the tuner options!

5.8.9 Display option code

Attention: In case the SSB is replaced, always check the display option code in SAM, even when picture is available. Performance with the incorrect display option code can lead to unwanted side-effects for certain conditions. See also Table 6-4

5.8.10 Upgrade HDMI EDID NVM

To upgrade the HDMI EDID, see ComPair for further instructions.

for the code.

2009-Apr-03

EN 30 Q548.1E LA5.

1

SDM2EDID

18440_201_090225.eps

090306

5.8.11 Upgrade VGA EDID NVM

To upgrade the VGA EDID NVM, pin 7 of the EDID NVM [2] has to be short circuited to ground. See ComPair for further instructions.

Figure 5-10 VGA EDID NVM

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

2009-Apr-03

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

START

Create “repair” directory on USB stick and

connect USB stick to TV-set

Go to SAM mode (062596 i+) and

save the TV settings via “Upload to USB”.

Set is still

operating?

- Replace SSB board by a Service SSB.

- Make the SSB fit mechanically to the set.

Go to SAM mode, and reload settings

via “Download from USB”.

Saved settings

on USB stick?

Program “Display Option” code via 062598

MENU/HOME, followed by 3 digits code (this

code can be found on a sticker inside the set).

Check and perform alignments in SAM

according to the Service Manual.

E.g. option codes, colour temperature...

Connect PC via ComPair interface to Service

connector.

END

Yes

After entering “Display Option” code, set is

going to Standby (= validation of code).

Restart the set.

In case of settings reloaded from USB, the set type, serial number, Display 12NC, are automatically stored when entering display options.

No

- Check if correct “Display Option” code is programmed.

- Verify “Option Codes” according sticker inside the set.

- Default settings for White drive ...see Service Manual

No

Set is starting up & display is OK.

If not already done;

Check latest software on Service website.

Update Main and Standby software via USB.

Q52xE SSB Board swap – v5.1 VDS/JA Updated 18-03-2009 (changes are indicated in red)

Instruction note: SSB replacement Q528.x, Q522.x, Q529.x, Q54x.x

Set is starting up but no display.

Final check of all menus in CSM. Special attention for HDMI Keys.

Program “set type number”, “serial number”,

and “display 12NC”.

Update main software in this step, by using

“autorun.upg” file.

Start TV in Jett mode (DVD i+/OSD)

Open ComPair browser Q52x.

Noisy picture with bands/lines is visible and the

red LED is continuous “on”

(sometimes also the letter “F” is visible).

Press 5 s. the “Volume minus” button on the local

cntrl until the red LED switches “off”, and then

press 5 s. the MENU (*) button of the local cntrl.

(* in some chassis this button is named SOURCE)

The picture noise is replaced by blue mute!

Unplug the mainscord to verify the correct

disabling of the factory-mode.

Program “Display Option” code via 062598 MENU/

HOME, followed by 3 digits code (this code can be

found on a sticker inside the set).

After entering “Display Option” code, set is going

to Standby (= validation of code).

Restart the set.

Set is starting up in “Factory” mode.

Start-up set.

Set behaviour?

Set is going into protection after

replacing the SSB

(blinking LED, error 2).

Take care that speakers are connected! In some sets, the speakers are in the rear cover, and when the set is switched “on” without speakers, it is possible that the Audio protection is triggered.

Advise: remount rear cover before switching “on” (see also SCC_71772).

Q54x.x

H_16771_007.eps

090318

5.8.12 SSB Replacement

Follow the instructions in the flowchart in case a SSB has to be exchanged. See Figure 5-11

.

EN 31Q548.1E LA 5.

Figure 5-11 SSB replacement flowchart

2009-Apr-03

EN 32 Q548.1E LA5.

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

5.9 Software Upgrading

5.9.1 Introduction

The set software and security keys are stored in a NANDFlash, which is connected to the PNX8543 via the PCI bus.

It is possible for the user to upgrade the main software via the USB port. This allows replacement of a software image in a stand alone set, without the need of an E-JTAG debugger. A description on how to upgrade the main software can be found in the DFU.

Important: When the NAND-Flash must be replaced, a new SSB must be ordered, due to the presence of the security keys! (copy protection keys, MAC address, ...). It is not possible anymore to replace the NAND-Flash with another one from a scrap-board. Perform the following actions after SSB replacement:

1. Set the correct option codes (see sticker inside the TV).

2. Update the TV software (see the DFU for instructions).

3. Perform the alignments as described in section Reset of

Repaired SSB.

4. Check in CSM if the HDMI keys are valid.

For the correct order number of a new SSB, always refer to the Spare Parts list, available on the Philips Spare Part web portal.

5.9.2 Main Software Upgrade

• The “UpgradeAll.upg” file is only used in the factory.

• The “FlashUtils.upg” file is only used by Service centres that are allowed to do component level repair on the SSB.

Automatic Software Upgrade

In “normal” conditions, so when there is no major problem with the TV, the main software and the default software upgrade application can be upgraded with the “AUTORUN.UPG” (FUS part of the one-zip file: e.g. FUS _Q5431E_

1.25.5.0_commercial.zip). This can also be done by the

consumers themselves, but they will have to get their software from the commercial Philips website or via the Software Update Assistant in the user menu (see DFU). The “autorun.upg” file must be placed in the root of the USB stick. How to upgrade:

1. Copy “AUTORUN.UPG” to the root of the USB stick.

2. Insert USB stick in the set while the set is in ON MODE. The set will restart and the upgrading will start automatically. As soon as the programming is finished, a message is shown to remove the USB stick and restart the set.

Manual Software Upgrade

In case that the software upgrade application does not start automatically, it can also be started manually. How to start the software upgrade application manually:

1. Disconnect the TV from the Mains/AC Power.

2. Press the “OK” button on a Philips TV remote control or a Philips DVD RC-6 remote control (it is also possible to use a TV remote in “DVD” mode). Keep the “OK” button pressed while reconnecting the TV to the Mains/AC Power.

3. The software upgrade application will start.

Attention!

In case the download application has been started manually, the “autorun.upg” will maybe not be recognized. What to do in this case:

1. Create a directory “UPGRADES” on the USB stick.

2. Rename the “autorun.upg” to something else, e.g. to “software.upg”. Do not use long or complicated names, keep it simple. Make sure that “AUTORUN.UPG” is no longer present in the root of the USB stick.

3. Copy the renamed “upg” file into this directory.

4. Insert USB stick into the TV.

5. The renamed “upg” file will be visible and selectable in the upgrade application.

Back-up Software Upgrade Application

If the default software upgrade application does not start (could be due to a corrupted boot 2 sector) via the above described method, try activating the “back-up software upgrade application”. How to start the “back-up software upgrade application” manually:

1. Disconnect the TV from the Mains/AC Power.

2. Press the “INFO”-button on a Philips remote control or “CURSOR DOWN” button on a Philips DVD RC-6 remote control (it is also possible to use a TV remote in “DVD” mode). Keep the “INFO”-button (or “cursor down” button) pressed while reconnecting the TV to the Mains/AC Power.

3. The software upgrade application will start.

5.9.3 Stand-by Software Upgrade via USB

In this chassis it is possible to upgrade the Stand-by software via a USB stick. The method is similar to upgrading the main software via USB. Use the following steps:

1. Create a directory “UPGRADES” on the USB stick.

2. Copy the Stand-by software (part of the one-zip file, e.g. StandbySW_CFT69_84.0.0.0.upg) into this directory.

3. Insert the USB stick into the TV.

4. Start the download application manually (see

Manual Software Upgrade.

section

5. Select the appropriate file and press the “red” button to upgrade.

5.9.4 Content and Usage of the One-Zip Software File

Below the content of the One-Zip file is explained, and instructions on how and when to use it.

File name Description

907.5_PnSEsticker.zip Contains the E-sticker data. Not to be

cabinet_TV543_x.x.x.x.zip Contains acoustic parameters per

ceisp2padll_P2PAD_x.x.x.x.zip Not to be used by Service technicians.

display_TV543_x.x.x.x.zip Not to be used by Service technicians.

EJTAGDownload_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Only used by service centra which are

Factory_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Only for production purposes, not to be

FlashUtils_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Not to be used by Service technicians.

FUS_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Contains the “autorun.upg” which is

HDMI_FHD_EDID_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Contains the EDID content of the different

HDMI_HD_EDID_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Contains the EDID content of the different

lightGuide_TV543_x.x.x.x.zip Not to be used by Service technicians.

OAD_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Not to be used by Service technicians.

Pgamma_xxxxxxxx_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Contains NVM data for the specific

PQ_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Not to be used by Service technicians.

processNVM_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Default NVM content. Must be

used by Service technicians.

cabinet. Not to be used by Service technicians.

For ComPair development only.

allowed to do Component Level Repair.

used by Service technicians.

needed to upgrade the TV main software and the software download application.

(FHD) HDMI NVM’s. See ComPair for further instructions.

(HD) HDMI NVM’s. See ComPair for further instructions.

display control board. Not to be used by Service technicians.

programmed via ComPair.

2009-Apr-03

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

File name Description

StandbySW_CFT69_x.x.x.x.zip Contains the Stand-by software in “upg”

Tcon_xxxxxxxx_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Contains NVM data for the specific

UpgradeAll_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip

UpgradeExe_Q5431_x.x.x.x.zip Only for production purposes, not to be

VGA_FHD_EDID_TV543_x.x.x.x.zip Contains the EDID content of the different

VGA_HD_EDID_TV543_x.x.x.x.zip Contains the EDID content of the different

and “hex” format.

- The “StandbySW_xxxxx_prod.upg” file can be used to upgrade the S tand-by software via USB.

- The “StandbySW_xxxxx.hex” file can be used to upgrade the Stand-by software via ComPair.

- The files “StandbySW_xxxxx_exhex.hex” and “StandbySW_xxxxx_dev.upg” may not be used by Service technicians (only for development purposes).

display control board. Not to be used by Service technicians.

Only for production purposes, not to be used by Service technicians. Caution:

Never try to use this file, because it will overwrite the HDCP keys!

used by Service technicians.

(FHD) VGA NVM. See ComPair for further instructions.

(HD) VGA NVM. See ComPair for further instructions.

EN 33Q548.1E LA 5.

2009-Apr-03

EN 34 Q548.1E LA6.

6. Alignments

Alignments

Index of this chapter:

General Alignment Conditions

6.1

6.2 Hardware Alignments

6.3 Software Alignments

6.4 Option Settings

6.5 Reset of Repaired SSB

6.6 Total Overview SAM modes

6.1 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditions:

• Power supply voltage (depends on region): – AP-NTSC: 120 VAC or 230 V – AP-PAL-multi: 120 - 230 V – EU: 230 V

/ 50 Hz (± 10%).

AC

– LATAM-NTSC: 120 - 230 V – US: 120 V

/ 60 Hz (± 10%).

AC

/ 50 Hz (± 10%).

AC

/ 50 Hz (± 10%).

AC

/ 50 Hz (± 10%).

AC

• Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance.

• Allow the set to warm up for approximately 15 minutes.

• Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct ground (e.g. measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND). Caution: It is not allowed to use heat sinks as ground.

• Test probe: R

> 10 MΩ, Ci < 20 pF.

i

• Use an isolated trimmer/screwdriver to perform alignments.

6.1.1 Alignment Sequence

• First, set the correct options: – In SAM, select “Options”, and then “Option numbers”. – Fill in the option settings for “Group 1” and “Group 2”

according to the set sticker (see also section Option

Settings).

– Press OK on the remote control before the cursor is

moved to the left.

– In submenu “Option numbers” select “Store” and press

OK on the RC.

•OR: – In main menu, select “Store” again and press OK on

the RC.

– Switch the set to Stand-by.

• Warming up (>15 minutes).

6.2 Hardware Alignments

Not applicable.

6.3 Software Alignments

Put the set in SAM mode (see chapter 5. Service Modes, Error

Codes, and Fault Finding). The SAM menu will now appear on

the screen. Select ALIGNMENTS and go to one of the sub menus. The alignments are explained below. The following items can be aligned:

• Tuner AGC.

• White point.

To store the data:

• Press OK on the RC before the cursor is moved to the left.

• In main menu select “Store” and press OK on the RC.

• Press MENU on the RC to switch back to the main menu.

• Switch the set to stand-by mode.

For the next alignments, supply the following test signals via a video generator to the RF input:

• EU/AP-PAL models: a PAL B/G TV-signal with a signal strength of at least 1 mV and a frequency of 475.25 MHz

• US/AP-NTSC models: an NTSC M/N TV-signal with a signal strength of at least 1 mV and a frequency of 61.25 MHz (channel 3).

• LATAM models: an NTSC M TV-signal with a signal strength of at least 1 mV and a frequency of 61.25 MHz (channel 3).

6.3.1 Tuner AGC (RF AGC Take Over Point Adjustment)

Purpose: To keep the tuner output signal constant as the input signal amplitude varies. No alignment is necessary, as the AGC alignment is done automatically (standard value: “64”). Store settings and exit SAM.

6.3.2 White Point

• Set “Active control” to “Off”.

• Choose “TV menu”, “TV Settings” and then “Picture” and set picture settings as follows:

Picture Setting

Dynamic backlight Off

Dynamic Contrast Off

Colour Enhancement Off

Picture Format Un scaled

Light Sensor Off

Brightness 50

Colour 0

Contrast 100

• Go to the SAM and select “Alignments”-> “White point”.

White point alignment LCD screens:

• Use a 100% white screen as input signal and set the following values: – “Colour temperature”: “Normal”. – All “White point” values to: “127”. – “Red BL offset” values to “7”. – “Green BL offset” values to “7”.

In case you have a colour analyser:

• Measure with a calibrated contactless colour analyser in the centre of the screen. Consequently, the measurement needs to be done in a dark environment.

• Adjust the correct x, y coordinates (while holding one of the White point registers R, G or B on 127) by means of decreasing the value of one or two other white points to the correct x, y coordinates (see Table 6-1

). Tolerance: dx: ±

0.004, dy: ± 0.004.

• Repeat this step for the other colour temperatures that need to be aligned.

• When finished press OK on the RC and then press STORE (in the SAM root menu) to store the aligned values to the NVM.

• Restore the initial picture settings after the alignments.

Table 6-1 White D alignment values

Value Cool (11000K) Normal (9000K) Warm (6500K)

x 0.278 0.289 0.314

y 0.278 0.291 0.319

If you do not have a colour analyser, you can use the default values. This is the next best solution. The default values are average values coming from production.

• Select a COLOUR TEMPERATURE (e.g. COOL, NORMAL, or WARM).

2009-Apr-03

Alignments

EN 35Q548.1E LA 6.

• Set the RED, GREEN and BLUE default values according to the values in Table 6-1

.

• When finished press OK on the RC, then press STORE (in the SAM root menu) to store the aligned values to the NVM.

• Restore the initial picture settings after the alignments.

Table 6-2 White tone default settings Frame sets

(7000 series)

White Tone 32" 42" Black level

Colour Temp R G B R G B R G

Normal 127 93 100 127 116 112 8 8

Cool 127 98 122 125 114 124 8 8

Warm 12783 6112710873 8 8

Table 6-3 White tone default settings Roadrunner sets

(8000 series)

White Tone 32" 42" Black level

Colour Temp R G B R G B R G

Normal 12793 9712710399 8 8

Cool 127 100 120 127 109 118 8 8

Warm 12783 5912794 61 8 8

Note: tint settings Frame sets (7000 series) 47" and 52", as well as Roadrunner sets (8000 series) 37" and 47", were not available at time of publishing.

6.3.3 LCD Panel Flicker Alignment

offset

6.4.4 Opt. No. (Option numbers)

Select this sub menu to set all options at once (expressed in two long strings of numbers). An option number (or “option byte”) represents a number of different options. When you change these numbers directly, you can set all options very quickly. All options are controlled via eight option numbers. When the NVM is replaced, all options will require resetting. To be certain that the factory settings are reproduced exactly, you must set both option number lines. You can find the correct option numbers on a sticker inside the TV set and in Table 6-4 Example: The options sticker gives the following option numbers:

• 08192 00133 01387 45160

• 12232 04256 00164 00000 The first line (group 1) indicates hardware options 1 to 4, the second line (group 2) indicate software options 5 to 8. Every 5-digit number represents 16 bits (so the maximum value will be 65536 if all options are set). When all the correct options are set, the sum of the decimal values of each Option Byte (OB) will give the option number. SeeTable 6-4

for the options.

Diversity

Not all sets with the same Commercial Type Number (CTN) necessarily have the same option code! Use of Alternative BOM An alternative BOM number usually indicates the use of an alternative display or power supply. This results in another display code thus in another Option code. For the power supply there is no difference. Refer to Chapter 3.

Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List.

.

Note: This is only necessary for Forward Integration models (sets that have the LCD Timing Controller (TCON) located on the SSB) - not applicable to sets in this chassis.

See ComPair for further instructions.

6.4 Option Settings

6.4.1 Introduction

The microprocessor communicates with a large number of I ICs in the set. To ensure good communication and to make digital diagnosis possible, the microprocessor has to know which ICs to address. The presence / absence of these PNX5120 ICs (back-end advanced video picture improvement IC which offers motion estimation and compensation features (commercially called HDNM) plus integrated Ambilight control) is made known by the option codes.

Notes:

• After changing the option(s), save them by pressing the OK button on the RC before the cursor is moved to the left, select STORE in the SAM root menu and press OK on the RC.

• The new option setting is only active after the TV is switched “off” / “stand-by” and “on” again with the mains switch (the NVM is then read again).

6.4.2 Dealer Options

6.4.5 Option Code Overview

Table 6-4 Option and display code overview

CTN (Alt. BOM#)

32PFL7404H/12 08193 00649 01391 45288 10165 28832 00162 00000 181

42PFL7404H/12 08193 00651 01391 45288 10167 28832 00178 00000 183

47PFL7404H/12 08193 00651 01391 45288 10170 28832 00162 00000 186

52PFL7404H/12 08193 00651 01391 45288 10192 28832 00186 00000 208

2

C

32PFL8404H/12 08209 00656 02031 45288 26549 28834 00162 00000 181

37PFL8404H/12 08209 00656 02031 45288 26549 28834 00170 00000 161

42PFL8404H/12 08209 00657 02031 45288 26551 28834 00178 00000 183

47PFL8404H/12 08209 00657 02031 45288 26554 28834 00162 00000 186

Options Group 1 Options Group 2 Disp.

code

Important: after having edited the option numbers as described above, you must press OK on the remote control before the cursor is moved to the left!

6.5 Reset of Repaired SSB

A very important issue towards a repaired SSB from a service repair shop implies the reset of the NVM on the SSB. A repaired SSB in service should get the service Set type “00PF0000000000” and Production code “00000000000000”. Also the virgin bit is to be set. To set all this, you can use the ComPair tool. In case of a display replacement, reset the “Operation hours” to “0”, or to the operation hours of the replacement display.

For dealer options, in SAM select “Dealer options”. See Table 6-5

.

6.4.3 (Service) Options

Select the sub menu's to set the initialisation codes (options) of the model number via text menus. See Table 6-5

.

2009-Apr-03

EN 36 Q548.1E LA6.

18310_221_090318.eps

090319

6.5.1 SSB identification

Whenever ordering a new SSB, it should ne noted that the correct ordering number (12nc) of a SSB is located on a sticker on the SSB. The format is <12nc SSB><serial number>. The ordering number of a “Service” SSB is the same as the ordering number of an initial “factory” SSB.

6.6 Total Overview SAM modes

Table 6-5 SAM mode overview

Alignments

Figure 6-1 SSB identification

Main Menu Sub-menu 1 Sub-menu 2 Sub-menu 3 Description

Hardware Information A. SW VERSION e.g. “Q5431_0.26.10.0” Display TV & Stand-by SW version and CTN serial

B. Stand-by processor version e.g. “STDBY_84.69.0.0”

C. Production code e.g. “See type plate”

Operation hours Displays the accumulated total of operation hours.TV

Error Displayed the most recent error.

Reset error buffer Clears all content in the error buffer.

Alignment Tuner AGC RF-AGC Take over point adjustment (AGC default

White point Colour temperature Normal 3 difference modes of colour temperature can be se-

Warn

Cool

White point red LCD White Point Alignment. For values,

White point green

White point blue

Red black level offset

Green black level offset

Dealer options Picture mute Off/On Select Picture mute On/Off. Picture is muted / not

Virgin mode Off/On

E-sticker Off/On Select E-sticker On/Off (USP’s on-screen)

Auto store mode None Autostore mode disabled (not in installation menu)

PDC/VPS Autostore mode via ATS (PDC/VPS) enabled

TXT page Autostore mode via ACI enabled

PDC/VPS/TXT Autostore mode via ACI or ATS enabled

number.

switched “on/off” & every 0.5 hours is increase one

value is 64)

lected

see Table 6-1

muted in case no input signal is detected at input connectors.

Select Virgin mode On/Off. TV starts up / does not start up (once) with a language selection menu after the mains switch is turned “on” for the first time (virgin mode)

.

2009-Apr-03

Alignments

Main Menu Sub-menu 1 Sub-menu 2 Sub-menu 3 Description

Options Digital broadcast DVB Off/On Select DVB On/Off

DVB - T installation Off/On or Country dependent Select DVB T installation On/Off or by country

DVB - T light Off/On Select DVB T light On/Off

DVB - C Off/On Select DVB C On/Off

DVB - C installation Off/On or Country dependent Select DVB C installation On/Off or by country

Over the air download Off/On or Country dependent Select Over the air download On/Off or by country

8 days EPG Off/On Select 8 day EPG On/Off

Digital features USB Off/On Select USB On/Off

Display Screen 201 / LCD LGD WUE SBA1 37" Displayed the panel code & type model.

Video reproduction Picture processing None/PNX5120 Select Picture processing None/PNX5120 (Q543.xE

Audio reproduction Acoustic system Cabinet design used for setting dynamic audio pa-

Source selection EXT1/AV1 type SCART CBVS RGB LR Select input source when connected with external

Ethernet Off/On Select Ethernet On/Off

Wi-Fi Off/On Select Wi-Fi On/Off

DLNA Off/On Select DLNA On/Off

On-line service Off On-line service is Off

PTP (Picture Transfer Protocol) Off/On Select PTP On/Off

Update assistant Off/On Select Update assistant On/Off

Internet software update Off Internet software update is Off

LightGuide Off/On Select LightGuide On/Off

Display fans Not present/Present Select Display fans Present/Not present.

Temperature sensor No sensor N.A

Temperature LUT 0 N.A

E-box & monitor Off/On Select E-box & monitor On/Off

chassis).

MOP local contrast Off/On Select MOP local contrast On/Off

Light sensor Off/On Select Light sensor On/Off

Light sensor type 0/1/2/3 Select Light sensor type form 0 to 3 (for difference

Pixel Plus type Pixel Plus HD Select type of picture improvement.

Perfect Pixel HD

Pixel Precise HD

Pixel Plus HD (used in Q543.xE)

Pixel Precise HD (used in Q548.1E)

Ambilight None, Select type of Ambilight modules use.

2 sided 2/2

2 sided 4/4

3 sided 2/3/2

3 sided 4/3/4

3 sided 4/5/4

4 sided 4/3/4/3

Ambilight technology LED/Future use Ambilight technology LED is in use.

MOP ambilight Off/On Select MOP ambilight On/Off

CVBS Y/C YPbPr LR

CVBS Y/C YPbPr HV LR

(CVBS) YPbPr LR

EXT2/AV2 type SCART CBVS RGB LR Select input source when connected with external

CVBS Y/C LR

(CVBS) YPbPr LR

CVBS Y/C LR

EXT3/AV3 type None Select input source when connected with external

CVBS

CVBS LR

YPbPr

YPbPr LR

YPbPr HV LR

VGA Off/On Select VGA On/Off

SIDE I/O Off/On Select SIDE I/O On/Off

HDMI 1 Off/On Select HDMI 1 On/Off

HDMI 2 Off/On Select HDMI 2 On/Off

HDMI 3 Off/On Select HDMI 3 On/Off

HDMI 4 Off/On Select HDMI 4 On/Off

HDMI side Off/On Select HDMI side On/Off

HDMI CEC Off/On Select HDMI CEC On/Off

HDMI CEC RC pass through Off/On Select HDMI CEC RC pass through On/Off

HDMI CEC Pixel Plus link Off/On Select Pixel Plus link On/Off

styling).

For 8400 series only

rameters.

equipment.

EN 37Q548.1E LA 6.

2009-Apr-03

EN 38 Q548.1E LA6.

Main Menu Sub-menu 1 Sub-menu 2 Sub-menu 3 Description

Miscellaneous Region Europe/AP-PAL-MULTI/Australia Select Region/country.

Option number Group 1 e.g. “08192.02181.01387.45160” The first line (group 1) indicates hardware options 1

Group 2 e.g. “10185.12448.00164.00000” The second line (group 2) indicates software options

Store Store after changing.

Initialise NVM N.A

Store

Software maintenance Software events Display Display information is for development purposes.

Hardware events Display Display information is for development purposes.

Operation hours display 0003 In case the display must be swapped for repair, you

Test setting Digital information QAM modulation: 64-QAM Display information is for development purposes.

Install start frequency 000 Install start frequency from 0 MHz

Install end frequency 999 Install end frequency as 999 MHz

Default install frequency

Installation Digital only Select Digital only or Digital + Analogue before instal-

Development file versions

Upload to USB Channel list To upload several settings from the TV to an USB

Download from USB Channel list To download several settings from the USB stick to

Development 1 file version Display parameters DISPT 4.0.8.11 Display information is for development purposes.

Development 2 file version 12NC one zip software Display information is for development purposes.

Personal settings

Option codes

Display-related alignment

History list

Personal settings

Option codes

Display-related alignment

Alignments

Tuner type HD1816-MK1/TD1716-MK4/

System RC support Off/On Select System RC support On/Off.

Embedded user manual Off/On Select Embedded user manual On/Off.

Start-up screen Off/On Select Start-up screen On/Off.

Wallpaper Off/On Select Wallpaper On/Off.

Hotel mode Off Hotel mode is Off.

Clear

Test reboot

Test reboot is to restart the TV.

Clear

Symbol rate: 23:29

Original network ID: 12817

Network ID:12817

Transport stream ID: 2

Service ID: 3

Hierarchical modulation: 0

Selected video PID: 35

Selected main audio PID: 99

Selected 2nd audio PID: -1

Digital + Analogue

Acoustics parameters ACSTS 3.0.6.1

PQF - Fixed settings 1 “4.54.34.32.34”

PQS - Profile set 1 “4.57.34.32.34”

PQU - User styles 1 “4.56.34.32.34”

Initial main software

NVM version Q5431_0.4.3.0

Flash units SW Q5431_0.16.48.24

TD1716-MK3/HD1816-MK2

Select type of Tuner used.

to 4.

5 to 8.

Select Store in the SAM root menu after making any changes.

can reset the “Display operation ho urs” to “0”. So, this one does keeps up the lifetime of the display itself (mainly to compensate the degeneration behaviour).

lation.

stick

the TV.

2009-Apr-03

7. Circuit Descriptions

18540_200_090327.eps

090402

Optional for

Q548 chassis

Circuit Descriptions

EN 39Q548.1E LA 7.

Index of this chapter:

Introduction

7.1

7.2 Power Supply

7.3 DC-DC Converter

7.4 Front-End

7.5 HDMI

7.6 Video and Audio Processing - PNX8543

7.7 Common Interface CI+

Notes:

•Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently) are described.

• Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions.

• For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions, please use the wiring, block (see chapter

9. Block Diagrams) and circuit diagrams (see chapter

10. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts).Where necessary, you will find a separate drawing for clarification.

7.1 Introduction

The Q548.1E LA chassis (platform name TV543/82) is a derivative from the Q543.1E LA chassis.

Main difference with the previous chassis is the addition of the PNX5120 Video Back-End Processor.

Roadrunner sets (8000 series) are equipped with AmbiLight.

7.1.1 Implementation

Key components of this chassis are:

• PNX8543 Digital Colour Decoder

• HD1816AF Hybrid Tuner

• DRX3926K Demodulator

• TDA9996 HDMI Switch

• TPA3123D2PWP Class D Power Amplifier

• PNX5120 Video Back-End Processor.

7.1.2 TV543 Architecture Overview

• For details about the chassis block diagrams refer to chapter 9. Block Diagrams. An overview of the TV543 architecture can be found in Figure 7-1

.

Figure 7-1 Architecture of TV543/82 platform

2009-Apr-03

EN 40 Q548.1E LA7.

18540_201_090327.eps

090327

7.1.3 SSB Cell Layout

Circuit Descriptions

2009-Apr-03

Figure 7-2 SSB layout cells (top view)

7.2 Power Supply

Vo=400V

+3V3_STANDBY

+12V

Audio Supply (+12V)

To Lamps

AC Input

Non- Isolated/Hot

Isolated/Cold

PFC

Flyback

STANDBY (HIIGH=OFF, LOW=ON)

RELAY

Inverter

+24V

18440_208_090226.eps

090327

18440_209_090226.eps

090227

Vin AC

STANDBY

+3V3-STANDBY

+12V, +Vsnd, +24V

Max 1.0sec Max 0.5 sec

Min 20 msec

Max 5.0 sec

All power supplies described below are a black box for Service. When defective, a new board must be ordered and the defective one must be returned, unless the main fuse of the board is broken. Always replace a defective fuse with one with the correct specifications! This part is available in the regular market. Consult the Service Spare Parts website for the order codes of the boards.

7.2.1 Specifications

Most sets in the TV543 platform use the Integrated Power Board (IPB) - incl. inverter. The 52" sets in this chassis have a conventional PSU - with separate inverter.

Circuit Descriptions

EN 41Q548.1E LA 7.

Figure 7-4 PSU Timing Diagram

In this Service Manual, no detailed information is available because of design protection issues.

7.2.2 Diversity

Below find an overview of the different PSUs that are used:

Table 7-1 Supply diversity

Supplier PSU Model Input Voltage Range

LGIT PLHL-T826B 32PFL7404H/12 High Mains (198 to 265 V

Delta

Delta DPS-411AP-3 A 52PFL7404H/12 High Mains (198 to 265 V

LGIT PLHL-T826B 32PFL8404H/12 High Mains (198 to 265 VAC)

Delta DPS-298CP A 37PFL8404H/12 High Mains (198 to 265 V

Delta DPS-298CP-4 A 42PFL8404H/12 High Mains (198 to 265 V

Delta DPS-298CP-2 A 47PFL8404H/12 High Mains (198 to 265 VAC)

DPS-298CP-4 A 42PFL7404H/12 High Mains (198 to 265 V

DPS-298CP-2 A 47PFL7404H/12 High Mains (198 to 265 V

7.2.3 Application

An application diagram can be found below:

7.2.5 Power Supply Protection

Power supply protection is implemented via the stand-by controller of the PNX8543 via the following signals:

• POWER-OK: signal from PSU to indicate if the supply output from the IPB is normal

• DETECT1: signal to indicate if the +5V, +3V3 and +1V2 voltages on the chassis are present

• DETECT2: signal to indicate if the +12V voltage on the chassis is present.

)

AC

)

AC

)

AC

)

AC

7.3 DC-DC Converter

Input power is obtained from the IPB module via the following voltages:

)

AC

)

AC

• +3V3-STANDBY (stand-by-mode only)

• +12V (on-mode)

•+V

(audio power) (on-mode)

snd

• +24V (bolt-on power) (on-mode).

Control is achieved by the PNX8543 controller via the STANDBY signal.

Audio power is specifically for audio supply usage only and does not go through any DC conversion.

Below find a block diagram of the on-board DC-DC converters.

Figure 7-3 Application Integrated Power Board

7.2.4 Power Supply Timing

The STANDBY signal controls the on-mode voltages +12V,

and +24V. During chassis cold start from AC mains,

+V

snd

+12V can be expected to be stable within 1.0 seconds, while for a warm start, i.e. wake up from stand-by power state, this timing becomes 0.5 seconds maximum. During AC switch off, stand-by power +3V3-STANDBY decay is at least 20 ms but not more than 5.0 seconds compared to +12V. Refer to

Figure 7-4

:

+

3V3-STANDBY

NCP5422 + 2x

Si4936

+12V

(Sync Dual

Controller

+ Dual FETs)

ST1S10

(Sync Power IC)

ST1S10

(Sync Power IC)

LD3985M

(Linear Regulator)

Figure 7-5 DC-DC converters

LD1117

(Linear Regulator)

LD1117

(Linear Regulator)

+1V2-PNX8543

+3V3

+1V8-PNX8543

+1V8-PNX5100

ENABLE-3V3

+5V_+5V5-TUN

+1V2-PNX5100

+1V2-STANDBY

18440_210_090227.eps

090227

2009-Apr-03

EN 42 Q548.1E LA7.

18440_211_090227.eps

090227

I2C-TUNER

IF-AGC

NXP Hybrid

Tuner

SAW Filter

IF Amplifier DRX3926K PNX8543

I2C-SSB

CVBS

2nd SIF

TS

TDA9996

1P06

1P04

1P03

1P02

1P0 5

HDMIA-RX

ARX

BRX

CRX

DRX

HDMIB-RX

PNX8543

D

C

A

B

Out

1M96

A B

HDMI 2

HDMI Side

(optional)

HDMI 3

(optional)

HDMI 1

HDMI 4

(optional)

Edid

18440_213_090227.eps

090227

18440_214_090227.eps

090227

TDA9996

CPU

IIC

Platform with embedded EDID

4 * HDMI

inp uts

253 common Bytes

+ 1B subaddres of

Source Physical Address

+3B for input A +3B for input B +3B for input C +3B for input D

E D ID : 253B

3B 3B 3B 3B

7.4 Front-End

The Front-End consist of the following key components:

• Tuner HD1816AF

• IF demodulator DRX3926K

• AGC amplifier UPC3221GV

• SAW filter 36M125.

Below find a block diagram of the front-end application.

Circuit Descriptions

Figure 7-8 EDID control (embedded EDID)

Figure 7-6 Front-End block diagram

The DRX3926K is a multi-standard demodulator supporting DVB-C, DVB-T and analogue standards. The demodulated digital stream is fed into the parallel transport stream data ports of the PNX8543. The demodulated analogue signal in the form of CVBS is connected to the analogue video CVBS/Y input channel, while the SIF is connected via the SSIF2 positive input port.

7.5 HDMI

In this platform, the TDA9996 HDMI multiplexer is implemented. The EDID contents are no longer stored in a separate EEPROM, but directly in the multiplexer. Each input has its own physical sub address: the first 253 bytes are common, where the last 3 bytes define the specific input. The EDID contents are, at +5V power-up, downloaded to RAM. The following figures show the HDMI input configuration and EDID control.

Some delta’s w.r.t. TDA9996 compared to earlier chassis/ platforms are:

• +5V detection mechanism

• stable clock detection mechanism

• integrated EDID

•RT control

• HPD control

• TMDS output control

• CEC control

• new hot-plug control for PNX8543 for 5th HDMI input

• new EDID structure: EDID stored in TDA9996, therefore there are no EDID pins on the SSB. Only in the event of a 5th HDMI input, an additional EEPROM is foreseen, as was implemented in previous platforms.

Some delta’s with respect to PNX8543 compared to earlier chassis/platforms are:

• 2 HDMI inputs (A & B)

• HDMI deep colour RGB/YCbCr 4:4:1 10/12 bit detection.

After replacement of the TDA9996 HDMI multiplexer, the

2

default I

C address should be reprogrammed from C0 to CE, and the HDMI EDIDs should be reprogrammed as well. Both actions should be executed via ComPair.

Figure 7-7 HDMI input configuration

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Descriptions

18440_202_090226.eps

TS out/in for

TS in from

CVBS, Y/C,

LV DS for

analog CVBS

analog audio

I

2

S

Dual SPDIF

Low-IF

SSIF, LR

Dual HDMI

SPDIF

CI/CA

MPEG

PRIMARY

LV DS

VIDEO

SECONDARY

MEMORY

VIDEO

3D COMB

DIGITAL IF

AUDIO DEMOD

AUDIO IN

HDMI

SCALER,

AUDIO DSP

AUDIO DACS

AUDIO OUT

300 MHz

I2C

PWM

GPIO IR ADC UART I2C GPIO Flash

SYSTEM

USB 2.0 CA

PNX8543x

DV INPUT

DV-ITU-656

AV-PIP

SPI

MPEG/H.264

I2S

RECEIVER

(8051)

CONTROLLER

AND DECODE

DECODER

channel decoder

PCMCIA

RGB

PROCESSOR

SYSTEM

CONTROLLER

DECODER

VIDEO

CPU

MIPS32 4KEc

01 x22 x

AV-D SP

REDUCTION

AND NOISE

DE-INTERLACE

OUTPUT

VIDEO

SUB-PICTURE

ENCODER

OUTPUT

VIDEO

channel)

(single or dual

flat panel display

DRAWING

ENGINE

DMA BLOCK

PCI 2.2

EN 43Q548.1E LA 7.

7.6 Video and Audio Processing - PNX8543

The PNX8543 is the main audio and video processor (or System-on-Chip) for this platform. It is a member of the PNX85xx SoC family (described in earlier chassis) with the addition of the MPEG4 functionality; the separate STi710x MPEG4 decoder is no longer implemented in this platform.

The PNX8543 handles the digital and analogue audio- and video decoding and processing. The processor is a MIPS32 general purpose CPU and a 8051-based TV controller for power management and user event handling.

• For a functional diagram of the PNX8543, refer to Figure 7-9

.

Figure 7-9 PNX8543 functional diagram

2009-Apr-03

EN 44 Q548.1E LA7.

18440_203_090226.eps

090226

VMSP

HDMI_UIP

PC_RX

AFE

(ADC)

DAC

LV DS_BUF

LV DS_TX

CPIPE_

L2QTV

CPIPE_

L2VO

MCU-DDR

DMA BUS

DDR2-SDRAM

PNX8543x

VCP_

UIP

DENC

DAC

VCP_ WIFD

HDMI_

RX

MBVP_ L2VO2

MBVP_ L2QTV

MBVP_

L2VO1

A

GFX2

PIP

CVBS1/Y

monitor

main

CVBS2/C

monitor

HDMI

VCP/PC

LOW IF

CVBS

RGB

Dual HDMI

FPD-LVDS1

LCD panel

MUX

VCP_RX

2D_DE

VIP

(ITU-656)

PC_

UIP

GFX1

FPD-LVDS2

LCD panel

CVBS/Y

C

CAI

TS

TSDO

TSDI CMD

PCMCIA

TSI

MSVD

DV (including

ITU-656)

YPbPr

VGA

7.6.1 Video Subsystem

Circuit Descriptions

Refer to Figure 7-10

for the main video interfaces for the PNX8543 and the video signal flow between blocks and memory.

The Video Subsystem consist of the following blocks:

• Analogue Front-End (AFE) block

• Video and PC Capture (VPC/PC) pipe

• HDMI Receiver interface

• Memory-Based Video Processor MBVP)

• Video Composition Pipe (CPIPE)

• Memory Based Video Processor (MBVP) VO-1

• Memory Based Video Processor (MBVP) VO-2

• Video Composition Pipe (CPIPE)

• Dual Flat Panel Display-LVDS (FPD-LVDS)

• Digital Encoder (DENC)

• Digital Video VIP

• 2D graphics block.

2009-Apr-03

Figure 7-10 PNX8543 video flow diagram

7.6.2 Audio Subsystem

18440_204_090226.eps

090226

VMSP

ADC

MCU

DDR2-SDRAM

PNX8543x

HDMI_RX

CAI

SPDIF-IN

I

2

S

SPDIF

DigIF

ASDEC (DEMODULATION AND DECODING)

TM2270

(MPEG, AC-3, MP3

DECODER)

SPDIF-OUT

AO

AI

APP - AUDIO DSP

(POST PROCESSING)

2

DAC

2

DAC

2

DAC

2

DAC

DMA BUS

I2S-OUT-SD3 I2S-OUT-SD4

I2S-OUT-WS I2S-OUT-SCK I2S-OUT-OSC

Main L, R

HP L, R

SCART2 L, R

SCART1 L, R

HDMI

SPDIF-IN1

IF

SSIF

L, R

TS-IN

SPDIF-Out

SPDIF-IN2

I2S-OUT-SD1 I2S-OUT-SD2

I2S-IN-SD3 I2S-IN-SD4

I2S-IN-WS I2S-IN-SCK I2S-IN-OSC

I2S-IN-SD1 I2S-IN-SD2

SPDIF

ADC

4

4 × I2S

4

4 × I2S

XB3

XB4

from XB4

fast SPDIF

XB1

XB2

4 × I2S

Circuit Descriptions

EN 45Q548.1E LA 7.

Refer to Figure 7-11

for the main audio interfaces for the PNX8543 and the audio signal flow between blocks and memory.

Figure 7-11 PNX8543 audio flow diagram

The Audio Subsystem consist of the following blocks:

• Analogue Audio Front End (AAFE) used to capture

Baseband Audio Inputs and to sample Secondary Sound IF (SSIF) directly or via Low-IF input

• HDMI Receiver interface block

• SPDIF input block

• Audio Input (AI) block

• Audio Output (AO) block

• Demodulation & Decoding (ASDEC) DSP for decoding all

analogue terrestrial TV sound standards

• Audio Post-Processing (APP) block

• Digital Audio decoder.

2009-Apr-03

EN 46 Q548.1E LA7.

18440_205_090226.eps

090226

JTAG_MMIO

UART2

UART1

IIC2_DMA

IIC3_DMA

MIPS 4KEc

SYSTEM

CONTROLLER

80C51

PCI_XIO

CAI

MCU_DDR

DMA BUS

DCS-NETWORK

DDR2-SDRAM

I2C-2

I2C-3

EJTAG

PNX8543x

UART-1

UART-2

I2C-MC

UART-3

PWMs

GPIOs

CI/CA

PCI/XIO

EJTAG

USB2.0USB

AVD SP

IIC4_DMA

I2C-1

7.6.3 Connectivity and Compute Subsystem

Circuit Descriptions

Refer to Figure 7-12 subsystem.

for the connectivity and compute

The Connectivity Subsystem consists of:

• PCI/XIO interface

• USB2.0 interface

• Three 2-wire UARTs

• Four Master/Slave I

• Common Interface/Conditional Access Interface.

The Computing Subsystem consists of:

• 32-bit MIPS RISC core

• Enhanced JTAG (EJTAG) block inside the MIPS

• JTAG_MMIO blocks

• TV controller

• Audio/Video DSP (AV_DSP)

• Memory Control Unit (MCU).

2

C interfaces

Figure 7-12 PNX8543 connectivity and compute subsystem

7.6.4 Service Notice - FLASH RAM / PNX8543 exchange

The FLASH RAM (item 7M00) and/or PNX8543 (item 7600) can only be exchanged by an authorised central workshop with dedicated programming tools. Due to the presence of (CI+) keys in the components, unauthorised exchange of these

components will always result in a defective board.

7.7 Common Interface CI+

Together with this platform, an extension to the Common Interface (CI) Conditional Access system is added, called CI+.

CI+ or Common Interface Plus is a specification that extends the Common Interface (DVB-CI) as described in the digital broadcasting standard DVB.

2009-Apr-03

The weakness of the conventional CI module used in a

CAM

PNX8543

TS-INP UT

Transport Streams

CA-Control

CA-MDI

CA-MDO

CA-CTRL

PCI/XIO

Proprietary CA scrambling

CI + StandardisedCCS scrambling

DES/AES

descrambler

MHEG MMI

application

Matrix

tuner

channel

decoder

DES/AES

scrambler

CA clien t

MHEG CI+

decoder

demux

(SC )

Command inte rface

Transport stream

inte rface

18440_221_090227.eps

090227

18310_203_090317.eps

090317

18310_204_090318.eps

090318

ARM

SDA

SCL

SEL1

SEL2

SPI C LOCK

SPI LATCH

SPI D ATA OU T

SPI DATA RETURN

PWM CLOCK

BLANK

PROG

SPI LA TCH 2 (only on dc/dc for aurea)

C S EEPROM

TEM P

Scl1

Sd a1

tb d

Sck

P0.7

MOSI

MISO

P0.8

TxD

RxD

Rxd0

Txd 0

MAT0.0

MAT1.0

tb d

P0.10

Conditional Access system was the absence of a Copy Protection mechanism, as decrypted content could be sent over the PCMCIA interface unscrambled. With the CI+ extension, a form of copy protection is established between the Conditional Access Module (CAM) and the Integrated Digital Television (IDTV). The security mechanisms in CI+ are derived/copied from POD (with the exception of Out Of Band (OOB) used in US CA systems). For more information about conventional CA systems using a CI module, refer to the BJ3.0E L/PA or BL2.xU Service Manual.

The CI+ standard is downwards compatible with the existing CI standard.

The following figure shows the implementation of the CI+ Conditional Access system in the TV543 platform.

7.8 Ambi Light

Circuit Descriptions

Figure 7-13 CI+ Conditional Access implementation

EN 47Q548.1E LA 7.

The Ambi Light architecture in this platform has been entirely renewed. The characteristics are:

• Additional DC/DC board generating 12/16/24 V (optional)

• ARM processor (on DC/DC panel or AL board)

• Low-power LEDs

• SPI interface from ARM to LED drivers

2

C upgradeable via USB

•I

• Each AL module has a temperature sensor.

Figure 7-14 Interface between Ambi Light and SSB

7.8.1 ARM controller

The use of the DC/DC board is optional. In case no DC/DC board is implemented, the ARM processor is located on one of the AL boards.

Refer to Figure 7-14

for the Ambi Light architecture.

Refer to Figure 7-15

below for signal interfacing to and from the ARM controller. The ARM controller is located on the DC/DC board (item no. 7302) or AL panel (item no. 7102).

Figure 7-15 ARM controller interface

Data transfer between ARM processor and LED drivers is executed by a Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) bus interface.

2009-Apr-03

EN 48 Q548.1E LA7.

18310_205_090318.eps

090318

Amb ilig ht modu le 1 Am b ilight mod u le 2 Amb ilight m odu le N

ARM

LED

DRIVER

1

LED

DRIVER

2

LED

DRIVER

N

SPI data in

S o ut Sin So ut S o utS in

SPI clo ck (S CLK) SPI la tch (XL AT)

PRO G (VPRG ) BLANK PW M CLOC K ( GSCLK)

o ut16

SPI d ata retu rn

18310_206_090318.eps

090318

Amb iligh t mod ule 1 Amb iligh t mod ule 2

ARM

TEMP

SENS OR

Vcc

Pull-upPull-upPull-up

TEMP

SENS OR

Vcc

Amb iligh t mod ule N

TEMP

SENS OR

Vcc

Circuit Descriptions

The SPI bus is a synchronous serial data link standard that operates in full duplex mode.

For debugging purposes, the working principle is given below:

• At startup the controller will read-out matrix data from the EEPROM devices (via SPI DATA RETURN)

• Before operation, the driver current is set via SPI, with driver in DC mode

• During normal operation the controller receives RGB-, configuration-, operation mode- and topology data via I

• The controller converts the I

2

C RGB data via the matrixes

2

to SPI LED data

• Via data return the controller receives error data (if applicable).

Also PWM clock and BLANK signals are generated by the controller. The controller can be reprogrammed via I USB). The controller can receive matrix values via I

2

C (via

2

C, which will be stored in the EEPROM of each AL module via the SPI bus. The temperature sensor in each AL module controls the TEMP line; in case of a too high temperature the controller will reduce the overall brightness.

7.8.2 LED driver communication (via SPI bus)

C

Refer to Figure 7-16

below for signal interfacing between the ARM controller and the LED drivers on the AL boards, and the LED drivers and the EEPROMs on the AL boards.

Figure 7-16 SPI communication between ARM controller and LED drivers

The ARM controller communicates with the LED drivers (on each AL module) via an SPI bus. For debugging purposes, the working principle is given below:

Each AL board is equipped with a temperature sensor. If one of the sensors detects a temperature over the threshold, the TEMP line is pulled LOW which results in brightness reduction.

• Data from the ARM controller is linked through the drivers, which are connected in cascade

• SPI CLK, SPI LATCH, PROG, BLANK and PWM CLOCK are going directly from the controller to each driver

• SPI DATA RETURN is linked from the last driver to the controller: controller decides which driver returns data.

7.8.3 Temperature Control

Refer to Figure 7-17

for signal interfacing between the ARM

controller and the temperature sensor on the AL boards.

Figure 7-17 Communication between ARM controller and

temperature sensor

2009-Apr-03

8. IC Data Sheets

IC Data Sheets

EN 49Q548.1E LA 8.

This chapter shows the internal block diagrams and pin configurations of ICs that are drawn as “black boxes” in the

electrical diagrams (with the exception of “memory” and “logic” ICs).

8.1 Diagram SSB: DC/DC +3V3 +1V2 B01A, NCP5422AD (IC 7103)

Block Diagram

+

V

CC

−

+

−

+

−

+

0.25 V

−

5.0

A

IS+1

IS−1

IS+2

IS−2

8.6 V

7.8 V

70 mV

+

−

S

Set Dominant

R

1.0 V

−

Q

+

V

CC

BIAS

FAULT

E/A OFF

R

+

−

E/A1

OSC

CURRENT

SOURCE

OSC

PWM Comparator 1

0.425 V

PWM Comparator 2

GEN

CLK1

CLK2

RAMP1

0.425 V

FAULT

− +

FAULT

RAMP2

E/A OFF

−

+

−

E/A2

1.0 V

1.2 mA

RAMP1

S Reset

Dominant

R

FAULT

S

Reset Dominant

R

FAULT

non−overlap

FAULT

RAMP2

V

BST

CC

BST

CC

BST

GATE(H)1

GATE(L)1

GATE(H)2

GATE(L)2

GND

Pin Configuration

GATE(H)1 GATE(L)1

Figure 8-1 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

V

FB1

COMP1

V

FB2

SO−16

1

16

GND

BST IS+1

IS−1

V

FB1

WWYLWA

A2245PCN

COMP1

A = Assembly Location WL = Wafer Lot Y = Year WW = Work Week

GATE(H)2 GATE(L)2 V

CC

R

OSC

IS+2

IS−2

V

FB2

COMP2

F_15400_129.eps

240505

2009-Apr-03

EN 50 Q548.1E LA8.

PowerSO-8

DFN8 (4x4)

I_18010_083.eps

130608

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

IC Data Sheets

8.2 Diagram SSB: DC/DC +3V3 +1V2 Standby B01B, ST1S10PH (IC 7202/7222)

2009-Apr-03

Figure 8-2 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

IC Data Sheets

G_16290_084.eps

020206

Pin Configuration

Block Diagram

TSOT23-5L/SOT23-5L Flip-Chip

8.3 Diagram SSB: DC/DC +3V3 +1V2 Standby B01B, LD3985M (IC 7201)

EN 51Q548.1E LA 8.

Figure 8-3 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

2009-Apr-03

EN 52 Q548.1E LA8.

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

18440_300_090303.eps

090303

DVB-T/QAM/ATV

Demodulator

Stereo Decoder

System Controller

SAW

Main

Tuner

Presaw

Sense

DVB-T/QAM

FEC

DAC

MPEG-2 TS

CVBS

SIF

I

2

S Audio

I

2

C

GPIO

IF AGC

RF AGC

Integrated Tuner

I

2

C

ADCIF AMP

49XI

50XO

51VSSAH_OSC

52VDDAH_OSC

53VDDH

54VSSH

55VSSL

56VDDL

57TDO

58TMS

59TCK

60TDI

61I2C_SDA2

62I2C_SCL2

63I2S_CL

64I2S_DA

RSTN32

SAW_SW31

GPIO230

VSYNC29

VSSL28

VDDL27

VDDH26

VSSH25

I2C_SDA124

I2C_SCL123

MD722

MD621

MD520

MD419

VDDH18

VSSH17

PDP

VDDAL

_AFE2

VSSAL_AFE2

SIF

CVBS

VDDAH_CVBS

VSSAH_CVBS

PDN

INP

INN

VSSAH_AFE1

VDDAH_AFE1

VDDAL_AFE1

VSSAL_AFE1

IF_AGC

RF_AGC

VDDL

VSSL

GPIO1

MSTRT

MERR

VSSH

VDDH

I2S_WS

MCLK

MVAL

MD0

MD1

MD2

MD3

VSSL

VDDL

123 45678 910111213 14 15 16

48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33

DRXK

IC Data Sheets

8.4 Diagram SSB: Front End B02A, DRX3926K (IC 7303)

2009-Apr-03

Figure 8-4 Pin configuration

8.5 Diagram SSB: PNX8543 - Power B03A-B03H, PNX8543 (IC7600)

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

18440_301_090303.eps

090303

TS out/in for

TS in from

CVBS, Y/C,

LVD S for

analog CVBS

analog audio

I

2

S

Dual SPDIF

Low-IF

SSIF, LR

Dual HDMI

SPDIF

CI/CA

MPEG

PRIMARY

LVD S

VIDEO

SECONDARY

MEMORY

VIDEO

3D COMB

DIGITAL IF

AUDIO DEMOD

AUDIO IN

HDMI

SCALER,

AUDIO DSP

AUDIO DACS

AUDIO OUT

300 MHz

I2C

PWM

GPIO IR ADC UART I2C GPIO Flash

SYSTEM

USB 2.0 CA

PNX8543x

DV INPUT

DV-ITU-656

AV-PIP

SPI

MPEG/H.264

I2S

RECEIVER

(8051)

CONTROLLER

AND DECODE

DECODER

channel decoder

PCMCIA

RGB

PROCESSOR

SYSTEM

CONTROLLER

DECODER

VIDEO

CPU

MIPS32 4KEc

01 x22 x

AV-D SP

REDUCTION

AND NOISE

DE-INTERLACE

OUTPUT

VIDEO

SUB-PICTURE

ENCODER

OUTPUT

VIDEO

channel)

(single or dual

flat panel display

DRAWING

ENGINE

DMA BLOCK

PCI 2.2

PNX8543xEH

Transparent top view

1917253 11 19 2771523513 21 29

426121018 26412 22308 20 28614

T

AD

H

AK

P

AB

F

AH

M

Y

D

AF

K

V

B

A

J

R

AC

G

AJ

N

AA

E

AG

L

W

C

AE

U

ball A1 index area

31

32

33

34

AL

AM

AN

AP

IC Data Sheets

EN 53Q548.1E LA 8.

Figure 8-5 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

2009-Apr-03

EN 54 Q548.1E LA8.

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

F_15710_167.eps

230905

MAC/BIU

Interface

SRAM

25 MHz Clk

MII RX MII TX MII Mgt

BIOS ROM Cntl BIOS ROM Data

EE/MORB

PCI AD

PCI CNTL

PCI CLK

3V DSP Physical Layer

Logic

RX-2 KB

SRAM

TX-2 KB

TPRDP/M

EEPROM/LEDs

XT IIM

XR IIM

tgM IIM

ni atad tseT

tuo atad tseT

XT IIM

XR IIM

tgM IIM

TPTDP/M

DP83816

rddA xT

atad rw xT

rddA xR

atad rw xR

atad dr xR

atad dr xT

RAM BIST

Logic

SRAM

RXFilter

.5 KB

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

9989796959

49

3929190998887868

5848382818

08

97

8777675747

37

66

65

64

63

62

61

60

59

58

57

56

55

54

53

52

51

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

43

42

41

123

4

56789011121314151

61

71819102122232425262

72

820313

233392

Identification

Pin1

37 38 39 40

120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112

110 109

111

NLESVED

NYDRT

NYDRI

NEMARF

2NEBC

61DA

7 1DA

81DA

NPOTS

NRREP

NRRES

RAP

1NEBC

51DA

41DA

31DA

21DA

11DA

01DA

AD9

SSV

AD8

91DA

02DA

12DA

22DA

32DA

LESDI

SSV

DDVICP

CN

DDVICP

CN

SSV

DDVICP

3NEBC

42DA

52DA

AD26

CBEN0

VSS

AUXVDD

RESERVED

VREF

PCIVDD

AD29

AD31

VSS

REQN

GNTN

RSTN

INTAN

AD28

PCICLK

AD30

PMEN/CLKRUNN

VSS

TPTDP

TPTDM

REGEN

IAUXVDD

VSS

TPRDP

TPRDM

VSS

AD27

AD7

AD6

AD5 VSS

MA1/LED10N

MA2/LED100N

IDEE/3AM

KLCEE/4AM

5AM

MWRN

MD4/EEDO

MD3

EESEL

AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3

AD4

MD0

MCSN

MD1/CFGDISN

MD2

MD5

MD6

MD7

MA0/LEDACTN

PCIVDD

SSV

1C

NC

AUXVDD VSS

OIDM

CDM

KLCXR

6AM/0DXR

7AM/1DXR

8AM/2DXR

9AM/3DXR

EOX

R

01AM/REXR

11AM/VDXR

51AM/3DXT

61AM/LOC

SRC

41AM/2DXT

31AM/1DXT

21AM/0DXT

SSV

DDVXUA

SSV

DDVX

UA

2X

1X

DP83816

NC

SSV

DDVXUA

NC

3VAUX

635343

67 68 69 70 71 72

001

101

201

301

401

501

601

701

801

144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133

VSS

IAUXVDD

PWRGOOD

MRDN

AUXVDD

CN

SSV

DDVXUA

NC

RESERVED

CN

NC

RESERVED

VSS

IC Data Sheets

8.6 Diagram SSB: Ethernet B05B, DP83816 (IC7N04)

2009-Apr-03

Figure 8-6 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

8.7 Diagram SSB: Class-D B06A, TPA3123D (IC 7L10)

Block Diagram

Pin Configuration

18440_302_090303.eps

090303

1F

SD

PVCCL

PVCCR

VCLAMP

GAIN1

BYPASS

1F

0.22 F

AGND

}

Control

Shutdown

Control

LIN

RIN

BSR

BSL

PGNDR

PGNDL

0.22 F

22 H

0.68 F

470 F

0.68 F

1F

470 F

GAIN0

AVC C

MUTE

ROUT

LOUT

TERMINAL

I/O/P DESCRIPTION

24-PIN

NAME

(PWP)

Shutdown signal for IC (low = disabled, high = operational). TTL logic levels with compliance to

SD

2I

AVCC

RIN 6 I Audio input for right channel

LIN 5 I Audio input for left channel

GAIN0 18 I Gain select least-significant bit. TTL logic levels with compliance to AVCC

GAIN1 17 I Gain select most-significant bit. TTL logic levels with compliance to AVCC

Mute signal for quick disable/enable of outputs (high = outputs switch at 50% duty cycle, low =

MUTE 4 I

outputs enabled). TTL logic levels with compliance to AVCC

BSL 21 I/O Bootstrap I/O for left channel

PVCCL 1, 3 P Power supply for left-channel H-bridge, not internally connected to PVCCR or AVCC

LOUT 22 O Class-D 1/2-H-bridge positive output for left channel

PGNDL 23, 24 P Power ground for left-channel H-bridge

VCLAMP 11 P Internally generated voltage supply for bootstrap capacitors

BSR 16 I/O Bootstrap I/O for right channel

ROUT 15 O Class-D 1/2-H-bridge negative output for right channel

PGNDR 13, 14 P Power ground for right-channel H-bridge.

PVCCR 10, 12 P Power supply for right-channel H-bridge, not connected to PVCCL or AVCC

AGND 9 P Analog ground for digital/analog cells in core

AGND 8 P Analog ground for analog cells in core

Reference for preamplifier inputs. Nominally equal to AVCC/8. Also controls start-up time via

BYPASS 7 O

external capacitor sizing.

AVCC 19, 20 P High-voltage analog power supply. Not internally connected to PVCCR or PVCCL

Connect to ground. Thermal pad should be soldered down on all applications to properly

Thermal pad Die pad P

secure device to printed wiring board.

IC Data Sheets

EN 55Q548.1E LA 8.

PVCCL

SD

PVCCL

MUTE

LIN

RIN

BYPASS

AGND AGND

PVCCR

VCLAMP

PVCCR

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12

Figure 8-7 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

24 23 22

21 20 19 18 17 16

15 14 13

PGNDL PGNDL LOUT BSL AVC C AVC C GAIN0 GAIN1 BSR ROUT PGNDR PGNDR

2009-Apr-03

EN 56 Q548.1E LA8.

18560_300_090403.eps

090403

Pin Configuration

Block Diagram

PNX51xx

Transparent top view

2468 10 121314

15 171619

18 20

21 23

22 242526

1 3 57911

ball A1 index area

AB

AD

AA

AC

Y

W

V

U

R

N

T

P

M

L

K

J

H

F

D

G

E

C

B

A

AF

AE

LV DS RX 1

UIP L3K7

TM327x 1

CONTROLLER

PCI/XIO

I2C-DMA

UART

CPIPE L3K7

LV DS TX 2

UART

PNX51xx

I2C

TM327x 2

TM327x 3

LV DS TX 3

LV DS TX 1

LV DS TX 4

GFX

16 X GPIO

GIC 3

EJTAG

CLOCK

CAB

Video

LV DS RX 2

AUDIO IN

AUDIO OUT

GIC 1

GIC 2

MEMORY

Video

IC Data Sheets

8.8 Diagram SSB: Ethernet B08D, PNX51xx (IC7C00)

2009-Apr-03

Figure 8-8 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

9. Block Diagrams

Wiring Diagram 32" (Frame)

WIRING DIAGRAM 32"

1M83

(AL1)

1. SCL

2. SPI-DATA-IN

3. SDA

4. CONTROL-1

5. CONTROL-2

6. +3V3

7. BLANK

8. EEPROM-CS

9. TEMP-SENSOR

10. PROG

11. VLED1

12. GND

13. VLED2

14. GND

TO

BACKLIGHT

KEYBOARD CONTROL

(1114)

(OPTIONAL)

(FRAME / ROADRUNNER)

+ -

SUBWOOFER

8316

(5214)

Block Diagrams

DANGEROUS

HIGH VOLTAGE

CN2

1. HV1

2. N.C.

3. HV1

DANGEROUS

HIGH VOLTAGE

CN3

1. HV2

2. N.C.

3. HV2

MAIN POWER SUPPLY IPB PLHL-T826B

(1005)

8319

CN7

CN1

6. GND

1. N

5. +24V

2. L

4. GND

3. +24V

2. GND

T3.15A

1. +24V

EN 57Q548.1E LA 9.

8M85

CN4

11. FAN_PWM

10. GND_SND

9. +VSND

8. +12V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND1

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. STANDBY

1. 3V3_ST

CN5

12. GND1

11. I2C_DATA

10. I2C_SCL

9. INV_OK

8. A/P_DIM

7. BOOST

6. DIM

5. BL_ON_OFF

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. +12V

1. +12V

LCD DISPLAY

(1004)

8G50

8G51

8M85

8M99

8M20

8M95

1G50

(B07B)

1. N.C

2. N.C ... ... ...

39. N.C

40. N.C

41. N.C

1G51

(B07B)

1. +VDISP-OUT

2. +VDISP-OUT

3. +VDISP-OUT

4. +VDISP-OUT ... ... ...

51. GND

1M20

(B03G)

8. +5V

7. KEYBOARD

6. LED1

5. +3V3-STANDBY

4. LED2

3. RC

2. GND

1. LIGHT-SENSOR

1M95

(B01B)

11. N.C

10. GNDSND

9. +AUDIO-POWER

8. +12V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND

4. GND

3. GND

2. STANDBY

1. +3V3-STANDBY

1M99

(B01B)

12. GND

11. SDA-SET

10. SCL-SET

9. POWER-OK

8. GND

7. BACKLIGHT-BOOST

6. BACKLIGHT-OUT

5. LAMP-ON-OUT

4. GND

3. GND

2. +12VD

1. +12VD

1735

(B06A)

4. RIGHT-SPEAKER

3. GNDSND

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

1736

(B06A)

3. RIGHT-SPEAKER

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

1M59

(B08E)

1. SCL-AMBI-3V3

2. GND

3. SDA-AMBI-3V3

4. GND

5. GND

6. +3V3

7. GND

B

SSB

(1150)

8M85

TO

BACKLIGHT

1M85

(AL4)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8. EEPROM-CS

7. BLANK-BUF

6. +3V3

5. PWM-CLOCK-BUF

4. SPI-LATCH

3. SPI-DATA-RETURN

2. SPI-DATA-OUT

1. SPI-CLOCK-BUF

(OPTIONAL)

AMBI-LIGHT MODULE

(1175)

AL

AMBI-LIGHT MODULE

(1176)

AL

RIGHT SPEAKER

(5213)

Board Level Repair

8308

Component Level Repair Only For Authorized Workshop

INLET

2009-Apr-03

IR LED PANEL

(1112)

P2

3P

8736

1M83

(AL1)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8. EEPROM-CS

7. GND

6. +3V3

5. CONTROL-2

4. CONTROL-1

3. SDA

2. GND

1. SCL

P1

8P

LEFT SPEAKER

(5213)

18560_400_090326.eps

090401

Wiring Diagram 37" (Roadrunner)

WIRING DIAGRAM 37" (ROADRUNNER)

1M83 (AL1)

1. SCL

2. SPI-DATA-IN

3. SDA

4. CONTROL-1

5. CONTROL-2

6. +3V3

7. BLANK

8. EEPROM-CS

9. TEMP-SENSOR

10. PROG

11. VLED1

12. GND

13. VLED2

14. GND

Block Diagrams

8M85

8319

EN 58Q548.1E LA 9.

1M85 (AL4)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8. EEPROM-CS

7. BLANK-BUF

LCD DISPLAY (1004)

TO

BACKLIGHT

8M85

6. +3V3

5. PWM-CLOCK-BUF

4. SPI-LATCH

3. SPI-DATA-RETURN

2. SPI-DATA-OUT

1. SPI-CLOCK-BUF

BACKLIGHT

KEYBOARD CONTROL

(1114)

TO

8316

CN2

1. HV1

1G50 (B07B)

1. N.C

2. N.C ...

8G50

8G51

8M85

8M20

2. N.C.

3. HV1

CN3

1. HV2

2. N.C.

3. HV2

MAIN POWER SUPPLY IPB DPS-298CPA B

(1005)

CN7

6. GND

5. +24V

4. GND

3. +24 V

2. GND

1. +24V

CN4

11. FAN_PWM

10. GND_SND

9. +VSND

8. +12V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND1

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. STANDBY

1. 3V3_ST

CN5

12. GND1

11. I2C_DATA

10. I2C_SCL

9. INV_OK

8. A/P_DIM

7. BOOST

6. DIM

5. BL_ON_OFF

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. +12V

1. +12V

8M95

8M99

FUSE

CN1

1. N

2. L

... ...

39. N.C

40. N.C

41. N.C

1G51 (B07B)

1. +VDISP-OUT

2. +VDISP-OUT

3. +VDISP-OUT

4. +VDISP-OUT ... ... ...

51. GND

1M20 (B03G)

8. +5V

7. KEYBOARD

6. LED1

5. +3V3-STANDBY

4. LED2

3. RC

2. GND

1. LIGHT-SENSOR

1M95 (B01B)

11. N.C

10. GNDSND

9. +AUDIO-POWER

8. +12V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND

4. GND

3. GND

2. STANDBY

1. +3V3-STANDBY

1M99 (B01B)

12. GND

11. SDA-SET

10. SCL-SET

9. POWER-OK

8. GND

7. BACKLIGHT-BOOST

6. BACKLIGHT-OUT

5. LAMP-ON-OUT

4. GND

3. GND

2. +12VD

1. +12VD

1735 (B06A)

4. RIGHT-SPEAKER

3. GNDSND

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

1736 (B06A)

3. RIGHT-SPEAKER

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

1M59 (B08E)

1. SCL-AMBI-3V3

2. GND

3. SDA-AMBI-3V3

4. GND

5. GND

6. +3V3

7. GND

B

SSB

(1150)

AMBI-LIGHT MODULE

(1175)

AL

AMBI-LIGHT MODULE

(1176)

AL

RIGHT SPEAKER

(5213)

Board Level Repair

Component Level Repair Only For Authorized Workshop

8308

INLET

2009-Apr-03

IR LED PANEL

(1112)

1M83 (AL1)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8736

P2

3P

P1

8P

+ -

SUBWOOFER

(5214)

LEFT SPEAKER

(5213)

8. EEPROM-CS

7. GND

6. +3V3

5. CONTROL-2

4. CONTROL-1

3. SDA

2. GND

1. SCL

18560_410_090331.eps

090403

Wiring Diagram 42" (Frame/Roadrunner)

WIRING DIAGRAM 42"

1M83

(AL1)

1. SCL

2. SPI-DATA-IN

3. SDA

4. CONTROL-1

5. CONTROL-2

6. +3V3

7. BLANK

8. EEPROM-CS

9. TEMP-SENSOR

10. PROG

11. VLED1

12. GND

13. VLED2

14. GND

KEYBOARD CONTROL

(1114)

TO

BACKLIGHT

8316

(FRAME / ROADRUNNER)

CN2

1. HV1

2. N.C.

3. HV1

CN3

Block Diagrams

1. HV2

2. N.C.

3. HV2

MAIN POWER SUPPLY IPB DPS-298CP-4A

(1005)

CN7

6. GND

5. +24V

CN1

4. GND

1. N

EN 59Q548.1E LA 9.

8M85

1M85

8319

LCD DISPLAY

(1004)

TO

BACKLIGHT

8M85

1G50

(B07B)

1. N.C

2. N.C ...

8735

... ...

39. N.C

40. N.C

41. N.C

1G51

(B07B)

1. +VDISP-OUT

2. +VDISP-OUT

3. +VDISP-OUT

4. +VDISP-OUT ... ... ...

51. GND

1M20

(B03G)

8. +5V

7. KEYBOARD

6. LED1

5. +3V3-STANDBY

4. LED2

3. RC

2. GND

1. LIGHT-SENSOR

1M95

(B01B)

11. N.C

10. GNDSND

9. +AUDIO-POWER

8. +12V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND

4. GND

3. GND

2. STANDBY

1. +3V3-STANDBY

1M99

(B01B)

12. GND

11. SDA-SET

10. SCL-SET

9. POWER-OK

8. GND

7. BACKLIGHT-BOOST

6. BACKLIGHT-OUT

5. LAMP-ON-OUT

4. GND

3. GND

2. +12VD

1. +12VD

1735

(B06A)

4. RIGHT-SPEAKER

3. GNDSND

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

1736

(B06A)

3. RIGHT-SPEAKER

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

8G50

8G51

8M85

CN4

11. FAN_PWM

10. GND_SND

9. +VSND

8. +12V

1. +24V

FUSE

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND1

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. STANDBY

1. 3V3_ST

CN5

12. GND1

11. I2C_DATA

10. I2C_SCL

9. INV_OK

8. A/P_DIM

7. BOOST

6. DIM

5. BL_ON_OFF

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. +12V

1. +12V

8308

3. +24 V

2. GND

2. L

8M20

8M95

8M99

INLET

1M59

(B08E)

1. SCL-AMBI-3V3

2. GND

3. SDA-AMBI-3V3

4. GND

5. GND

6. +3V3

7. GND

B

SSB

(1150)

(AL4)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8. EEPROM-CS

7. BLANK-BUF

6. +3V3

5. PWM-CLOCK-BUF

4. SPI-LATCH

3. SPI-DATA-RETURN

2. SPI-DATA-OUT

1. SPI-CLOCK-BUF

AMBI-LIGHT MODULE (OPTIONAL)

(1175)

AL

AMBI-LIGHT MODULE (OPTIONAL)

(1176)

AL

+ -

Board Level Repair

SPEAKER RIGHT (5212) SPEAKER LEFT (5211)

Component Level Repair Only For Authorized Workshop

IR LED PANEL

(1112)

P2

3P

P1

8P

2009-Apr-03

+ -

1M83

(AL1)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8. EEPROM-CS

7. GND

6. +3V3

5. CONTROL-2

4. CONTROL-1

3. SDA

2. GND

1. SCL

18560_412_090331.eps

090403

Wiring Diagram 47" (Frame)

WIRING DIAGRAM 47"

Board Level Repair

(FRAME)

Block Diagrams

EN 60Q548.1E LA 9.

TO

BACKLIGHT

KEYBOARD CONTROL

(1114)

Component Level Repair Only For Authorized Workshop

8316

CN2

1. HV1

2. N.C.

3. HV1

CN3

1. HV2

2. N.C.

3. HV2

MAIN POWER SUPPLY IPB DPS-298CP-2A

(1005)

CN1

8319

LCD DISPLAY

(1004)

TO

BACKLIGHT

1G50

(B07B)

1. N.C

2. N.C ...

8735

... ...

39. N.C

40. N.C

41. N.C

1G51

(B07B)

1. +VDISP-OUT

2. +VDISP-OUT

3. +VDISP-OUT

4. +VDISP-OUT ... ... ...

51. GND

1M20

(B03G)

8. +5V

7. KEYBOARD

6. LED1

5. +3V3-STANDBY

4. LED2

3. RC

2. GND

1. LIGHT-SENSOR

1M95

(B01B)

11. N.C

10. GNDSND

9. +AUDIO-POWER

8. +12V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND

4. GND

3. GND

2. STANDBY

1. +3V3-STANDBY

1M99

(B01B)

12. GND

11. SDA-SET

10. SCL-SET

9. POWER-OK

8. GND

7. BACKLIGHT-BOOST

6. BACKLIGHT-OUT

5. LAMP-ON-OUT

4. GND

3. GND

2. +12VD

1. +12VD

1735

(B06A)

4. RIGHT-SPEAKER

3. GNDSND

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

1736

(B06A)

3. RIGHT-SPEAKER

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

B

SSB

(1150)

8G50

8G51

CN4

11. FAN_PWM

10. GND_SND

9. +VSND

8. +12V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND1

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. STANDBY

1. 3V3_ST

CN5

12. GND1

11. I2C_DATA

10. I2C_SCL

9. INV_OK

8. A/P_DIM

7. BOOST

6. DIM

5. BL_ON_OFF

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. +12V

1. +12V

FUSE

1. N

2. L

8308

8M20

8M95

8M99

INLET

+ -

IR LED PANEL

SPEAKER RIGHT (5212) SPEAKER LEFT (5211)

(1112)

P2

3P

P1

8P

2009-Apr-03

+ -

18560_401_090326.eps

090331

Wiring Diagram 47" (Roadrunner)

KEYBOARD CONTROL

(1114)

1M99 (B01B)

12. GND

11. SDA-SET

10. SCL-SET

9. POWER-OK

8. GND

7. BACKLIGHT-BOOST

6. BACKLIGHT-OUT

5. LAMP-ON-OUT

4. GND

3. GND

2. +12VD

1. +12VD

1M95 (B01B)

11. N.C

10. GNDSND

9. +AUDIO-POWER

8. +12V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND

4. GND

3. GND

2. STANDBY

1. +3V3-STANDBY

CN4

11. FAN_PWM

10. GND_SND

9. +VSND

8. +12V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND1

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. STANDBY

1. 3V3_ST

CN5

12. GND1

11. I2C_DATA

10. I2C_SCL

9. INV_OK

8. A/P_DIM

7. BOOST

6. DIM

5. BL_ON_OFF

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. +12V

1. +12V

CN1

1. N

2. L

1M20 (B03G)

8. +5V

7. KEYBOARD

6. LED1

5. +3V3-STANDBY

4. LED2

3. RC

2. GND

1. LIGHT-SENSOR

1736 (B06A)

3. RIGHT-SPEAKER

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

1735 (B06A)

4. RIGHT-SPEAKER

3. GNDSND

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

WIRING DIAGRAM 47" (ROADRUNNER)

SSB

(1150)

B

INLET

MAIN POWER SUPPLY IPB DPS-298CP-2A

(1005)

TO

BACKLIGHT

IR LED PANEL

(1112)

LCD DISPLAY (1004)

P2

3P

P1

8P

FUSE

8M20

8M95

8M99

8G50

8G51

TO

BACKLIGHT

1G50 (B07B)

1. N.C

2. N.C ... ... ...

39. N.C

40. N.C

41. N.C

1G51 (B07B)

1. +VDISP-OUT

2. +VDISP-OUT

3. +VDISP-OUT

4. +VDISP-OUT ... ... ...

51. GND

18560_411_090331.eps

090401

Board Level Repair

Component Level Repair Only For Authorized Workshop

8319

8316

SPEAKER RIGHT

(5212)

SPEAKER LEFT

(5211)

+ -

8308

8735

CN7

6. GND

5. +24V

4. GND

3. +24V

2. GND

1. +24V

1M59 (B08E)

1. SCL-AMBI-3V3

2. GND

3. SDA-AMBI-3V3

4. GND

5. GND

6. +3V3

7. GND

CN2

1. HV1

2. N.C.

3. HV1

CN3

1. HV2

2. N.C.

3. HV2

8M85

1M90 (AB1)

6. GND

5. +24V

4. GND

3. +24V

2. GND

1. +24V

1M59 (AB1)

7. GND

6. +3V3

5. CONTROL2

4. CONTROL1

3. SDA

2. GND

1. SCL

DC-DC INTERFACE

(1179)

AB

8M90

1M85 (AL4)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8. EEPROM-CS

7. BLANK-BUF

6. +3V3

5. PWM-CLOCK-BUF

4. SPI-LATCH

3. SPI-DATA-RETURN

2. SPI-DATA-OUT

1. SPI-CLOCK-BUF

1M84 (AL1)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8. EEPROM-CS

7. BLANK-BUF

6. +3V3

5. PWM-CLOCK-BUF

4. SPI-LATCH

3. SPI-DATA-RETURN

2. SPI-DATA-OUT

1. SPI-CLOCK-BUF

1M83 (AL1)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8. EEPROM-CS

7. BLANK

6. +3V3

5. CONTROL-2

4. CONTROL-1

3. SDA

2. SPI-DATA-IN

1. SCL

1M83 (AL1)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8. EEPROM-CS

7. BLANK

6. +3V3

5. CONTROL-2

4. CONTROL-1

3. SDA

2. SPI-DATA-IN

1. SCL

AMBI-LIGHT MODULE

(1178)

AL

AMBI-LIGHT MODULE

(1177)

AL

1M85 (AL4)

1. SPI-CLOCK-BUF

2. SPI-DATA-OUT

3. SPI-DATA-RETURN

4. SPI-LATCH

5. PWM-CLOCK-BUF

6. +3V3

7. BLANK-BU

8. EEPROM-CS

9. TEMP-SENSOR

10. PROG

11. VLED1

12. GND

13. VLED2

14. GND

1M83 (AL1)

1. SCL

2. SPI-DATA-IN

3. SDA

4. CONTROL-1

5. CONTROL-2

6. +3V3

7. BLANK

8. EEPROM-CS

9. TEMP-SENSOR

10. PROG

11. VLED1

12. GND

13. VLED2

14. GND

1M83 (AL1)

1. SCL

2. SPI-DATA-IN

3. SDA

4. CONTROL-1

5. CONTROL-2

6. +3V3

7. BLANK

8. EEPROM-CS

9. TEMP-SENSOR

10. PROG

11. VLED1

12. GND

13. VLED2

14. GND

1M84 (AL1)

1. SPI-CLOCK-BUF

2. SPI-DATA-OUT

3. SPI-DATA-RETURN

4. SPI-LATCH

5. PWM-CLOCK-BUF

6. +3V3

7. BLANK-BUF

8. EEPROM-CS

9. TEMP-SENSOR

10. PROG

11. VLED1

12. GND

13. VLED2

14. GND

AMBI-LIGHT MODULE

(1178)

AL

AMBI-LIGHT MODULE

(1177)

AL

1M84 (AB1)

14. GND

13. VLED2

12. GND

11. VLED1

10. PROG

9. TEMP-SENSOR

8. EEPROM-CS

7. BLANK-BUF

6. +3V3

5. PWM-CLOCK-BUF

4. SPI-LATCH1CONN

3. SPI-DATA-RETURN

2. SPI-CLOCK-BUF

1. SPI-LATCH2CONN

8M59

8M82

8M81

8M84

Block Diagrams

EN 61Q548.1E LA 9.

2009-Apr-03

Wiring Diagram 52" (Frame)

WIRING DIAGRAM 52"

Board Level Repair

(FRAME)

Block Diagrams

EN 62Q548.1E LA 9.

Component Level Repair Only For Authorized Workshop

INVERTER

KEYBOARD CONTROL

(1114)

INVERTER

CONNECTOR

83168319

CN2/1319

14. PDIM_Select

13. PWM

12. On/Off

11. Vbri

10. GND3

9. GND3

8. GND3

7. GND3

6. GND3

5. 24Vinv

4. 24Vinv

3. 24Vinv

2. 24Vinv

1. 24Vinv

CN3/1316

12. N.C.

11. N.C.

10. GND3

9. GND3

8. GND3

7. GND3

6. GND3

5. 24Vinv

4. 24Vinv

3. 24Vinv

2. 24Vinv

1. 24Vinv

MAIN POWER SUPPLY PSU DPS-411AP3A B

(1005)

CN1/1308

1. N

CN6/1M95

11. FAN_PWM

10. GND_SND

9. +VSND

8. +12 V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND1

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. STANDBY

1. 3V3_ST

CN7/1M99

12. GND1

11. I2C_DATA

10. I2C_SCL

9. INV_OK

8. A/P_DIM

7. BOOST

6. DIM

5. BL_ON_OFF

4. GND1

3. GND1

2. +12V

1. +12V

FUSE

2. L

LCD DISPLAY

8308

INLET

(1004)

8G50

8G51

8M99

8M20

8M95

1G50

(B07B)

1. N.C

2. N.C ... ... ...

39. N.C

40. N.C

41. N.C

1G51

(B07B)

1. +VDISP-OUT

2. +VDISP-OUT

3. +VDISP-OUT

4. +VDISP-OUT ... ... ...

51. GND

1M20

(B03G)

8. +5V

7. KEYBOARD

6. LED1

5. +3V3-STANDBY

4. LED2

3. RC

2. GND

1. LIGHT-SENSOR

1M95

(B01B)

11. N.C

10. GNDSND

9. +AUDIO-POWER

8. +12V

7. +12V

6. +12V

5. GND

4. GND

3. GND

2. STANDBY

1. +3V3-STANDBY

1M99

(B01B)

12. GND

11. SDA-SET

10. SCL-SET

9. POWER-OK

8. GND

7. BACKLIGHT-BOOST

6. BACKLIGHT-OUT

5. LAMP-ON-OUT

4. GND

3. GND

2. +12VD

1. +12VD

1735

(B06A)

4. RIGHT-SPEAKER

3. GNDSND

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

1736

(B06A)

3. RIGHT-SPEAKER

2. GNDSND

1. LEFT-SPEAKER

B

SSB

(1150)

+ -

IR LED PANEL

SPEAKER RIGHT (5212) SPEAKER LEFT (5211)

(1112)

P2

3P

P1

8P

2009-Apr-03

+ -

18560_402_090326.eps

090401

B02A

FRONT END

B03

PNX8543

B04B

ANALOG IO - SCART 1&2

B05A

HDMI

B04C

YPBR / SIDE IO / S-VIDEO

B03F

PNX8543 - SDRAM

B03G

PNX8543 - CONTROL MIPS/FLASH/PCI

B05C

PCMCIA

B08D

PNX5100 - LVDS IN/OUT

B07B

DISPLAY INTERFACE

B08B

PNX5100 - SDRAM

1G22

SDRAM

7B01 EDE1116AEBG

SDRAM

7B00 EDE1116AEBG

IF-AGC

RF-AGC

4302

4303

5

4

1303

SAW 36M125

2365

2364

2367

2306

2307

2368

3305

33AA3306

33AC

3303

3304

5311

1301 HD1816AF/BHXP

IF-OUT1

RF-AGC

+5V-TUNER

IF-OUT2

MAIN HYBRID

TUNER

11

10

2

3

4

7

6

34

50

39

40

49

47

48

PDP

IF-N

44

SIF

IF-P

PDN

3

1

2

7303 DRX3926K

DEMODULATOR

+3V3A

+5V-TUNER

7302 UPC3221GV

AGC AMPLIFIER

IN

VCC

OUT

AGC CONTROL

1

3311

43

8,18,26,53

CVBS

CVBS-TER-OUT

3348

4315

4314

7345

3301

33

1304

27M

7600 PNX85433EH/M2A

TUN_CA

B03B

LVD S

B03B

ANALOG VIDEO

B03E

HDMI_DV

B05A

MEMORY

B03F

CONROL

B03G

VDD

B03A

PCI

B03G

F2

H3

1

5

SVHS IN

2

4

3

1G37

1G20

CVBS

FRONT-Y_CVBS

FRONT-C

AV3-PB

AV3-Y

AV3- PR

PB

PR

Y

EXT 1

CVBS2

EXT 2

EXT 3

SIDE

I/O

1F01

7

1F02

20

21

1

7

11

15

16

20

21

1

7

11

15

16

SCART1

SCART2

AV1_STATUS

8

AV2-PB_SC2-B

AV2-PR_SC2-R

15

11

AV2-Y_SC2-G

7F02 74HC4053PW

14

1

5

Y_CVBS-MON-OUT-SC

CVBS-TER-OUT

19

7F03

19

7F04

REGIMBEAU_CVBS-SWITCH

9,10,11

1

1G30

2

3

14

13

R-VGA

G-VGA

B-VGA

H-SYNC-VGA

V-SYNC-VGA

1

6

10

11

5

15

VGA

CONNECTOR

H2

M1

P1

K1

G1

T2

T1

M4

P4

K4

H1

N3

J3

L3

B03H

AV1_ BLK

16

7F06

AV2-STATUS

8

16

AV2-BLK_LCD-SDA

7F05

B03H

CONTROL

B03H

CONTROL

B03H

CONTROL

B03H

CONTROL

3

RXC-

RX0+

RX0-

RX1+

RX1-

RX2+

RX2-

2

100

99

97

96

94

93

RXC+

7F07-7F08

Y-CVBS-MON-OUT

15

7

11

20

J2

A3

L2

N2

G4

SC1-B

SC1-R

SC1-G

CVBS1

A13

B11

B12

C16

A12

B14

A15

A14

B13

HDMI_RX1_B_P

HDMI_RX2_B_N

HDMI_RX2_B_P

HDMI_RREF

HDMI_RX1_B_N

HDMI_RX0_B_P

HDMI_RXC_B_P

HDMI_RXC_B_N

HDMI_RX0_B_N

7H11 TDA9996

HDMI

SWITCH

C_-

C_+

VDDx_1V8

RXDRXC

RXB

RXA

D0_-

D0_+

D1_-

D1_+

D2_-

D2_+

CRX2+

CRX2-

CRX1+

CRX1-

CRX0+

CRX0-

CRXC+

CRXC-

BRX2+

BRX2-

BRX1+

BRX1-

BRX0+

BRX0-

BRXC+

BRXC-

ARX2+

ARX2-

ARX1+

ARX1-

ARX0+

ARX0-

ARXC+

ARXC-

72

71

69

68

66

65

63

62

42

41

39

36

35

33

32

23

22

20

19

17

16

14

13

DRX2+

DRX2-

DRX1+

DRX1-

DRX0+

DRX0-

DRXC+

DRXC-

90

89

87

86

84

83

81

80

19

1

18 2

1

1H03

3

4

7

9 10

12

6

DRX2+

DRX2-

DRX1+

DRX1-

DRX0+

DRX0-

DRXC+

DRXC-

HDMI SIDE

CONNECTOR

19

1

18 2

1

1H01

3

4

7

9 10

12

6

CRX2+

CRX2-

CRX1+

CRX1-

CRX0+

CRX0-

CRXC+

CRXC-

HDMI 1

CONNECTOR

1

1H00

3

4

7

9 10

12

6

BRX2+

BRX2-

BRX1+

BRX1-

BRX0+

BRX0-

BRXC+

BRXC-

1

1H02

3

4

7

9 10

12

6

ARX2+

ARX2-

ARX1+

ARX1-

ARX0+

ARX0-

ARXC+

ARXC-

19

1

18 2

HDMI 2

CONNECTOR

19

1

18 2

HDMI 3

CONNECTOR

AP18 AN18 AL18 AK18 AP19 AN19 AP20 AN20 AM20 AL20 AM19 AL19

AP22

RX51001A+

RX51001A-

RX51001B+

RX51001B-

RX51001C+

RX51001C-

RX51001D+

RX51001D-

RX51001E+

RX51001E-

RX51001CLK+

RX51001CLK-

RX51002A+

RX51002A-

RX51002B+

RX51002B-

RX51002C+

RX5100C-

RX51002D+

RX51002D-

RX51002E+

RX51002E-

RX51002CLK+

RX51002CLK-

AN22 AL22 AK22 AP23 AN23 AP24 AN24 AM24 AL24 AM23 AL23

PNX8543

H264

USB 2.0

7M00 NAND01GW3B2BN6F

NAND

FLASH

1G

18560_403_090326.eps

090326

PCI-AD<->NAND-AD

FE-DATA(0-7)

(0-12)

DDR2-D(0-15)

(16-31)

DDR2-A(0-12)

4321

USB20-DM

USB20-DP

USB 2.0

CONNECTOR SIDE

SW UPLOAD

JPEG

MP3

1M09

3

1

4

2

AL16

AN16

AP16

USB-OC

VIDEO

PCMCIA

CONDITIONAL

ACCESS

CA-MDO(0-7)

MDO(0-7)

CA-MDI(0-7)

7

12

9

2

7F01

RF_AGC

IF_AGC

XI

XO

PD_N

PD_P

+3V3BVDDH

SIF

CVBS

2,16,27,56

+1V2

20

+3V3

VDDL

37

+3V3AVDDAH_AFE1

42

+3V3EVDDAH_CVBS

52

+3V3DVDDAH_OSC

36,46

+1V2A

16

+5V

VDDAL_AFE

AK19

A_P

CA_MD0

CA_MDI

AI51

AI44

CVBS1Y_P

AI23

AI33

AI13

AI42

AI43

AI54

PC3_AI3

VSYNCIN

PC1_AI3

PC2_AI3

PC3_AI1

PC1_AI1

PC2_AI1

AI32

AI22

AI12

AI41

TNR_TSDI

A_N B_P B_N C_P C_N D_P D_N E_P

E_N CLK_P CLK_N

LOUT2_A_P LOUT2_A_N LOUT2_B_P LOUT2_B_N LOUT2_C_P LOUT2_C_N LOUT2_D_P LOUT2_D_N LOUT2_E_P

LOUT2_E_N LOUT2_CLK_P LOUT2_CLK_N

IREF_LVDS

VDDA-LVDS

HSYNCIN

J2

DDR2-VREF-DDRVREF

VREF

J2

DDR2-VREF-DDR

J1

+1V8-PNX85XX

12,37

+3V3-NAND

VDDL

VCC

AB32

DDR2-VREF-CTRL

AA31

+1V8-PNX85XX

USB_FAULT

USB_DP

USB_DM

M_VREF

M_DQ

M_A

M_IREF

VDDL

J1

+1V8-PNX85XX

3B03

AM17

+3V3-PER

USB_RPU

3M21

AN17

+3V3-PER

USB_VBUS

PCI

3M23

AJ21

+3V3-PER

VDD_3V3_PER

AG30

1V8-PMNX85XX

VDD_1V8_DDR

AJ12

+1V2-PNX85XX

VDD_1V2_CORE

AC6

+3V3-STANDBY

VDD_3V3_SBPER

F16

RREF-PNX85XX

VDDA_HDMI_3V3_BIAS

AK20

VDDA-LVDS

AK12

VDDA-ADC

AJ6

VDDA-DAC

VDD_3V3_LVDS

VDDA_3V3_ADAC

VDDA_3V3_AADC

AF5

1V2-STANDBY

VDD_1V2_SBCORE

+5V

3M31

+T

MDX

RREF-PNX85XX

3H64

8,45,91,24, 75,95

VDD_1V8

VDDO_3V3

4

VDDO_3V3

VDDx_3V3

46,55

VDDS_3V3

VDDH_3V3

15,21,34,40, 64,70,85,88

VDDH_3V3

7K04-7K05 74LVC245APW

BUFFER

33 51

52

18

17

1K00

68P

PCMCIA-VCC-VPP

7C00 PNX5100EH/M2

DDR2

B08B

LVD S RX

B08D

SUPPLY

B08A

LVD S TX

B08D

D

A

1G50

TX2

TX1

TX3

TX4

QUAD LVDS

1920x1080 100/120HZ

1G51

+VDISP-OUT

TO DISPLAY

1080p 50/60Hz

TO DISPLAY

1080p 100/120Hz

I2C

N.C.

(0-12)

DDR2

SDRAM

7C01 EDE5116AJBG

DDR2

SDRAM

7C02 EDE5116AJBG

PNX5100-DDR2-D(0-15)

(16-31)

PNX5100-DDR2-A(0-12)

VREF

J2

PNX5100-DDR2-VREF-DDR

VREF

P24

PNX5100-DDR2-VREF-CTRL

AA5

+1V2-PNX5100

L16

+1V8-PNX5100

P22

+1V2-PNX5100-DDR-PLL1

AB20

+3V3

E17

+3V3

E14

+3V3

AB18

+3V3-PNX5100-LVDS-IN

J5

+1V2-PNX-TRI-PLL1

L5

+1V2-PNX-TRI-PLL2

T5

+1V2-PNX-TRI-PLL3

M22

+1V2-PNX5100-DLL

AE25

+3V3-PNX5100-DDR-PLL0

E15

+1V2-PNX5100-LVDS-PLL

B15

+3V3-PNX5100-LVDS-PLL

AE14

+1V2-PNX5100-CLOCK

VDDL

J1

+1V8-PNX5100

VREF

J2

PNX5100-DDR2-VREF-DDR

VDDL

J1

+1V8-PNX5100

AD14

+3V3-PNX5100-CLOCK

PNX5100

HD-NM

FHD 100Hz

1

2

3

37

38

40

39

41

50

51

49

40

11

5

3

4

2

1

AE20

AF20 AC20 AD20 AC19 AD19 AE19

AF19 AE18

AF18 AC18 AD18

AE17

AF17 AC17 AD17 AC16 AD16 AE16

AF16 AE15

AF15 AC15 AD15

Block Diagram Video

Block Diagrams

EN 63Q548.1E LA 9.

2009-Apr-03

Block Diagram Audio

AUDIO

FRONT END

B02A

1301

B05A

HD1816AF/BHXP

MAIN HYBRID

TUNER

HDMI

1

19

HDMI SIDE

CONNECTOR

1

19

HDMI 1

CONNECTOR

1

19

HDMI 2

CONNECTOR

1

19

HDMI 3

CONNECTOR

18 2

CRX2+

CRX2-

CRX1+

CRX1-

CRX0+

CRX0-

CRXC+

CRXC-

BRX2+

BRX2-

BRX1+

BRX1-

BRX0+

BRX0-

BRXC+

BRXC-

ARX2+

ARX2-

ARX1+

ARX1-

ARX0+

ARX0-

ARXC+

ARXC-

IF-OUT1

IF-OUT2

RF-AGC

1H03

1

3

4

6

7

9 10

12

1H01

1

3

4

6

7

9 10

12

1H00

1

3

4

6

7

9 10

12

1H02

1

3

4

6

7

9 10

12

RES FOR /32

72

71

69

68

66

65

63

62

42

41

39

36

35

33

32

23

22

20

19

17

16

14

13

10

11

3

7H11 TDA9996

SWITCH

RXB

RXA

HDMI

4302

4303

+3V3A

VDDx_1V8

VDDO_3V3

VDDx_3V3

VDDH_3V3

D0_+

D0_-

D1_+

D1_-

D2_+

D2_-

RXDRXC

3305

C_+

C_-

1303

1

2

SAW 36M125

DRX2+

DRX2-

DRX1+

DRX1-

DRX0+

DRX0-

DRXC+

DRXC-

CRX2+

CRX2-

CRX1+

CRX1-

CRX0+

CRX0-

CRXC+

CRXC-

BRX2+

BRX2-

BRX1+

BRX1-

BRX0+

BRX0-

BRXC+

BRXC-

ARX2+

ARX2-

ARX1+

ARX1-

ARX0+

ARX0-

ARXC+

ARXC-

90

89

87

86

84

83

81

80

8,45,91,24, 75,95 4

46,55

15,21,34,40, 64,70,85,88

2 3

99

100 96

97

93

94

DRX2+

DRX2-

DRX1+

DRX1-

DRX0+

DRX0-

DRXC+

DRXC-

2364

2367

2306

5

2307

4

VDD_1V8 VDDO_3V3

VDDS_3V3

VDDH_3V3

5311

2365

33AA3306

2368

33AC

7302 UPC3221GV

+5V-TUN

AGC AMPLIFIER

1

VCC

2

3

IN

4

AGC CONTROL

IF-AGC

RF-AGC

ANALOG - SCART 1&2

B04B

EXT 1

EXT 2

YPBR / SIDE IO / S-VIDEO

B04C

DIGITAL

AUDIO

AUDIO OUT

AUDIO IN

EXT 3

AUDIO IN

SIDE

I/O

AUDIO IN

DVI -> HDMI

16

20

SCART1

16

20

SCART2

OUT

L+R

Block Diagrams

PCMCIA

B05C

PCMCIA

CONDITIONAL

ACCESS

7303 DRX3926K

47

PDP

PDN

48

3303

7

3304

6

OUT

+3V3A

3305

1F01

3

1F02

1G25

1G22

1G20

1G18

1

6

2

3

1

6

2

4

6

5

3

5

8

2

3

1

HDMIB-RXC+

AP-SCART-OUT-L

AP-SCART-OUT-R

AP-SCART-OUT-L

AP-SCART-OUT-R

AUDIO-IN2-L

AUDIO-IN2-R

AUDIO-OUT-L

AUDIO-OUT-R

AUDIO-IN3-L

AUDIO-IN3-R

AUDIO-IN5-L

AUDIO-IN5-R

HDMIB-RXC-

HDMIB-RX0+

HDMIB-RX0-

HDMIB-RX1+

HDMIB-RX1-

HDMIB-RX2+

HDMIB-RX2-

1

7

11

15

21

1

7

11

15

21

1304

27M

IF-N

IF-P

39

40

49

50

34

33

PD_P

PD_N

DEMODULATOR

XI

XO

IF_AGC

RF_AGC

3F00

3F02

7F00

A-PLOP

7G01

EF

7G00

A-PLOP

1K00

17

18

33 51

52

CVBS

SIF

68P

MDO(0-7)

3311

44

3348

43

8,18,26,53 2,16,27,56 37

42

52

36,46

AUDIO-CL-L

AUDIO-CL-R

A-PLOP

7K04-7K05 74LVC245APW

BUFFER

CA-MDI(0-7)

PCMCIA-VCC-VPP

FE-DATA(0-7)

7345

+3V3BVDDH +1V2VDDL +3V3AVDDAH_AFE1

+3V3EVDDAH_CVBS

+3V3DVDDAH_OSC

+1V2AVDDAL_AFE

B03C

173

AUDIO-IN1-L

AUDIO-IN1-R

B03C

8

14

B03C

AUDIO-IN4-L

AUDIO-IN4-R

20

4314

PNX8543 - AUDIO AMPLIFIER

7803-1/2

5

7803-3/4

10

12

RREF-PNX85XX

+3V3

CA-MDO(0-7)

SIF

CVBS

ADAC(7)

ADAC(8)

SPDIF-OUT-1

ADAC(5)

ADAC(6)

3H64

B03

7H00 PNX85439EH/M2

B03B

CA_MD0

CA_MDI

TNR_TSDI

B03E

F2

AI51

H3

AI44

B03D

AL9

ADAC7

AL8

ADAC8

AN7

AIN_1_L

AP7

AIN_1_R

AK6

AIN_2_L

AL6

AIN_2_R

V1

SPDIF_OUT

AN11

ADAC5

AP10

ADAC6

AM6

AIN_3_L

AN6

AIN_3_R

AN5

AIN_5_L

AP5

AIN_5_R

AP6

AIN_4_L

AM5

AIN_4_R

B04H

A14

HDMI_RXC_B_N

A15

HDMI_RXC_B_P

B13

HDMI_RX0_B_N

B14

HDMI_RX0_B_P

A12

HDMI_RX1_B_N

A13

HDMI_RX1_B_P

B11

HDMI_RX2_B_N

B12

HDMI_RX2_B_P

C16

HDMI_RREF

EN 64Q548.1E LA 9.

PNX8543

TUNER_CA

ANALOG VIDEO

AUDIO

DIGITAL VIDEO IN

PNX8543

H264

USB 2.0

B03D

B03G

B03F

AUDIO

VREF_POS

VDDA_3V3_DAC

ADAC1

ADAC2

STANDBY

B03H

ADAC3

ADAC4

CONROL

USB_FAULT

USB_DM USB_DP

USB_RPU

USB_VBUS

PCI

MEMORY

M_IREF

M_VREF

AADC

PO_7

PO_6

PCI

M_DQ

M_A

5902

AN8

5900

AM9

AK9

AN14

AP13

AC5

AD1

AM12

AM11

AL16

AN16

AP16

3M21

AM17

3M23

AN17

PCI-AD24<->NAND-AD

3B03

AA31 AB32

DDR2-D(0-15)

DDR2-A(0-12)

CLASS-D

B06A

VDDA-AUDIO

VDDA-DAC

ADAC(1)

ADAC(2)

AUDIO-MUTE

PNX8543 - AUDIO AMPLIFIER

B03C

AUDIO-RESET

ADAC(3)

ADAC(4)

PNX8543 - CONTROL MIPS/FLASH/PCI

B03G

+5V

3M31

USB-OC

+3V3-PER

B03F

+1V8-PNX85XX DDR2-VREF-CTRL

(0-12)

+T

7M00 NAND01GW3B2BN6F

NAND

FLASH

1G

12,37

PNX8543 - SDRAM

7B01 EDE1116AEBG

SDRAM

J1 J2

7B00 EDE1116AEBG

USB20-DM

USB20-DP

SDRAM

(16-31)

J1 J2

A-STBY

3L17

7807-1 7807-2

+3V3-NAND

+1V8-PNX85XX DDR2-VREF-DDR

MUTE

A-STBY

AUDIO-RESET

1M09

1

2 3

4

5

6

2

4

5

2

6

CONNECTOR SIDE

4321

7L10 TPA3123D2PWP

PVCC_L

PVCC_R

OUT-L

IN-L

CLASS D

POWER

AMPLIFIER

IN-R

OUT-R

SD

MUTE

A-PLOP

7830 TPA6111A2DGN

HEADPHONE

AMPLIFIER

SHUTDOWN

IN-1

IN-2

USB 2.0

SW UPLOAD

JPEG

MP3

VO_1

VO_2

VDD

1,3

10,12

22

15

7L03

PROTECTION

B04B

B04C

1

7

8

5L07

5L08

STANDBY &

+3V3

+AUDIO-POWER

LEFT-SPEAKER

RIGHT-SPEAKER

YPBR / SIDE IO / S-VIDEO

B04C

HP_LOUT

HP_ROUT

1G21

2

3

1

5L09

5L10

1735

1

2

SPEAKER L

3

4

SPEAKER R

1736

1

2

3

SUBWOOFER

(OPTIONAL)

HEADPHONE

OUT 3.5mm

18540_404_090311.eps

090326

2009-Apr-03

Block Diagram Control & Clock Signals

CONTROL + CLOCK SIGNALS

B05B

ETHERNET

1N00

ETHERNET

CONNECTOR

PCI-CLK-ETHERNET

B03G

RESET-ETHERNET

B03H

OPTIONAL

B08

PNX5100

7C00 PNX5100EH/M2

CONTROL

B08C

PNX5100

PCI_XIO

B08C

DDR2

B08B

GPIO

B08C

B07B

DISPLAY INTERFACE

3P24

BACKLIGHT-IN BACKLIGHT-OUT

7N04 DP83816AVNGNOPB

MAC

PHYTER II

10/100 Mb/S

60

62

AF24

AE13

27M

1CD0

AF13

L3

B08B

PNX5100-DDR2-D(0-31)

DDR2-A(0-12)

PNX5100-DDR2-CLK_P

P26

PNX5100-DDR2-CLK_N

P25

B23

B07A

DISPLAY INTERFACE (COMMON)

CONTROL

17

25M

1N02

18

61

IRQ-PCI

RESET-PNX5100

PCI-CLK-PNX5100

PNX5100 - SDRAM

J8

K8

PNX5100-BL-CTRL

PCI-AD(0-31)

B03H

B03G

7C01 EDE5116AJBG

7C02

EDE5116AJBG

SDRAM

B01B

Block Diagrams

B02A

FRONT END

B03G

B05C

PCMCIA

CONDITIONAL

ACCESS

B03G

PNX8543 - CONTROL MIPS/FLASH/PCI

WP-NANDFLASH

B03H

PNX8543 - STANDBY-CONTROL / DEBUG

B05A

HDMI

1K00

1

COMMON INTERFACE

68

7M00 NAND01GW3B2BN6F

19

USB 2.0

CONNECTOR

SIDE

TO IR/LED PANEL

AND KEYBOARD CONTROL

1

2

18

19

4x HDMI

CONNECTOR

TO PIN:

1H02-13 1H00-13 1H01-13 1H03-13

1H02-15 1H00-15

1H01-15 1H03-15

RESET-SYSTEM

CA-MDI(0-7)

PCMCIA-D(0-7)

PCMCIA-A(0-14)

NAND

FLASH

(1G)

1M09

1

2

3

4 3 21

4

1M20

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

ARX-DDC-CLK BRX-DDC-CLK

CRX-DDC-CLK

DRX-DDC-CLK

7303 DRX3926K-XK-A3

49

DEMODULATOR

27M

1304

50

32

7K03

7K04-7K05

7K00 7K01

MOCLKA

MDO(0-7) CA-MDO(0-7)

IRQ-CA

IRQ-PCI

NAND-AD(0-7) <-- PCI-AD(24-31)

7

9

PCI-AD(24-31)

9 10 5

CA-MICLK

CA-DATADIR CA-DATAEN

CA-ADDEN

PCI-AD(0-14)

B03H

RC

LED2

+3V3-STAN D B Y

+5V

CEC

7M81

DETECT-12V

B01B

B01A

B03G

B04B

+3V3-STAN D B Y

7D05 NCP303LSN30G

2

INP

3

GND

7H09

CONTROL

7H11 TDA9996

57

SWITCH

12 31

61

79

OUTP

HDMI

LED1

1

EN 65Q548.1E LA 9.

FE-DATA(0-7)

FE-CLK

FE-VALID

FE-SOP

CA-MOCLK_VS2

PCI-AD(0-31)PCI-AD(0-31) PCI-AD(0-31)

XIO-ACK

XIO-SEL-NAND

IRQ-CA

IRQ-PC1

USB-OC

USB20-DM

USB20-DP

LIGHT-SENSOR

4D00

RC_uP

KEYBOARD

4D09

DETECT2

DETECT1

RESET-SYSTEM

AV1- BLK

AV2-BLK_LCD-SDA

AV1- STATU S

AV2- STATU S

RESET-STBY

CEC-HDMI

B03

PNX8543

7600 PNX85433EH/M2A/

TUN_CA

B03B

TNR_TSDI

B10

TNR_MICLK

C10

TNR_MIVAL

B9

TNR_MISTRT

H32

CA_MICLK

CA_MDI

A34

CA_VSN_0

H31

CA_MOCLK

CA_MDO

D31

CA_DATA_DIR

A31

CA_DATA_EN

B31

CA_ADD_EN

J34

CA_RDY

B03G

PCI_AD

A20

XIO_ACK

B20

XIO_SEL_0

B03G

L34

GPIO_3

U4

GPIO_2

AL16

USB_FAULT

AN16

USB_DM

AP16

USB_DP

B03H

AD2

P0_5

AN2

CADC_1

AF2

P1_0

AJ2

PWM_1

AJ3

PWM_0

AN3

CADC_0

AD3

P2_5

AD4

P2_4

AH3

P3_3

AH1

P3_5

AH2

3_4

P

AP2

CADC_2

AP1

CADC_3

AF3

RESET_IN

AG4

P1_2

B05A

RX

HDMI_RX

PNX8543

PCI

CONTROL

STAN DB Y

HDMI_DV

LOUT2_CLK_N

LOUT2_CLK_P

CLK_N

CLK_P

MEMORY

B03F

M_DQ

M_CLK_P

M_CLK_N

PLL_OUT

TRDY_CLK

RESET_SYS

GPIO_2

GPIO_6

GPIO_4

GPIO_5

UA_RX _0

UA_TX _1

XTAL_I

XTAL_O

SPI_CLK

SPI_CSB

SPI_SDO

SPI_SDI

M_A

P1_7

P6_4

P0_1

P6_5

P2_2

P2_7

P1_1

P2_6

P0_6

P0_7

P2_3

AL23

AM23

AL19

AM19

AB34

AB33

AP28

A30

AN28

U3

V2

L32

L31

AG1

AH5

AG2

AK2

AC1

W1

W2

AJ1

AK4

AK3 AJ4

AK1

AE1

AE4

AF1

AE5

AD1

AC5

AD5

B8D

PNX5100 - LVDS IN/OUT

7C00 PNX5100EH/M2

DDR2

B08B

PNX5100

RX51002CLK-

RX51002CLK+

RX51001CLK-

RX51001CLK+

B03F

PNX8543 - SDRAM

DDR2-D(0-31)(0-15)

DDR2-A(0-12)

DDR2-CLK_P

DDR2-CLK_N

B03G

PNX8543 - CONTROL MIPS/FLASH/PCI

PCI-CLK-OUT

PCI-CLK-PNX8543

WC-EEPROM-PNX5100_SPI-DI

PNX8543-LCD-PWR-ON_SPI-DI

B03H

PNX8543 - STANDBY-CONTROL / DEBUG

SDM

SPI-PROG

27M

1D00

SPI-SDI

REGIMBEAU_CVBS-SWITCH

AE16

AD16

AD19

A

C19

7B00 EDE1116AEBG

7B01

EDE1116AEBG

J8

K8

3M30

PCI-CLK-PNX5100

3M46

RESET-SYSTEM

RXD-MIPS

TXD-MIPS

RXD-UP

TXD-UP

RESET-NVM

SPI-CLK

SPI-WP

SPI-CSB SPI-SDO

LAMP-ON-OUT

ENABLE-3V3

POWER-OK

AUDIO-RESET

AUDIO-MUTE

STANDBY

SDRAM

7D07

B02A

B04C

B07B

B01A

B04B

B03C

B06A

E18

E19

E20

E21

E10

E11

E12

E13

B08C

B03H

SPI-PROG

7D06 M24C64-WDW6P

8

7D09 M25P05-AVMN6P

6

3

1 5

2

B01B

2D08

SDM

2D07

EEPROM

(8Kx8)

512K

FLASH

B07B

DISPLAY INTERFACE

1G50

1M04

2

3

1

25

24

1G51

33

32

17

16

1M01

RES

1M99

1M95

TX1CLK-

TX1CLK+

TX2CLK-

TX2CLK+

TX3CLK-

TX3CLK+

TX4CLK-

TX4CLK+

B01B

DC / DC +3V3-STANDBY_+1V2-STANDBY

BACKLIGHT-OUT

B07A

BACKLIGHT-BOOST

N.C.

9

DISPLAY

8

DISPLAY

UART

SERVICE

CONNECTOR

3

1

FOR

FACTORY USE

2

ONLY

4

5

TO

6

POWER SUPPLY

7

9

TO

2

POWER SUPPLY

18560_405_090326.eps

TO

090331

2009-Apr-03

Block Diagram I2C

I²C

PNX8543 - CONTROL MIPS/FLASH/PCI

B03G

PNX8543 - SDRAM

B03F

HDMI

B05A

FRONT END

B02A

PNX5100 - CONTROL / PCI / DEBUG

B08C

PNX5100 - SDRAM

B08B

PNX5100 - AMBILIGHT

B08E

YPBR / SIDE IO / S-VIDEO

B04C

PNX8543 - STANDBY - CONTROL / DEBUG

B03H

DC / DC +3V3-STANDBY_+1V2-STANDBY

B01B

PNX8543 - CONTROL MIPS/FLASH/PCI

B03G

BOLT-ON

B04A

PNX8543 - CONTROL MIPS/FLASH/PCI

B03G

1M01

1

3

4

2

FOR

FACTORY USE

ONLY

FLASH

1G

7M00 NAND01GW3B2

7B01 EDE1116AEBG

SDRAM

7B00 EDE1116AEBG

7D09 M25P05

512K

FLASH

1M99

1

6

10

11

5

15

VGA

CONNECTOR

DATA-SDA

CLK-SCL

WC-EEPROM-PNX5100_SPI-DI

7

1G30

12

15

7600 PNX85433EH/M2A

PNX8543

B33

D32

SDA 2

SCL 2

3M91

3M90

AK5

AL5

AC1

MC_SDA

MC_SCL

PO_1

3D46

3D45

56

7D06

M24C64

EEPROM

(NVM)

8

3D56-2

+3V3-PER

RESET-NVM

3D56-1

SDA-UP-MIPS

SCL-UP-MIPS

3D39

3D38

+3V3-STANDBY

RES

SDA2

SCL2

SDA-SET

SCL-SET

3M25

3M24

+3V3-PER

G32

D33

SDA 3

SCL 3

3M19

3M18

49 50

7H11

TDA9996

HDMI

MUX

3H66

3H65

24 23

7303

DRX3926K-XK

DEMODULATOR

MICRONAS

3399

3398

SDA3

SCL3

SDA-SSB

SCL-SSB

3M27

3M26

+3V3-PER

L32

L31

GPIO_4

GPIO_5

3M09

3M10

+3V3-PER

H33

F33

SDA 1

SCL 1

3M15

3M14

SDA1

SCL1

SDA-UP-MIPS

SCL-UP-MIPS

3M93

3M92

+3V3-PER

STANDBY

HDMI_DV

PCI

MEMORY

UART

SERVICE

CONNECTOR

3G63

7D07

61

62

3388

3365

+3V3

SDA-TUNER

SCL-TUNER

L1

L2

3388

3365

+3V3B

SDA-AMBI-3V3

SCL-AMBI-3V3

AG1

AH5

UA_RX_0

UA_TX_1

RXD-UP

TXD-UP

3D21

3D22

+3V3-STANDBY

RXD-MIPS

TXD-MIPS

RXD

TXD

D15

C15

DDC_SDA_B

M_DQ

PCI_AD

M_A

DDC_SCL_B

DDC-SDA

DDC-SCL

56

7G31

M24C02

EEPROM

256x8

3G60

3G56

+5V

10

11

HDMI

CONNECTOR 3

1H02

16

15

RES

TO POWER SUPPLY

3H08

3H07

ARX-5V

11

12

HDMI

CONNECTOR 2

1H00

16

15

3H10

3H09

BRX-5V

30

31

HDMI

CONNECTOR 1

1H01

16

15

3H14

3H13

CRX-5V

60

61

HDMI

CONNECTOR

SIDE

1H03

16

15

3H12

3H11

DRX-5V

3H01

3H02

+5V

78

79

6

5

ARX-DDC-DAT

ARX-DDC-CLK

BRX-DDC-DAT

BRX-DDC-CLK

CRX-DDC-DAT

CRX-DDC-CLK

DRX-DDC-DAT

DRX-DDC-CLK

4E18

4E19

3M74

3M73

3M76

3M75

STANDBY BUS

400 kHz

SET BUS

100 kHz

SSB BUS

400 kHz

TUNER BUS

400 kHz

AMBILIGHT BUS

30 kHz

1M04

3

2

1

18560_406_090326.eps

090331

3G61

3G58

+3V3

4202

4201

76

1301

HD1816AF

MAIN

TUNER

3317

3316

7G32

B03G

56

7CD0

M24C08

EEPROM

3CDD

3CDC

K1 K2

7C00

PNX5100EH

PNX5100

3CD8

3CD9

3CDA

3CD9

1M59

1

3

4

5

7

6

2

TO AMBILIGHT

(OPTIONAL)

1CE2

T1.0A

7C01 EDE5116AJBG

SDRAM

7C02 EDE5116AJBG

ERR

53

ERR

23

ERR

27

ERR

34

ERR

13

ERR

14

B03H

B03G

B05A

B03F

DDR2-D

DDR2-A

PCI-AD

ERR

25

ERR15ERR

21

5CE5

PNX5100-DDR2-D(0-31)

PNX5100-DDR2-A(0-12)

Block Diagrams

EN 66Q548.1E LA 9.

2009-Apr-03

Supply Lines Overview

SUPPLY LINES OVERVIEW

MAIN

POWER SUPPLY

B01A

DC / DC +3V3_+1V2

B01B

DC / DC +3V3-STANDBY_+1V2-STANDBY

B02A

FRONT END

B03B

PNX8543 - VIDEO STREAMS/LVDS OUTPUT

B03A

PNX8543 - POWER

B07A

DISPLAY INTERFACING (COMMOM)

B07B

DISPLAY SUPPLY

B06A

CLASS-D

B03C

PNX8543 - AUDIO AMPLIFIER

B03G

PNX8543 - CONTROL MIPS/FLASH/PCI

B03H

PNX8543 - STANDBY-CONTROL/DEBUG

B04A

BOLT-ON

B04B

ANALOG IO - SCART 1&2

B04C

YPBR / SIDE IO / S-VIDEO

B05A

HDMI

B03D

PNX8543 - AUDIO

B08A

PNX5100 - POWER

B08B

PNX5100 - SDRAM

B08C

PNX5100 - CONTROL / PCI / DEBUG

B08D

PNX5100 - LVDS IN / OUT

B08E

PNX5100 - AMBILIGHT

B05B

ETHERNET

B03F

PNX8543 - SDRAM

B05C

PCMCIA

CN4

11

66

77

88

1M95

+3V3-STANDBY

7103 NCP5422ADG

+12V

+12VF

+3V3

14

1

2

+1V2-PNX85XX

5103

16

15

+12V

12V/1V2

COVERSION

12V/3V3

COVERSION

5104

5105

+3V3F

+1V2-STANDBY

+3V3-NAND

TO DISPLAY

18560_407_090326.eps

090401

CN2

1

2

3

CN3

1

2

3

HV2

N.C.

HV2

HV1

N.C.

HV1

3V3_ST

+12V

5101

B07a

B01a,B02a, B04a

B03a

B03a,g,h, B04a,B05a,

B02a, B03d,g,h, B04a,b,c, B05a,c, B07a

B03h,B08a

B03c,B06a

CN5

11

66

77

22

33

44

55

88

LAMP-ON-OUT

1M99

BACKLIGHT-BOOST

+12VD

BACKLIGHT-OUT

B07A

B03H

+12V

GND1

BL-ON_OFF

A/P_DIM

DIM

BOOST

+12V

+5V

+5V5-TUN

99

+AUDIO-POWER

10 10

SENCE+1V2-PNX5100

B08a

B01b

SENCE+1V2-PNX5100

SENSE+1V2-PNX85XX

B03a

SENSE+1V2-PNX85XX

+1V2

+3V3+3V3

+1V2-PNX5100

+12V

+VSND

GND_SND

CONTROL

N.C.

B03H

CONTROL

99

INV_OK

POWER-OK

22

33

44

55

STANDBY

B03H

STANDBY

GND1

CONTROL

7201

IN OUT

COM

11 11

7308

IN OUT

COM

RES

Dual

Synchronous

Step-Down

Controller

7102-2

7102-1

7U01-2

7101-1

VDDA-LVDSVDDA-LVDS

5615

VDDA-LVDS

VDDA-AUDIOVDDA-AUDIO

5622

VDDA-ADC

5621

VDDA-DAC

+1V2-PNX85XX

+1V2-STANDBY

+1V2-PNX85XX

+3V3-STANDBY+3V3-STANDBY

+3V3F

+1V2-STANDBY

+3V3+3V3

5612

+3V3-PER

RREF-PNX85xx

5600

+1V8-PNX85XX

+5V+5V

+3V3+3V3

+12VD

+VDISP-IN

+12VD

+AUDIO-POWER+AUDIO-POWER

3V3E

5305

+1V2A

5304

3V3A

5307

3V3D

5306

B03a,h

B03a,B08a

B02a

B01a

+5V-TUNER

+5V5-TUN+5V5-TUN

7307

IN OUT

COM

B01b

ANTENNA-SUPPLY

+12V+12V

B01b

3V3B

+5V+5V

7309

IN OUT

COM

B01b

+3V3F

7601

IN OUT

COM

B01a

B03a

B01a

B03d

B01b

+3V3-PER+3V3-PER

B03a

+3V3+3V3

B03a

B03d

B03b

B01a

B01b

N.C.N.C.

7202

VOLT. REG.

7222

VOLT. REG.

52045203

5221

6217

3108

7315

3389

+AUDIO-POWER+AUDIO-POWER

AUDIO-VDD

7801

3819

CONTROL

4801

7802

RES

B01b

+3V3+3V3

+3V3-PER

+3V3-STANDBY

+5V

B01a

B03a

B01b

5M00

1M20

8

5

TO IR/LED PANEL

5M84

5M88

+3V3

+3V3-STANDBY

+3V3-PER

+5V

+1V2-PNX5100

+1V2-PNX8541

+1V2-PNX85XX

B01b

B03a

B01a

B01b

B01a

+12V

+5V

+3V3-STANDBY

RES

+3V3

+5V

B01a

B01b

+3V3

+

3V3

+5V

B01b

CRX-5V

1H00

18

HDMI 2

CONNECTOR

BRX-5V

1H03

18

HDMI SIDE

CONNECTOR

ARX-5V

1H01

18

HDMI 1

CONNECTOR

+3V3-STANDBY+3V3-STANDBY

+1V8-PNX85XX+1V8-PNX85XX

+3V3+3V3

VDDH_3V3

DRX-5V

1H02

18

HDMI 3

CONNECTOR

VDD_1V8

VDDO_3V3

5H01

VDDS_3V3

5H06

5H03

5H00

B01a

B03a

B01b

B01a

+5V+5V

B05a

B03b,g,h

B03f,B05a

SENSE+1V2-PNX85XX

B01A

+5V+5V

B01b

RREF-PMX85XXRREF-PMX85XX

B03a

4P26

4P28

4P39

4P29

4P30

4P31

RES

+VDISP-OUT

+VDISP-IN+VDISP-IN

+3V3+3V3

7P03 PNX8543-LCD-PWR-ON_SPI-DI

7P02

B07b

B07a

B01a

B02a, B03a,c,d,g,h, B04b,c,B05a,b,c, B07a,b, B08a,c,d,e

+5V

7900

IN OUT

COM

VDDA-AUDIO

+3V3+3V3

VDDA-DACVDDA-DAC

B01a

B01b

B03a

B08b

B01b

+3V3

+3V3-PNX5100-LVDS-PLL

5C70

+3V3-PNX5100-LVDS-IN

5C67

+3V3-PNX5100-CLOCK

5C68

+3V3-PNX5100-DDR-PLL0

5C69

+1V2-PNX5100

SENSE+1V2-PNX5100

+1V2-PNX5100-DLL

5C66

+1V2-PNX5100-CLOCK

5C60

+1V2-PNX5100-TRI-PLL1

5C61

+1V2-PNX5100-TRI-PLL2

5C62

+1V2-PNX5100-TRI-PLL3

5C63

+1V2-PNX5100-DDR-PLL1

5C64

+1V2-PNX5100-LVDS-PLL

5C65

B01b

B01a

+3V3F

+1V8-PNX5100

B01a

B08a

7C60

IN OUT

COM

+1V8-PNX5100+1V8-PNX5100

PNX5100-DDR2-VREF-CTRL

PNX5100-DDR2-VREF-DDR

3C20

3C22

+3V3+3V3

B01a

+3V3

B01a

+3V3

B01a

5N07

+3V3-ET-ANA

+3V3+3V3

5N06

+3V3-ET-DIG

B01a

+1V8-PNX85XX

3B48

DDR2-VREF-DDR

DDR2-VREF-CTRL

3B47

B03a

+5V

PCMCIA-VCC-VPP

3K00

+T

B01b

+3V3

+3V3_BUF

B01a

5K00

CC60

1M59

6

TO AMBI-LIGHT

(OPTIONAL)

Block Diagrams

EN 67Q548.1E LA 9.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

10. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Interface Ambilight: Interface + Single DC-DC

EN 68Q548.1E LA 10.

A

B

C

D

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

2 9

431

5

7

8

10

116

123 45678 9

INTERFACE + SINGLE DC-DC

F126

1M85

*

1 2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

502382-1470

1M59

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1735446-7

1M90

1

2

3

4

5

6

1735446-6

+12V

+16V

F115

F116 F117 F118 F119 F120

F121 F122 F123 F124

1M84

1 2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

502382-1470

3109 100R

+24V

c001

c002

RES

3110 100R

F101 F102 F103 F104 F105 F106 F108

F109 F110 F111 F112

F113

F125

2108

2109

VLED1

VLED2

+3V3

VLED1

VLED2

9101 9102

9103 9104

RES

100p

(RES)

+3V3

+24V

RES

SPI-LATCH2CONN

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH1CONN

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

SPI-LATCH1

SPI-LATCH1CONN

SPI-LATCH2CONN

SPI-LATCH2

SCL

SDA

CONTROL1 CONTROL2

+16V

RES

+24V

3100

0R1

10n

3112

100n

12K

3101

47R

2101

I101

I102

100R

2102

2n2

3104

330R

F114

2104

I105

1%

33K

1M0

3107

3106

3105

5107 RES

30R

5108 RES

30R

I100

220p

5102

2100

220n

7100

5

6 7

8

9

14

17 16

1

2

15K

3102

I106

1100

3.0A 32VT10u

NCP3163BMNR2G

I103

I108

2103

3

VCC

LPK_SENSE

DRV_COL

SWI_COL

BOOT_IN

1

VFB

2

TIM_CAP

NC

GND GND_HS

18

F107

Φ

SWI_EMIT

+24VF

LVI_OUT

19

1101

VIA

+16V

RES

30R

5100

I109

*

63V

T2.0A

*

5103

*

5105

514

10 11 12 13

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30 31

30R

5101

*

30R

5104

+12V

*

30R

5106

+16V

6100

SS24

3K3

3103

I104

100n

2105

2106

100n

1%

3K3

3108

100n

3111

100K

2107

VSW

12

A

B

C

D

E

1100 A6 1101 A7 1M59 C2 1M84 A2 1M85 A2 1M90 D2 2100 A6 2101 B5 2102 C6 2103 D6 2104 D5 2105 D9 2106 D9 2107 E9 2108 D3 2109 E3

3100 B5 3101 C5 3102 D6 3103 D9 3104 D6 3105 D5 3106 D5 3107 D5 3108 E9 3109 D2 3110 D3 3111 E8 3112 B6

5100 A8 5101 A8 5102 A7 5103 B8 5104 B8 5105 B8 5106 B8 5107 A6 5108 A6 6100 C8 7100 B7 9101 C3 9102 C3 9103 C3 9104 C3 F101 B3 F102 B3 F103 B3 F104 B3 F105 B3 F106 B3 F107 A7 F108 B3 F109 B3 F110 B3 F111 B3 F112 B3 F113 B3 F114 B5 F115 C2 F116 D2 F117 D2 F118 D2 F119 D2 F120 D2 F121 E2 F122 E2

13

F123 E2 F124 E2 F125 B3 F126 A2 I100 A6 I101 C6 I102 C6 I103 C6 I104 D9 I105 D5 I106 D7 I108 D6 I109 A8 c001 E2 c002 E2

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

12

I

J

1

STUFFING DIVERSITIES FOR DC/DC INTERFACE AMBI 2K9

DC/DC INTERFACE

3104 328 58341

3104 328 58351

3104 328 58361

3104 328 58371

2

1101

in

out

out out

3

1M85

in out out out

3 4

5103/5104

out

out out

5105/5106

in

4

out

in in

out

VLED1

24V

12V

16V

12V

VLED2

16V

12V

16V

567

See the stuffing diversities table in the case of components marked with one star (*)

SETNAMECHN

CLASS_NO

DC-DC INTERFACE

08-06-19

08-08-06

08-10-23

NAME

CT

6

7

1

2

3

Peter Van Hove

85

AMBI 2K9

SUPERS.

08-06-06********

DATEMGr CHECK

9

10

8

9

I

08-06-19

1

08-08-06

2

08-09-18

3104 313 6325

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

11

12

3

08-10-23

4

08-12-06

5

13

***031**

13

18310_600_090305.eps

J

A3

090305

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Interface Ambilight: Dual DC-DC

EN 69Q548.1E LA 10.

A

B

C

D

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

owner.

E

F

G

H

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

109

11

12

13

A

B

C

D

E

1

2 3

4567

DUAL DC-DC

2200

F204

I217

**

9202

F207

3K3

I214

22n

(VLED2)

+16V

RES

I200

3204

2211

2214

I208

I211

**

10R

1n0

I212

3210

I215

3200

6R8

3202

6R8

3K9

**

3211

F202

2204

**

47n

3206

RES

33K

2221

RES

**

1%

VSW

**

F200

**

2206

5200

10u

**

35V

4u7

2207

100u

I204

**

6200

SS24

**

2216 2217

RES

22n

3207

**

RES

4u7

2218

2219

68K

1%

4u7

7200 : TPS54383 in case of 16V or dual dc-dc converter

The components marked with one star (*) belong to the 12V versions (3104 328 58351, 3104 328 58371).

The components marked with two stars (**) belong to the 16V versions

(3104 328 58331, 3104 328 58341, 3104 328 58361, 3104 328 58371).

2201

100u35V

7200

TPS54283PWP

9 10 11

4u7

2212

220n

1

PVDD1 PVDD2

BOOT1 SW1 EN1 FB1

ILIM2 SEQ BP

GND GND_HS

4

8

+24VF

A

35V

2203

2202

220n

100u

I213

I216

2205

47n

I206

*

9201

RES

3K3

3209

*

22n

2222 RES

14

Φ

BOOT2

SW2

EN2

FB2

VIA2

15

F203

312 213 65 87

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

RES

I201

3201

6R8

3203

*

3212

I205

*

6R8

*

10R

3205

I209

*

1n0

2213

I210

*

1n0

2215

*

33K

3K3

3213

1%

5201

*

10u

*

6201

SS24

RES

22n

3208

*

47K

1%

RES

*

22u

2208

2209

F201

*

10u

2220

*

2210

2223

220u 25V

10u

*

(VLED1)

2224

+12V

10u

B

C

+12V

D

VLED1

E

2200 A4 2201 A4 2202 A5 2203 A5 2204 B3 2205 B6 2206 B1 2207 B2 2208 B7 2209 B7 2210 B8 2211 C3 2212 C4 2213 C6 2214 C3 2215 C6 2216 C2 2217 C7 2218 D1 2219 D2 2220 D7 2221 D3 2222 D5 2223 D8 2224 D8

3200 A3 3201 A6 3202 B3 3203 B6 3204 B3 3205 B6 3206 D3 3207 D2 3208 D7 3209 D5 3210 D3 3211 D3 3212 D6 3213 D6

5200 B2 5201 B7 6200 B2 6201 B7 7200 B4 9201 B5 9202 C4 F200 B2 F201 C7 F202 D3 F203 B5 F204 B4 F207 C4 I200 A3 I201 A6 I204 B2 I205 B6 I206 B6 I208 B3 I209 B6 I210 C6 I211 C3 I212 C3

I213 D5 I214 D4 I215 D3 I216 B5 I217 B4

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

2

I

J

1

2 13

3

4

3 45

CLASS_NO

08-06-19

08-08-06

08-10-23

NAME

5

6

7

1

2

3

Peter Van Hove

CHECK

8

678

EMANTESNHC

DC-DC INTERFACE

AMBI 2K9

SUPERS.

DATE

9

08-06-09

10

3 2

3104 313 6325

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

11

130

12

1

08-06-19

2

08-08-06

3

08-09-18

4

08-10-23

5

08-12-06

A3

18310_601_090305.eps

I

J

090305

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Interface Ambilight: Microcontrollerblock

EN 70Q548.1E LA 10.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

owner.

L

M

N

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

98

10

11 15

12

13

14

16

17

18

19

20

A

123

MICROCONTROLLER BLOCK

A

+3V3

2300

B

C

D

7302

LPC2103FBD48

11

X1

12

E

I

+3V3

F

1K0

3339

F317

G

2

3

I308

5

9305 RES

2318

100n

1300

7303

NCP303LSN10T1

IN

RST

GND

NC

CD

+3V3

16M9

1

4

+3V3

RES 9300

3332

10K RES

9301

RES

9302 9303RES

F308

10K

3333

X2

20

RTXC1

25

RTXC2

26

RTCK

4

VBAT

F307

27

DBGSEL

6

RST

+1V8

H

45678

7301

LD2985BM18R

1

3

INH BP

1u0

1 2

3

B3B-PH-SM4-TBT(LF)

71943

VSS

MICRO-

CTRL

P0.10|RTS1|CAP1.0|AD0.3 P0.11|CTS1|CAP1.1|AD0.4

P0.12|DSR1|MAT1.0|AD0.5

P0.14|DCD1|SCK1|EINT1

VDD_1V8

5

+3V3

2322

100n

2321

OUTIN

COM

2

RES

1302

45

Φ

P0.0|TXD0|MAT3.1 P0.1|RXD0|MAT3.2 P0.2|SCL0|CAP0.0 P0.3|SDA0|MAT0.0

P0.8|TXD1|MAT2.1

P0.9|RXD1|MAT2.2

P0.13|DTR1|MAT1.1

P0.15|RI1|EINT2

P0.16|EINT0|MAT0.2

P0.17|CAP1.2|SCL1 P0.18|CAP1.3|SDA1

P0.19|MAT1.2|MISO1 P0.20|MAT1.3|MOSI1 P0.21|SSEL1|MAT3.0

P0.27|TRST|CAP2.0

P0.28|TMS|CAP2.1

P0.29|TCK|CAP2.2

P0.30|TDI|MAT3.3

VDD_3V3

17

40

9307

100n

2323

5

4

VSSA

P0.22|AD0.0 P0.23|AD0.1 P0.24|AD0.2 P0.25|AD0.6 P0.26|AD0.7

P0.31|TDO

VDDA

100n

F300

I303

100n

2301

10n

2303

+3V3

3321

F304

F305

F306

3322

2308

100p

31

13 14 18 21 22 23 24 28 29

30 35 36 37

41 44 45 46 47 48

1 2

3 32 33 34 38 39

8

9 10 15 16

42

F315

2324

100n

+1V8

4u7

2302

+3V3

10K

3320

8

10K

10K3303-2

10K3302-4

10K3302-2

45

27

10K3300-2

3323

100R

27

10K

I310

2309

100p

3 6

27

3301-2

3329

10K

I319

UD-MD

I322

22R

F314

3335

I309

100R

100n

2320

1301

RES

SKHUBHE010

1 8

3302-3 10K

3301-3 10K

3328

I307

F310

3334

1

2

2319

3

4

27

1

10K

RES3325

10K

RES

3 6

3326

3303-3 10K

3303-1 10K

I321

10K

100p

3336

3337

1 8

3301-1 10K

3304-1

10K

3327

I305

I317

2310

F309

10K

6

10K3304-2

6

5

10K3301-4

10K

27

4

3

3300-3 10K

3324

6

10K3300-4

3

1 8

45

3302-1 10K

I313

I314

I318

2312

100p

2311

100n

711

+3V3

10K3304-4

45

10K

1 8

3304-3 10K

3305-1

I311

I312

I315

RES

100p

2313

2314

91011

1K5 1%

1%1K5

7300-2 LM393PT

5

6

I304

TEMP-SENSOR

100K

10K

3310

RES

+3V3

8

7

4

F303

2305

10n

RES

3315

47K

RES

3318

RES

+3V3

RES

1%

3311

1K5

F301

RES

10K

10n

2304

-T

C300

3306-3

RES

3330

3331 3306-2 2 3306-1 3306-4 3307-1 3338 3307-4 4 5 3307-2 2 7 3308-4 3308-2

3308-1

3309-4 3309-1

45

27

10K

3314

10K

+3V3

1%

RES

3317

1K5

F316

1%1K8

3319

RES

3 6

100R 100R

7

100R 100R

8

1

100R

45 1 8

100R 100R 100R 100R 100R

45

100R

27

100R

1 8

100R

54

100R

8 1

100R

3 6

7300-1 LM393PT

3

2

10K3305-3

+3V3

8

4

I300

F320

I302

9103 45

3313

I306

I316

I320

100p

2316

100p

2315

F311 F312

3305-4 10K

F313

3305-2

812

2306

100n

1

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-RETURN

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

+3V3

3312

10n

2307

3316

CONTROL1

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-LATCH1 SPI-LATCH2

TEMP-SENSOR

EEPROM-CS

BLANK-BUF

PROG

CONTROL2

F302

SCL SDA

1300 E2 1301 H5 1302 C4 2300 A3 2301 A4 2302 A5 2303 A4 2304 B8 2305 B10 2306 B9

A

2307 B10 2308 D4 2309 D5 2310 F6 2311 F7 2312 F7 2313 F7 2314 F7 2315 F7 2316 F8 2318 G2 2319 G6

B

2320 H5 2321 H4 2322 H4 2323 H4 2324 H4

3300-2 D5 3300-3 D7 3300-4 D7 3301-1 D6 3301-2 E5 3301-3 E6 3301-4 D7

C

3302-1 D7 3302-2 D6 3302-3 E6 3302-4 D6 3303-1 E6 3303-2 D6 3303-3 E6 3304-1 D6 3304-2 D7 3304-3 D7 3304-4 D7

D

3305-1 E7 3305-2 G8 3305-3 G9 3305-4 G8 3306-1 E8 3306-2 E8 3306-3 E8 3306-4 E8 3307-1 E8 3307-2 F8 3307-4 F8 3308-1 F8

E

3308-2 F8 3308-4 F8 3309-1 F8 3309-4 F8 3310 A10 3311 A8 3312 A10 3313 B8 3314 B8 3315 B10 3316 B10 3317 B8

F

3318 C10 3319 C8 3320 C5 3321 C5 3322 D5 3323 D5 3324 D7 3325 D6 3326 D6 3327 D6 3328 E5

G

3329 E5 3330 E8 3331 E8 3332 E3 3333 F2 3334 G5 3335 G5 3336 G6 3337 G6 3338 E8 3339 F1

7300-1 B9

H

7300-2 A10 7301 A4 7302 E3 7303 F2 9300 E3 9301 F3 9302 F3

9303 F3 9305 G1 9307 H4 C300 B8 F300 A5 F301 A8 F302 A10 F303 B11 F304 C4 F305 C4 F306 D4 F307 F3 F308 F3 F309 G6 F310 G6 F311 G8 F312 G8 F313 G8 F314 G5 F315 H4 F316 C9 F317 F1 F320 E9 I300 E9 I302 F9 I303 A4 I304 C10 I305 E6 I306 E7 I307 G6 I308 G2 I309 G5 I310 D5 I311 E7 I312 E7 I313 E7 I314 F7 I315 F7 I316 F8 I317 F6 I318 F7 I319 F5 I320 F8 I321 F6 I322 G5

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

08-06-19

08-08-06

08-09-18

08-10-23

08-12-06

O

P

A2

090305

O

CLASS_NO

08-06-19

P

NAME

1

2

3

4

7

98

10

11

1256

13

14

08-08-06

08-10-23

Peter Van Hove

1

2

3

15

SETNAMECHN

DC-DC INTERFACE

AMBI 2K9

SUPERS.

DATECHECK

08-06-09

16

17

3104 313 6325

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

18

130

19

1

2

3

4

33

5

20

18310_602_090305.eps

2009-Apr-03

31043136325.5

18310_550_090309.eps

090309

1100

1101

1301

1302

1M59

1M84

1M85

1M90

2200

2201 2202

2203

2206

2207

2208

2209

2210

2218

2219

2220

2223

2224

2300

2301

2302

2303

2310

2311

2312

2315

2316

2319

2321

2322

2323

3306

3307

3308

3309

3324

3326

3331

3338

5102

5200

5201

6200

6201

7200

7301

9101

9102

9103

9104

9201

9202

1300

2100

2101

2102

2103

2104

2105

2106

2107

2108

2109

2204

2205

2211

2212

2213

2214

2215

2216

2217

2221

2222

2304

2305

2306

2307

2308 2309

2313

2314

2318

2320

2324

3100

3101

3102

3103

3104

3105 3106 3107

3108

3109

3110

3111

3112

3200

3201

3202

3203

3204

3205

3206

3207

3208

3209

3210

3211

3212

3213

3300

3301

3302

3303

3304

3305

3310

3311

3312

3313

3314

3315

3316

3317

3318

3319

3320

3321

3322 3323

3325

3327 3328

3329

3330

3332

3333

3334

3335

3336

3337

3339

5100

5101

5103

51045105

5106

5107

5108

6100

7100

7300

7302

7303

9300

9301

9302

9303

9305

9307

C300

F101

F102

F103

F104

F105

F106

F107

F108

F109

F110 F111

F112

F113

F114

F115

F116

F117

F118

F119

F120

F121

F122

F123

F124

F125

F126

F200

F201

F202

F203

F204

F207

F300

F301

F302

F303

F304

F305

F306

F307

F308

F309

F310

F311

F312

F313

F314

F315

F316

F317

F320

I100

I101

I102

I103

I104

I105

I106

I108

I109

I200

I201

I204

I205

I206

I208

I209

I210

I211

I212

I213

I214

I215

I216

I217

I300

I302

I303

I304

I305

I306

I307

I308

I309

I310

I311

I312

I313

I314

I315

I316

I317

I318

I319

I320

I321

I322

c001

c002

Personal Notes:

10000_012_090121.eps

090121

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout DC/DC Interface Ambilight

EN 71Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

6 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon

EN 72Q548.1E LA 10.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

L

M

N

1

2

1

3

4

2

5

3

6

4

7

8 9

6

10

11

8

12

13

14

15

MICROCONTROLLER BLOCK LITEON

A

B

C

IN

1M83

F120

1

F121

2

F122

3

F123

4

F124

5

F125

6

F126

7

F127

8

F128

9

F129

10

F130

11

F131

12

F132

13 14

16

15

1M1A

1 2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

15

16

1u0

2127

+3V3

VLED1

VLED2

35V10u

2129

2128

10u35V

+3V3

VLED1

VLED2

9111

RES

9113

RES

9112

9114

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

33p

2125

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

SPI-DATA-IN

CONTROL-1 CONTROL-2

BLANK

PROG

CONTROL-1 CONTROL-2

PROG

SCL

SDA

SCL

SDA

SCL SPI-DATA-RETURN

CONTROL-1 CONTROL-2

VLED1

9107 9108

9109 9110

1.5A T

1105

SPI-CLOCK

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK

SDA

VLED1-F

+3V3

D

7102

LPC2103FBD48

E

OUT

1M84

F133

1

F135

2

F136

3

F139

4

F137

I

F

G

H

5

6

F138

7

F134

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16

1M2A

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16

VLED1

VLED2

+3V3

VLED1

VLED2

+3V3

1u0

2130

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

+3V3

10K

3119

F109

2

3

5

9121 RES

2111

100n

1101

7110

NCP303LSN10T1

IN

RST

GND

NC

CD

+3V3

16M9

1

4

+3V3

9101

3118

RES10K

9102

RES 9103

9104

RES

F104

10K

3120

71943

VSS

11

X1

MICRO-

12

CTRL

X2

20

RTXC1

25

RTXC2

26

RTCK

4

VBAT

F102

27

DBGSEL

6

RST

VDD_1V8

5

+3V3

+1V8

100n

2119

VSSA

Φ

P0.0|TXD0|MAT3.1

P0.1|RXD0|MAT3.2

P0.2|SCL0|CAP0.0

P0.3|SDA0|MAT0.0

P0.8|TXD1|MAT2.1

P0.9|RXD1|MAT2.2 P0.10|RTS1|CAP1.0|AD0.3 P0.11|CTS1|CAP1.1|AD0.4

P0.12|DSR1|MAT1.0|AD0.5

P0.13|DTR1|MAT1.1

P0.14|DCD1|SCK1|EINT1

P0.15|RI1|EINT2

P0.16|EINT0|MAT0.2

P0.17|CAP1.2|SCL1

P0.18|CAP1.3|SDA1 P0.19|MAT1.2|MISO1 P0.20|MAT1.3|MOSI1 P0.21|SSEL1|MAT3.0

P0.22|AD0.0 P0.23|AD0.1 P0.24|AD0.2 P0.25|AD0.6 P0.26|AD0.7

P0.27|TRST|CAP2.0

P0.28|TMS|CAP2.1

P0.29|TCK|CAP2.2

P0.30|TDI|MAT3.3

P0.31|TDO

VDD_3V3

VDDA

17

40

9119

2120

100n

2121

7101

LD2985BM18R

1

OUTIN

3

INH BP

1u0

2101

COM

2

+3V3

10K

3107

3108

F107

F105

F108

3110

3109

100R

100p

2109

31

13 14 18 21 22 23 24 28 29

30 35 36 37

41 44 45 46 47 48

1 2

3 32 33 34 38 39

UD-MD

8

9 10 15 16

42

F103

2113

100n

5

4

10K

100R

2110

2112

2104

100p

3117

22R

3131

100R

100n

F101

100n

2102

10n

72

10K

3101-2

10K

27

3116

3104-2

10K

3130

F112

9106

3 6

3104-3

RES

2103

3105-2 2 7

10K

4u7

10K

5

10K

4

3105-4

10K

1 8

3 6

3106-1

3105-3

I110

RES

2118

+1V8

10K

27

1 8

10K

RES

3106-2

3104-1

3113

10K

RES

3 6

3114

3106-3

10K

100p

3132

3133

10K

1 8

3102-1

10K

3115

2114 RES

I111

10K

45

3 6

3101-3

3112

3104-4

10K

3105-1 1 8

2115

100p

+3V3

10K

45

27

3102-2

3102-4

10K

45

3102-33 6

3101-4

2117

2116

100p

10K

8

1

3103-1

RES

100p

RES

2126

100p

2123

2122

100p

2124

I113

3103-4 I114 I115

3103-2

+3V3

1%

3135

1K5

F116

RES

10K

10n

3137

2105

3111

-T

C140

100p

4

2

2131

+3V3

3140

3123

3124-4 3128 3129 3124-1 3124-2 3124-3 3125-1 3142 3125-2 2 7 3125-4 3126-2 3126-4

3126-1

3127-1 1 8 3127-4

100p

5

10K

7

10K

1K5 1%

1%1K8

45

1 8 27 3 6 1 8

45 27 45

1 8

45

3103-3

+3V3

7116-1 LM393PT

84

RES

3

F118

2

RES

I124 100R 100R 100R 100R 100R

I125

100R 100R 100R 100R 100R

100R 100R

I126

100R

100R 100R

6

10K3

2107

100n

1

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH-2

TEMP-SENSOR

EEPROM-CS

+3V3

16

+3V3

3136

10n

2108

CONTROL-1

SPI-DATA-IN

SPI-LATCH

BLANK-BUF

PROG

CONTROL-2

3139

SCL

SDA

1K5 1%

F106

1%1K5

100K

7116-2 LM393PT

5

6

10n

47K

10K

TEMP-SENSOR

+3V3

3138

17

18

31211101975

3134

RES

84

7

F117

2106

RES

3141

RES

19

1101 E4 1105 B5 1M1A C1 1M2A G1 1M83 A1 1M84 E1 2101 A6 2102 A7 2103 A8 2104 B7 2105 B10 2106 B13 2107 B11

A

2108 B12 2109 D7 2110 D7 2111 G4 2112 H7 2113 H7 2114 F9 2115 F9 2116 F9 2117 F9 2118 H8 2119 H6

B

2120 H6 2121 H6 2122 F9 2123 F10 2124 F10 2125 B3 2126 F10 2127 B1 2128 B1 2129 B2 2130 F2 2131 F10

C

3101-2 D7 3101-3 D9 3101-4 E9 3102-1 D9 3102-2 D9 3102-3 E9 3102-4 D9 3103-1 E9 3103-2 G10 3103-3 G11 3103-4 G10

D

3104-1 D8 3104-2 E8 3104-3 E8 3104-4 D9 3105-1 E9 3105-2 D8 3105-3 E8 3105-4 D8 3106-1 E8 3106-2 D8 3106-3 E8 3107 C7

E

3108 C7 3109 D7 3110 D7 3111 B10 3112 D9 3113 D8 3114 E8 3115 E8 3116 E8 3117 E7 3118 E5 3119 F4

F

3120 F5 3123 C11 3124-1 E11 3124-2 E11 3124-3 E11 3124-4 E11 3125-1 F11 3125-2 F11 3125-4 F11 3126-1 F11 3126-2 F11

G

3126-4 F11 3127-1 F11 3127-4 F11 3128 E11 3129 E11 3130 G8 3131 G7 3132 H8 3133 H8 3134 A13 3135 A11 3136 A12

H

3137 B11 3138 B13 3139 B12 3140 C11 3141 C13 3142 F11

7101 A7 7102 E6 7110 F4 7116-1 B11

7116-2 A12 9101 E5 9102 F5 9103 F5 9104 F5 9106 H8 9107 A5 9108 A5 9109 A5 9110 B5 9111 A3 9112 B2 9113 B3 9114 B2 9119 H6 9121 G4 C140 B10 F101 A8 F102 F5 F103 H7 F104 F5 F105 D7 F106 B12 F107 C7 F108 D7 F109 G3 F112 G8 F116 A10 F117 B13 F118 C11 F120 A1 F121 A1 F122 A1 F123 A1 F124 B1 F125 B1 F126 B1 F127 B1 F128 B1 F129 B1 F130 B1 F131 B1 F132 B1 F133 E1 F134 F1 F135 E1 F136 F1 F137 F1 F138 F1 F139 F1 I110 G8 I111 G8 I113 G10 I114 G10 I115 G10 I124 E11 I125 E11 I126 F11

20

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

123 45678 9 10111213

N

1X03

REF EMC HOLE

O

12345

P

1

2

4

5

6

7

8

103

119

12

13

14

CLASS_NO

2008-08-08

2008-10-2723

Peter Van Hove

NAME

CHECK DATE

15

EMANTESNHC

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

2K9

SUPERS.

2008-06-02

16

17

8204 000 8857

3 1

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

18

130

19

1

232008-08-08

20

18310_610_090305.eps

O

2008-06-10

2008-10-27

P

A2

090305

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

EN

S

GND

Q

HOLD

W

VCC

C

D

EN

MODE

SIN

XHALF

XLAT

SCLK

VCC

SOUT

6

2

0

11

VIA

9

13

12

10

4

IREF

GND GND_HS

OUT

GSCLK

7

14

5

3

1

8

15

XERR

BLANK

C

EN

F203 C5 F204 H6

F207 C10 F208 D10 F209 H11 F210 G9 F211 G9 F212 G9 F213 H9 F214 H9

INPUT BUFFER

A

I

1

H

3221 H11 3222 I8

11

F215 H9

6216 I8 7201-1 A10 7201-2 C10 7201-3 D10 7201-4 B10 7209 B2 7210 C2 7212 B3

12

10

11

7214 B6 7215 G7 9208 A10 9209 B9 9210 B10 9211 C9 9212 C10 9213 D9 9214 D10 F202 B3

C

F205 B10 F206 C10

2217 B12 2218 C12 2219 D12 2220 E9

3121 D9 3203 B5 3204 B7 3205 C5 3207 B9 3209 C9 3210 B3 3211 C9 3212 D11 3213 B3 3214 H6 3215 H6

7

16

F

3216 H6 3217 H6 3218 H6 3219 B11 3220 C11

17 18

3223 C11 3224 H11

N

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

O

P

O

N

L

M

K

B

20

6

J

18

P

20

7 8 9 10111213

A

B

C

L

J

7 8

4

A

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

F

9 10111213

123 456

D

32 8

12

169

194

15

K

G

123 45678

13

C

14

3

G

E E

owner.

5

H

14

G

H

I

2201 B8 2202 C8 2203 D8 2209 B2 2210 G6 2211 I6 2214 A6 2215 F7 2216 F7

9

D

6 15

13 19

5

I

17

MICROCONTROLLER BLOCK LITEON

M

10

B

RES

3207

1K0

1u0

2216

F202

10K

3210

+3V3

33p

2209

6216

SML-310

2211

33p

9212

+3V3

RES

100R

3121

3220

3223

100R

3217

27R

100R

3219

100R

33p

2202

+3V3

2215

100n

F212

F211

33p

2201

+3V3

9

7

10

14

8

74HCT125PW

7201-3

3214

10K

3215

1K2

5

4

7

2

1

8

3

9213

(64K)

Φ

7214

M95010-WDW6

6

12

7

13

14

11

74HCT125PW

7201-4

100R

3212

F207

3224

3K3

+3V3

F213

2217

100p100p

2218

3221

3K3

F209

F204

3204

10K

+3V3

RES

1K0

3209

F208

+3V3

RES9214

9209

24

28

303132

33

2326

3

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

4 5

27

6

7

8

17 18 19 20 21 22

7215

TLC5946PWP

Φ

PWM CONTROL

LED DRIVER

2

1

29

25

+3V3

PDTC144EU

+3V3

7212

470R

3222

7209

PDTC144EU

1

3

2

+3V3

F210

+3V3

10K

3203

3216

+3V3

14

3

100R

7201-1

74HCT125PW

2

7

1

100n

2214

3213

10K

+3V3

2219

100p

2008-10-2723

RES

100p

2220

2008-08-08

A2

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

2K9

8204 000 8857

CHECK DATE

NAME

1

SUPERS.

18310_611_090305.eps

090305

6 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon

EN 73Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

6 LED Low-Pow: LED Liteon

EN 74Q548.1E LA 10.

1

A

123

3

4

5

6

456

8

914

10

7

11

12 132

8

9

10 11

15

16

12

17

13

LED LITEON

B

A

VLED1-F

VLED2

C

B

VLED2

D

E

F F

G

H

I

J

K

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

L

M

VLED1-F

9309-227

27

9305-2

9305-445

9305-11 8

Place jumper 9314, 9316, 9317

if VLED < 17V

6

GREEN

RED

BLUE

7003

GND_HS

3

25

7

9318-1

9318-4

72

9320-4 54

9320-1 8

9320-2

1

9301

C

D

3340

560R

3346

560R

3349

E

560R

3369

560R

3370

560R

F

G

3341

1K5

3344

1K5

3353

1K5

3384

1K5

3385

1K5

3387

1K5

3388

1K5

3389

1K5

3390

1K5

3391

1K5

3336

390R

3339

390R 3342

390R

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

6

BLUE

7000

GND_HS

3

25

1

7

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

BLUE

7001

GND_HS

7

VLED1-F

3331

3

25

16

10K

3325

3326

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

3334

1K0

10K

GREEN

RED

BLUE

F308

7002

GND_HS

F303

3

25

16

7

45

9306-1 18

9306-4

F307

F302

H

9310-11 8

9310-445

9310-2

27

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

18

45

GREEN

RED

BLUE

7004

GND_HS

7

VLED1-F

3301

3303

3

25

16

9319-11 8

10K

VLED1-F

3309

7317 BC847BW

F326

F328

3308

1K0

10K

3304

3306

9312-445

9303-33 6

45

9303-4

9304-227

F325

7315 BC847BW

F329

7316 BC847BW

F330

9312-3

3 6

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

Place jumper 9325, 9326, 9327

9326

9327

G

if VLED < 17V

R

B

9313-11 8

B

27

9315-2

9315-445

B

3335

390R 3345

390R 3348

390R

G

R

RG

3311

1K5

3312

1K5

3315

1K5

3316

1K5

3317

1K5

3320

1K5

3321

1K5

3322

1K5

3323

1K5

F348

9311-445

9311-11 8

9311-33 6

560R

3363

560R

3364

560R

3366

560R

3354

3357

3358

3360

3362

I

N

18

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

197

3301 F9 3302 F9 3303 F9 3304 G9 3305 G9 3306 H9 3307 H9 3308 H9 3309 I9 3310 D12 3311 D12 3312 E12 3313 E12 3314 E12 3315 E12 3316 E12 3317 F12 3318 F12 3319 F12 3320 F12 3321 G12 3322 G12 3323 G12 3325 G4 3326 H4 3327 H4 3328 G4 3330 I4 3331 F4 3332 F4 3333 H4 3334 F4 3335 D12 3336 D2 3337 D2 3338 D1 3339 D2 3340 D1 3341 D1 3342 E2 3343 D1 3344 D1 3345 D12 3346 E1 3347 D1 3348 E12 3349 E1 3350 E1 3351 E12 3352 E1 3353 E1 3354 D13 3355 E1 3356 E1 3357 D13 3358 E13 3359 E13 3360 E13 3361 E13 3362 E13 3363 F13 3364 F13 3365 F13 3366 F13 3367 G13 3368 G13 3369 F1 3370 F1 3371 F1 3372 F1 3373 F1 3374 G1 3384 E1 3385 F1 3386 F1 3387 F1 3388 F1 3389 F1 3390 G1 3391 G1

7000 C2 7001 C3 7002 C4 7003 C6 7004 C8 7005 C11 7305 G4 7306 H5 7307 F4 7315 G9 7316 H10 7317 F9 9301 C1 9302 C1 9303-1 C10 9303-3 C10 9303-4 C10 9304-1 E10 9304-2 E10 9304-4 E10 9305-1 C6 9305-2 C6 9305-4 C6 9306-1 D5 9306-3 D5 9306-4 D5 9307 A6 9308 A6 9309-1 B6 9309-2 B6 9309-4 B6 9310-1 B8

9310-2 B8 9310-4 B8 9311-1 H13 9311-3 H13 9311-4 H12 9312-1 B10 9312-3 B10 9312-4 B10 9313-1 B12 9313-2 B12 9313-4 B12 9314 G5 9315-1 C12 9315-2 C12 9315-4 C12 9316 H5 9317 F5 9318-1 C8 9318-3 C8 9318-4 C8 9319-1 D9 9319-3 D9 9319-4 D9 9320-1 D7 9320-2 D7 9320-4 D7 9325 F10 9326 G10 9327 H10 F302 G5 F303 G4 F304 H5 F305 H5 F307 F5 F308 F4 F325 F10 F326 F9 F327 G10 F328 G9 F329 H10 F330 H10 F340 D1 F341 D1 F342 D1 F343 D2 F344 D12 F345 D12 F346 D13 F347 G12 F348 G13 F349 G13

20

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

1

2

3

456

O

P

1

2

4

5

63

7

8

9

7 8 9

10

CLASS_NO

11

12

EMANTESNHC

13

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

2008-08-08

2008-10-2723

Peter Van Hove

NAME

10 18

11

12

13 20

CHECK

1514

SUPERS.

DATE

16

2K9

2008-06-02

33

17

8204 000 8857

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

130

19

O

2008-06-10

1

232008-08-08

2008-10-27

P

A2

18310_612_090305.eps

090305

2009-Apr-03

Layout 6 LED Low-Pow

3104 313 6313.3

18310_551_090309

090309

1101

1105

1M83 1M84

2101

2102

2103

2104

2105

2106

2107

2108

21092110

2111

2112

2113

2114

2115

2116

2117

2118

2119

2120

2121

2122

2123

2124

2125

2126

2127

21282129

2130

2131

2201

2202

2203

2209

2210

2211

2214

2215

2216

2217

2218

2219

2220

3101

3102

3103

3104

3105

3106

3107

3108

3109

3110

3111

3112

3113

3114

3115

3116

3117

3118

3119

3120

3121

3123

3124

3125

3126

3127

3128 3129

3130

3131

3132 3133

3134

3135

3136

3137

3138

3139

3140

3141

3142

3203

3204

3205

3207

3209

3210

3211

3212

3213

3214

3215

3216

3217

3218

3219

3220

3221

3222

3223

3224

3301

3302

3303

3304

3305

3306

3307

3308

3309

3310

3311

3312

3313

3314

3315

3316

3317

3318

3319

3320

3321

3322

3323

3325

3326

3327

3328

3330

3331

3332

3333

3334

3335

3336

3337

3338

3339

3340

3341

3342

3343

3344

3345

3346

3347

3348

3349

3350

3351

3352

3353

3354

3355

3356

3357

3358

3359

3360

3361

3362

3363

3364

3365

3366

3367

3368

3369

3370

3371

3372

3373

3374

3384

3385

3386 3387 3388

3389 3390 3391

6216

7000

7001

7002

7003

7004

7005

7101

7102

7110

7116

7201

7209

7210

7212

7214

7215

7305

7306

7307

7315

7316

7317

9101

9102

9103

9104

9106

9107

9108

9109

9110

9111

9112

9113

9114

9119

9121

9208

9209

9210

9211

9212

9213

9214

9301

9302

9303

9304

9305

9306

9307

9308

9309

9310

9311

9312

9313

9314

9315

9316

9317

9318

9319

9320

9325

9326

9327

C140

I110

I111

I113

I114

I115

1M1A1M2A

F101

F102

F103

F104

F105

F106

F107 F108

F109

F112

F116

F117

F118

F120

F121

F122

F123

F124

F125

F126

F127

F128

F129

F130

F131

F132

F133

F134

F135

F136

F137

F138

F139

F202 F203

F204

F205

F206

F207

F208

F209

F210

F211

F212

F213

F214

F215

F302

F303

F304

F305

F307

F308

F325

F326

F327

F328

F329

F330

F340

F341

F342

F343

F344

F345

F346

F347F348 F349

I124

I125

I126

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

EN 75Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

-T

OUTIN

INH BP

COM

X2

RTXC1 RTXC2

RTCK

VBAT

DBGSEL

RST

VSS

VSSA

VDDA

VDD_3V3

VDD_1V8

X1

C

NC

GND

RST

IN

CD

C

E

F

G

H

1101 E4 1105 B5 1M1A C1 1M2A G1 1M83 A1 1M84 E1 2101 A6 2102 A7 2103 A8 2104 B7 2105 B10 2106 B13 2107 B11

17

F

J

M

A

2

C

4

E

6

G

8

A

10 11 12 13

123 45678 910111213

14

D

OUT

B

7

D

6

F

H

B

D

2109 D7 2110 D7 2111 G4 2112 H7 2113 H7 2114 F9 2115 F9 2116 F9 2117 F9 2118 H8 2119 H6 2120 H6 2121 H6 2122 F9 2123 F10 2124 F10 2125 B3

11

M

2

1

20

3

19

975

2126 F10 2127 B1 2128 B1 2129 B2 2130 F2 2131 F10

3101-2 D7 3101-3 D9 3101-4 E9 3102-1 D9 3102-2 D9 3102-3 E9 3102-4 D9 3103-1 E9

7

J

18

3103-2 G10

B

3103-4 G10

10

3104-2 E8

3104-4 D9

3105-2 D8

2108 B12

3105-4 D8 3106-1 E8 3106-2 D8

G

14

G

E

119

13

20

K

18

N

P

L

3107 C7

3109 D7

A

3111 B10

4

3113 D8 3114 E8 3115 E8

19

I

H

15

O

P

I

3116 E8 3117 E7 3118 E5 3119 F4

3123 C11

3103-3 G11

3124-2 E11

3104-1 D8

3124-4 E11

3104-3 E8

3125-2 F11

3105-1 E9

3126-1 F11

3105-3 E8

3126-4 F11 3127-1 F11 3127-4 F11

owner.

17

C

1

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

5

C

1

3128 E11 3129 E11 3130 G8

3132 H8

3134 A13

3106-3 E8

3136 A12

3108 C7

3138 B13

3110 D7

3140 C11

3112 D9

3142 F11

7101 A7 7102 E6

H

103

4

N

MICROCONTROLLER BLOCK LITEON

5

7110 F4 7116-1 B11

7116-2 A12 9101 E5 9102 F5

3120 F5

9104 F5

3124-1 E11

9107 A5

3124-3 E11

9109 A5

3125-1 F11

9111 A3

3125-4 F11

9113 B3

3126-2 F11

9119 H6 9121 G4 C140 B10

8 9

12

F

12

16

A

13

F101 A8 F102 F5 F103 H7

3131 G7

F105 D7

3133 H8

F107 C7

3135 A11

F109 G3

3137 B11

F116 A10

3139 B12

F118 C11

3141 C13

F121 A1 F122 A1 F123 A1

8

IN

6

3

O

D

E

15

F124 B1 F125 B1 F126 B1

9103 F5

F128 B1

9106 H8

F130 B1

9108 A5

F132 B1

9110 B5

F134 F1

9112 B2

F136 F1

9114 B2

F138 F1 F139 F1 I110 G8

L

K

2

B

16

I111 G8 I113 G10 I114 G10 I115 G10 I124 E11 I125 E11

F104 F5

I126 F11

F106 B12

F127 B1

F108 D7

F129 B1

F112 G8

F131 B1

F117 B13

F133 E1

F120 A1

F135 E1

F124

F137 F1

VLED1

F134

100n

2120

I124

3 6

VLED2

10K

3101-3

F107

9112

10K

3103-336

9109

+3V3

F139

1K5

3135

1%

10K

3103-445

3136

1%1K5

F109

9108

9101

9107

F130

+3V3

9104

+3V3

2109

100p

RES

3129

100R

5 6 7

8

9

15 16

VLED1-F

1

10 11 12 13 14

2

3

4

3 6

1M84

3124-3

100R

RES

10K

3141

+3V3

1 83124-1

100R

10K

3112

RES

9113

VLED1

F120

3127-4 4 5

+3V3

15 16

100R

13 14

2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9

1M2A

1

10 11 12

3107

10K

RES

2106

10n

F129

+3V3

F106

100p

2118

VLED2

10K

3113

RES

3

5

RES

7101

LD2985BM18R

4

2

1

3110

100R

3116

10K

3133

I110

RES

10K

F103

9106

10K

3106-33 6

+1V8

+3V3

10K

3111

VLED2

3103-1

1

8

I126

10K

RES 9103

F104

+3V3

I111

F133

5

9114

3125-4

100R

4

F112

100p

3105-1

10K

1 8

2117

12

+3V3

4

42

5

17

40

71943

31

11

23

P0.5|MISO0|MAT0.1

24

P0.6|MOSI0|CAP0.2

28

P0.7|SSEL0|MAT2.0

29

P0.8|TXD1|MAT2.1

30

P0.9|RXD1|MAT2.2

6

26

20 25

8

P0.27|TRST|CAP2.0

9

P0.28|TMS|CAP2.1

10

P0.29|TCK|CAP2.2

18

P0.2|SCL0|CAP0.0

15

P0.30|TDI|MAT3.3

16

P0.31|TDO

21

P0.3|SDA0|MAT0.0

22

P0.4|SCK0|CAP0.1

14

P0.1|RXD0|MAT3.2

2

P0.20|MAT1.3|MOSI1

3

P0.21|SSEL1|MAT3.0

32

P0.22|AD0.0

33

P0.23|AD0.1

34

P0.24|AD0.2

38

P0.25|AD0.6

39

P0.26|AD0.7

41

P0.13|DTR1|MAT1.1

44

P0.14|DCD1|SCK1|EINT1

45

P0.15|RI1|EINT2

46

P0.16|EINT0|MAT0.2

47

P0.17|CAP1.2|SCL1

48

P0.18|CAP1.3|SDA1

1

P0.19|MAT1.2|MISO1

27

13

P0.0|TXD0|MAT3.1

35

P0.10|RTS1|CAP1.0|AD0.3

36

P0.11|CTS1|CAP1.1|AD0.4

37

P0.12|DSR1|MAT1.0|AD0.5

27

MICRO-

CTRL

Φ

LPC2103FBD48

7102

3 6

3104-2

10K

3104-3

2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9

15 16

1

10 11 12 13 14

1M1A

35V10u

2128

2124

I113

RES

100p

10K

F116

3119

100n

2107

T1.5A

1105

F135

9110

33p

2125

1 8

3

2

130

3126-1

100R

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

2008-06-02

13

SETNAMECHN

CLASS_NO

SUPERS.

1

NAME

DATECHECK

8204 000 8857

2K9

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

A2

2008-08-08

??

2008-08-08

10K

72

3

2

Peter Van Hove

2008-06-10

3101-2

100K

RES

3134

+1V8

3 6

F122

10K

3105-3

10K

3102-4 4 5

7116-1 LM393PT

3

2

1

84

10n

2108

100R

3109

10K

100p

2110

1 8

3117

10K

3106-1

100n

2111

VLED2

3108

10K

3114

10K

RES

3118

10K

F127

+3V3

VLED1

F121

100n

2113

3103-2

10K

2

7

10K

3 63102-3

RES

3137

10K

F126

F131

9102

3124-2 2 7

1 8

100R

+3V3

3102-1

10K

I125

1u0

2130

F101

9119

3130

22R

C140

10K

3101-4

45

+3V3

F105

27

100p

2116

10K

3106-2

3120

10K

2121

100n

F137

1101

16M9

3125-1 1 8

100R

F108

8

9

15 16

100p

2115

12 13 14

2

3

4 5 6 7

1M83

1

10 11

F138

45

F102

345

10K

3105-4

1X03

REF EMC HOLE

1

2

F123

2123

100p

1u0

2101

2105

10n

100R

3128

1u0

2127

27

VLED1

3125-2

100R

3138

RES

100p

2122

47K

45

RES

100R

3126-4

3142

100R

1 8

4

1

3104-1

10K

NCP303LSN10T1

7110

5

3

2

F128

F136

RES

F132

1%1K5

3140

2102

100n

RES2114

100p

27

3115

10K

3126-2

100R

4

VLED1

+3V3

7116-2 LM393PT

5

6

7

8

F125

10K

3104-4 4 5

+3V3

I114

F118

35V

2129

10u

1 8

10K

3132

3127-1

100R

RES

1K8 1%

3123

1K5 1%

27

3139

10K

3102-2

2119

100n

9111 RES

2112

100n

273105-2

10K

2126

100p

4u7

2103

+3V3

10n

2104

100p

2131

100R

3131

F117

9121

I115

RES

3124-4

100R

45

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

+3V3

SCL

PROG

SDA CONTROL-1 CONTROL-2

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

PROG

SPI-CLOCK

SDA

CONTROL-2

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

CONTROL-2

CONTROL-1

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SCL

PROG

BLANK

CONTROL-1

SDA

SPI-DATA-IN

SCL

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

SPI-DATA-IN

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

PWM-CLOCK

SPI-LATCH

BLANK-BUF

PROG

CONTROL-2

SCL

TEMP-SENSOR

SPI-DATA-OUT

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

SPI-LATCH-2

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

CONTROL-1

UD-MD

SDA

18560_500_090403.eps

090403

8 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon

EN 76Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

8 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon

EN 77Q548.1E LA 10.

SPI-CS

+3V3

3203

F203

3205

PWM-CLOCK-BUF BLANK-BUF

PROG

SPI-LATCH

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-IN SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-OUT-FIL

7

10

11

12

9 10111213

+3V3

2214

100n

7214

8

VCC

5

D

(64K)

6

10K

RES

10K

C

1

S

3 11

W

M95010-WDW6

GND

2

Φ

Q

3204

7

HOLD

4

10K

SPI-DATA-RETURN

+3V3

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-IN

PWM-CLOCK

SPI-CLOCK

BLANK

SPI-DATA-RETURN

+3V3

33p

2201

33p

2202

33p

2203

1K0

+3V3

1K0

+3V3

1K0

3121

100R

RES

2220

100p

13 19

14

15

169

17

INPUT BUFFER

9208 RES

+3V3

7201-1

14

74HCT125PW

2

F205

3207

1

RES

9209

7201-4

74HCT125PW

12

F206

3209

13

RES

9211

7201-2

74HCT125PW

5

F207

3211

4

RES

9213

7201-3 74HCT125PW

8

EN

9210 RES

EN

9212

EN

9214

3

7

+3V3

14

7

RES

+3V3

14

6

7

RES

+3V3

14

9

F208

10

EN

7

3219

100R

3220

3223

100R

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

100p

22172218

27R

3212

100R

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

100p

BLANK-BUF

100p

2219

SPI-DATA-OUT-FIL

DATA-RETURN-SWITCH

18

20

2201 B8 2202 C8 2203 D8 2209 B2 2210 G6 2211 I6 2214 A6 2215 F7 2216 F7

A

2217 B12 2218 C12 2219 D12 2220 E9

3121 D9 3203 B5 3204 B7 3205 C5 3207 B9 3209 C9 3210 B3

B

3211 C9 3212 D11 3213 B3 3214 H6 3215 H6 3216 H6 3217 H6 3218 H6 3219 B11 3220 C11 3221 H11 3222 I8

C

3223 C11 3224 H11

6216 I8 7201-1 A10 7201-2 C10 7201-3 D10 7201-4 B10 7209 B2 7210 C2 7212 B3 7214 B6 7215 G7

D

9208 A10 9209 B9 9210 B10 9211 C9 9212 C10 9213 D9 9214 D10 F202 B3 F203 C5 F204 H6 F205 B10

E

F206 C10 F207 C10 F208 D10 F209 H11 F210 G9 F211 G9 F212 G9 F213 H9 F214 H9 F215 H9

F

+3V3

2216

1u0

7215

TLC5946PWP

25

2210

33p

3217

100R

RES

3218 3215

1K2

3216

100R

3214

10K

2

6

F204

27

3

4 5 24

33p

2211

2215

100n

28

VCC

Φ

LED DRIVER

PWM CONTROL

GSCLK

BLANK

MODE

IREF

XLAT

SCLK SIN SOUT

XHALF

GND GND_HS

1

29

303132

7

0

8

1

9

2

10

3

11

4

12

5

13

6

14

7

15

OUT

8

16

9

17

10

18

11

19

12

20

13

21

14

22

15

2326

XERR

VIA

33

3222

470R

F210

F211

F212

F213

F214

F215

EEPROM-CS-LOCAL

DATA-RETURN-SWITCH

PWM-R1

PWM-G1

PWM-B1

PWM-R2

PWM-G2

PWM-B2

EEPROM-CS-LOCAL DATA-RETURN-SWITCH

+3V3

3K3

3224

F209

3221

G

H

1

A

123 45678

32 8

4

5

6

MICROCONTROLLER BLOCK LITEON

A

B

C

B

EEPROM-CS

PDTC144EU

33p

2209

D

PDTC144EU

C

EEPROM-CS-LOCAL

+3V3

3213

7209

3

1

2

7210

3

1

2

10K

F202

7212

PDTC144EU

+3V3

10K

3210

SPI-CS

E E

D

F

G

E

H

F

I

J

G

K

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

H

L

A

B

C

D

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

I

M

N

123 456

7 8 9 10111213

O

P

12

3

5

6 15

7 8

9

10

6216

SML-310

+3V3

I

M

N

2008-06-10

2008-08-08

??

O

P

A2

090403

11

12

13

14

CLASS_NO

2008-08-08

NAME

Peter Van Hove

SETNAMECHN

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

2

3

SUPERS.

DATECHECK

2K9

16

2008-06-02

C

17 18

8204 000 8857

23

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

130

194

1

2

3

20

18560_501_090403.eps

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

C

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

if VLED < 17V

E

123

H

I

3301 F9 3302 F9 3303 F9 3304 G9

3

3308 H9

7

D

9

Place jumper 9314, 9316, 9317

P

R

P

5

E

O

3

3314 E12

456

C

4

10

3322 G12

12

H

G

11

3309 I9

G

914

9

10

13

G

B

D

M

3337 D2

F

G

H

456

C

3345 D12

E

17

10 11

19

3305 G9 3306 H9 3307 H9

D

20

12

F

G

2

17

3315 E12 3316 E12 3317 F12

7 8 9

3321 G12

3353 E1

3323 G12

N

3356 E1

B

LED LITEON

8

K

if VLED < 17V

1514

3328 G4 3330 I4 3331 F4 3332 F4

A

J

D

3372 F1

3338 D1 3339 D2 3340 D1

I

A

B

3344 D1

3389 F1

3346 E1

16

7000 C2

F F

8

H

3347 D1

13

I

L

3310 D12

13

1

3313 E12

L

3348 E12

3318 F12 3319 F12 3320 F12

3352 E1

9303-3 C10

3354 D13 3355 E1

9304-2 E10

N

J

18

I

O

3364 F13

15

3327 H4

3365 F13 3366 F13 3367 G13

3333 H4

B

C

3336 D2

9310-4 B8

3373 F1 3374 G1 3384 E1

3341 D1 3342 E2 3343 D1

3388 F1

9313-2 B12

3390 G1 3391 G1

9318-4 C8

5

1

K

7307 F4

M

12

B

A

10 18

3311 D12 3312 E12

Place jumper 9325, 9326, 9327

F307 F5

7315 G9 7316 H10

3349 E1 3350 E1 3351 E12

9303-1 C10

F347 G12 F348 G13 F349 G13

9309-4 B6

3357 D13

C

11

E

4

9307 A6

16

3325 G4 3326 H4

63

1

9308 A6 9309-1 B6

3368 G13

3334 F4 3335 D12

3371 F1

9318-3 C8

9311-1 H13 9311-3 H13 9311-4 H12

3385 F1 3386 F1 3387 F1

7

F305 H5

F340 D1

9303-4 C10

7001 C3

6

8

B

RG

9319-1 D9

owner.

12 132

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

G

9319-3 D9

20

A

9310-1 B8

9313-4 B12 9314 G5

7317 F9 9301 C1 9302 C1

9316 H5 9317 F5 9318-1 C8

9320-1 D7 9320-2 D7

9312-1 B10

3358 E13 3359 E13

2

3361 E13 3362 E13 3363 F13

F341 D1

11

9320-4 D7 9325 F10 9326 G10 9327 H10

9309-2 B6

3369 F1 3370 F1

9310-2 B8

F304 H5

197

F308 F4 F325 F10 F326 F9

9319-4 D9

9313-1 B12

F302 G5 F303 G4

7004 C8

F327 G10 F328 G9

7002 C4 7003 C6

7005 C11 7305 G4 7306 H5

F329 H10 F330 H10

B

9304-1 E10

F343 D2 F344 D12 F345 D12 F346 D13

F342 D1

9304-4 E10 9305-1 C6 9305-2 C6 9305-4 C6

9315-1 C12 9315-2 C12 9315-4 C12

9312-3 B10 9312-4 B10

3360 E13

9306-1 D5 9306-3 D5 9306-4 D5

560R

3359

F349

VLED1-F

9316

3332

10K

9312-11 8

560R

3365

F305

BC847BW

7305

9302

3386

1K5

F304

1K5

3310

F347

390R

3351

3319

1K5

10K

3307

F341F340

1K5

F344

3318

45

1K5

3350

9313-4

560R

3361

3330

10K

560R

3367

3347

1K5

45

3 6

9309-4

3352

9319-3

3355

560R

3371

1K5

3314

2

9309-11 8

16

4

3

7

5

F343

LTW-E500T-PH1

7005

3333

1K0

560R

3368

45

3374

560R

9304-11 8

9304-4

9303-11 8

VLED1-F

3356

1K5

3327

560R

3338

10K

9308

9314

1K0

3302

9317

1K5

3313

9319-445

F346

27

F327

9313-2

BC847BW

7307

36

7306 BC847BW

560R

3373

9318-3

VLED1-F

1K0

3305

560R

3343

3372

560R

F345

9306-336

3306

10K

390R

3345

390R

3348

560R

3369

3317

VLED1-F

F302

3 6

1K5

F307

9312-3

3323

560R

3360

1K5

3

7

25

16

4

F330

LTW-E500T-PH1

7000

3326

10K

560R

3364

1 89305-1

3303

10K

F348

3370

560R

VLED2

1K5

3389

2

3390

1K5

LTW-E500T-PH1

16

4

3

7

5

7003

9325

9307

F342

1 8

1K0

3328

9315-1

390R

3337

9303-445

3 6

1K5

9303-3

3363

3322

560R

3353

1K5

5

1K5

3344

9315-44

9320-2 72

9326

3

7

25

LTW-E500T-PH1

7002

16

4

10K

3301

9301

9310-227

9318-4

45

F308

7316 BC847BW

1K5

3391

9306-4 45

9327

VLED1-F

3 6

9318-1

18

9311-3

8204 000 8857

2K9

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

A2

2008-08-08

??

2008-08-08

3

2

130

3

2

Peter Van Hove

2008-06-10

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

2008-06-02

33

SETNAMECHN

CLASS_NO

SUPERS.

1

NAME

DATECHECK

3384

1K5

3385

390R

3335

9320-1 81

560R

3358

F303

VLED1-F

3316

VLED2

1K5

7

3311

1K5

27

9304-22

1 8

9309-2

9310-1

1 8

10K

3304

1 8

9313-1

9319-1

3340

560R

3366

3388

1K5

9311-445

1K0

3334

560R

3346

560R

3357

BC847BW

7317

3309

10K

VLED1-F

3339

390R

9311-11 8

3336

390R

9305-445

54

F325

9320-4

10K

3331

390R

3342

3341

1K5

3315

560R

3362

BC847BW

7315

3308

1K0

1K5

3321

1K5

3387

560R

9312-445

3354

F328

9305-227

VLED1-F

3320

1K5

3312

3

7

25

1K5

7004

16

4 9315-227

LTW-E500T-PH1

F329

10K

3325

9306-1 18

3349

560R

45

F326

7

25

9310-4

7001

LTW-E500T-PH1

16

4

3

GREEN6GREEN6

PWM-G1

PWM-B1

BLUE6BLUE6

RED6RED6

RED-2

GREEN-2

RED-1

GREEN-1

BLUE-1

PWM-R1

RED-2

BLUE-2

GREEN-2

BLUE-2

PWM-R2

PWM-G2

PWM-B2

18560_502_090403.eps

090403

8 LED Low-Pow: LED Liteon

EN 78Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

C

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

3571 G7

4121

I

NN

98

67

A

3539 E9

3550 E8 3552 F7

3543 E7 3544 E8 3546 E7 3547 E8 3549 F7

8 910

123

M

L

3555 F7 3556 F8

3572 G7 3573 G7 3574 G7 3584 F8

3569 F7 3570 F7

3587 G8 3588 G8

15

P

O

E

F

G

1M3A E2 1M85 D2

3536 E9

8

B

F

O

P

11 12

G

C

D

I

3540 E7 3541 E8

18

567

E

4

3589 G8

G

H

2

8 201954

1413

3585 F8

13

LED DRIVE

B

C

D

3

3537 E9

9

11

A

L

10

K

H

18 19

B

F

4 20

3542 E9

3 4

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

J

owner.

K

3590 G8 3591 G8

17

6

D

5

17

10

1

9103

E

15 16

3586 F8

16

3553 F8

G

A

C

D

E

F

A

3538 E7

C

B

76

M

12

7006 A5 7007 A7

75

J

12

1K5

3

2

130

3550

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

2008-04-20

11

SETNAMECHN

CLASS_NO

1

SUPERS.

1

NAME

DATECHECK

8204 000 8874

2K9

2LED + CONNECTOR

A2

2008-08-08

2008-05-23

0

2008-08-08

3

2

2008-10-31

Peter Van Hove

2008-05-23

560R

3572

3571

560R

1K5

3586

3537

VLED1

390R

1K5

3547

+3V3

16

4

3

7

5

2

3589

1K5

LTW-E500T-PH1

7006

3544

1K5

3553

560R

3555

1K5

VLED2

7

5

2

+3V3

7007

LTW-E500T-PH1

16

4

3

390R

3539

560R

3573

3585

1K5

3543

560R

VLED2

1X04

REF EMC HOLE

3569

560R

1K5

3584

VLED1

560R

3570

560R

3546

15 16

12 13 14

2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9

1

10 11

1M3A

15 16

12 13 14

2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9

1M85

1

10 11

3591

1K5

560R

3549

3552

560R

1K5

3588

3542

390R

3536

390R

3587

1K5

3556

1K5

560R

3574

3540

3538

560R

3541

1K5

3590

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

GREEN-2

RED-2

BLUE-2

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

PROG

SPI-DATA-OUT

RED-1

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

GREEN-1

BLUE-1

18560_503_090403.eps

090403

8 LED Low-Pow: LED Drive Liteon

EN 79Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Layout 8 LED Low-Pow

31043136314.3

18490_550_090326.eps

090326

1101

1105

1M83 1M841M85

1X03

2101

2102

2103

2104

2105

2106

2107

2108

21092110

2111

2112

2113

2114

2115

2116

2117

2118

2119

2120

2121

2122

2123

2124

2125

2126

2127

21282129

2130

2131

2201

2202

2203

2209

2210

2211

2214

2215

2216

2217

2218

2219

2220

3101

3102

3103

3104

3105

3106

3107

3108

3109

3110

3111

3112

3113

3114

3115

3116

3117

3118

3119

3120

3121

3123

3124

3125

3126

3127

3128 3129

3130

3131

3132 3133

3134

3135

3136

3137

3138

3139

3140

3141

3142

3203

3204

3205

3207

3209

3210

3211

3212

3213

3214

3215

3216

3217

3218

3219

3220

3221

3222

3223

3224

3301

3302

3303

3304

3305

3306

3307

3308

3309

3310

3311

3312

3313

3314

3315

3316

3317

3318

3319

3320

3321

3322

3323

3325

3326

3327

3328

3330

3331

3332

3333

3334

3335

3336

3337

3338

3339

3340

3341

3342

3343

3344

3345

3346

3347

3348

3349

3350

3351

3352

3353

3354

3355

3356

3357

3358

3359

3360

3361

3362

3363

3364

3365

3366

3367

3368

3369

3370

3371

3372

3373

3374

3384

3385

3386 3387 3388

3389 3390 3391

3536

3537

3538

3539

3540

3541

3542

3543

3544

3546

3547

3549

3550

3552

3553

3555

3556

3569

3570

3571

3572

3573

3574

3584

3585

3586

3587

3588

3589

3590

3591

6216

7000

7001

7002

7003

7004

7005

7006

7007

7101

7102

7110

7116

7201

7209

7210

7212

7214

7215

7305

7306

7307

7315

7316

7317

9101

9102

9103

9104

9106

9107

9108

9109

9110

9111

9112

9113

9114

9119

9121

9208

9209

9210

9211

9212

9213

9214

9301

9302

9303

9304

9305

9306

9307

9308

9309

9310

9311

9312

9313

9314

9315

9316

9317

9318

9319

9320

9325

9326

9327

C140

I110

I111

I113

I114

I115

1X04

1M1A1M2A1M3A

F101

F102

F103

F104

F105

F106

F107 F108

F109

F112

F116

F117

F118

F120

F121

F122

F123

F124

F125

F126

F127

F128

F129

F130

F131

F132

F133

F134

F135

F136

F137

F138

F139

F202 F203

F204

F205

F206

F207

F208

F209

F210

F211

F212

F213

F214

F215

F302

F303

F304

F305

F307

F308

F325

F326

F327

F328

F329

F330

F340

F341

F342

F343

F344

F345

F346

F347F348 F349

I124

I125

I126

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

EN 80Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

-T

OUTIN

INH BP

COM

X2

RTXC1 RTXC2

RTCK

VBAT

DBGSEL

RST

VSS

VSSA

VDDA

VDD_3V3

VDD_1V8

X1

C

NC

GND

RST

IN

CD

C

E

F

G

H

1101 E4 1105 B5 1M1A C1 1M2A G1 1M83 A1 1M84 E1 2101 A6 2102 A7 2103 A8 2104 B7 2105 B10 2106 B13 2107 B11

17

F

J

M

A

2

C

4

E

6

G

8

A

10 11 12 13

123 45678 9 10111213

14

D

OUT

B

7

D

6

F

H

B

D

2109 D7 2110 D7 2111 G4 2112 H7 2113 H7 2114 F9 2115 F9 2116 F9 2117 F9 2118 H8 2119 H6 2120 H6 2121 H6 2122 F9 2123 F10 2124 F10 2125 B3

11

M

2

1

20

3

19

975

2126 F10 2127 B1 2128 B1 2129 B2 2130 F2 2131 F10

3101-2 D7 3101-3 D9 3101-4 E9 3102-1 D9 3102-2 D9 3102-3 E9 3102-4 D9 3103-1 E9

7

J

18

3103-2 G10

B

3103-4 G10

10

3104-2 E8

3104-4 D9

3105-2 D8

2108 B12

3105-4 D8 3106-1 E8 3106-2 D8

G

14

G

E

119

13

20

K

18

N

P

L

3107 C7

3109 D7

A

3111 B10

4

3113 D8 3114 E8 3115 E8

19

I

H

15

O

P

I

3116 E8 3117 E7 3118 E5 3119 F4

3123 C11

3103-3 G11

3124-2 E11

3104-1 D8

3124-4 E11

3104-3 E8

3125-2 F11

3105-1 E9

3126-1 F11

3105-3 E8

3126-4 F11 3127-1 F11 3127-4 F11

owner.

17

C

1

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

5

C

1

3128 E11 3129 E11 3130 G8

3132 H8

3134 A13

3106-3 E8

3136 A12

3108 C7

3138 B13

3110 D7

3140 C11

3112 D9

3142 F11

7101 A7 7102 E6

H

103

4

N

MICROCONTROLLER BLOCK LITEON

5

7110 F4 7116-1 B11

7116-2 A12 9101 E5 9102 F5

3120 F5

9104 F5

3124-1 E11

9107 A5

3124-3 E11

9109 A5

3125-1 F11

9111 A3

3125-4 F11

9113 B3

3126-2 F11

9119 H6 9121 G4 C140 B10

8 9

12

F

12

16

A

13

F101 A8 F102 F5 F103 H7

3131 G7

F105 D7

3133 H8

F107 C7

3135 A11

F109 G3

3137 B11

F116 A10

3139 B12

F118 C11

3141 C13

F121 A1 F122 A1 F123 A1

8

IN

6

3

O

D

E

15

F124 B1 F125 B1 F126 B1

9103 F5

F128 B1

9106 H8

F130 B1

9108 A5

F132 B1

9110 B5

F134 F1

9112 B2

F136 F1

9114 B2

F138 F1 F139 F1 I110 G8

L

K

2

B

16

I111 G8 I113 G10 I114 G10 I115 G10 I124 E11 I125 E11

F104 F5

I126 F11

F106 B12

F127 B1

F108 D7

F129 B1

F112 G8

F131 B1

F117 B13

F133 E1

F120 A1

F135 E1

F124

F137 F1

VLED1

F134

100n

2120

I124

3 6

VLED2

10K

3101-3

F107

9112

10K

3103-336

9109

+3V3

F139

1K5

3135

1%

10K

3103-445

3136

1%1K5

F109

9108

9101

9107

F130

+3V3

9104

+3V3

2109

100p

RES

3129

100R

5 6 7

8

9

15 16

VLED1-F

1

10 11 12 13 14

2

3

4

3 6

1M84

3124-3

100R

RES

10K

3141

+3V3

1 83124-1

100R

10K

3112

RES

9113

VLED1

F120

3127-4 4 5

+3V3

15 16

100R

13 14

2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9

1M2A

1

10 11 12

3107

10K

RES

2106

10n

F129

+3V3

F106

100p

2118

VLED2

10K

3113

RES

3

5

RES

7101

LD2985BM18R

4

2

1

3110

100R

3116

10K

3133

I110

RES

10K

F103

9106

10K

3106-33 6

+1V8

+3V3

10K

3111

VLED2

3103-1

1

8

I126

10K

RES 9103

F104

+3V3

I111

F133

5

9114

3125-4

100R

4

F112

100p

3105-1

10K

1 8

2117

12

+3V3

4

42

5

17

40

7

19

43

31

11

23

P0.5|MISO0|MAT0.1

24

P0.6|MOSI0|CAP0.2

28

P0.7|SSEL0|MAT2.0

29

P0.8|TXD1|MAT2.1

30

P0.9|RXD1|MAT2.2

6

26

20 25

8

P0.27|TRST|CAP2.0

9

P0.28|TMS|CAP2.1

10

P0.29|TCK|CAP2.2

18

P0.2|SCL0|CAP0.0

15

P0.30|TDI|MAT3.3

16

P0.31|TDO

21

P0.3|SDA0|MAT0.0

22

P0.4|SCK0|CAP0.1

14

P0.1|RXD0|MAT3.2

2

P0.20|MAT1.3|MOSI1

3

P0.21|SSEL1|MAT3.0

32

P0.22|AD0.0

33

P0.23|AD0.1

34

P0.24|AD0.2

38

P0.25|AD0.6

39

P0.26|AD0.7

41

P0.13|DTR1|MAT1.1

44

P0.14|DCD1|SCK1|EINT1

45

P0.15|RI1|EINT2

46

P0.16|EINT0|MAT0.2

47

P0.17|CAP1.2|SCL1

48

P0.18|CAP1.3|SDA1

1

P0.19|MAT1.2|MISO1

27

13

P0.0|TXD0|MAT3.1

35

P0.10|RTS1|CAP1.0|AD0.3

36

P0.11|CTS1|CAP1.1|AD0.4

37

P0.12|DSR1|MAT1.0|AD0.5

27

MICRO-

CTRL

Φ

LPC2103FBD48

7102

3 6

3104-2

10K

3104-3

2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9

15 16

1

10 11 12 13 14

1M1A

35V10u

2128

2124

I113

RES

100p

10K

F116

3119

100n

2107

T1.5A

1105

F135

9110

33p

2125

1 8

3

2

130

3126-1

100R

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

2008-06-02

13

SETNAMECHN

CLASS_NO

SUPERS.

1

NAME

DATECHECK

8204 000 8857

2K9

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

A2

2008-08-08

??

2008-08-08

10K

72

3

2

Peter Van Hove

2008-06-10

3101-2

100K

RES

3134

+1V8

3 6

F122

10K

3105-3

10K

3102-4 4 5

7116-1 LM393PT

3

2

1

84

10n

2108

100R

3109

10K

100p

2110

1 8

3117

10K

3106-1

100n

2111

VLED2

3108

10K

3114

10K

RES

3118

10K

F127

+3V3

VLED1

F121

100n

2113

3103-2

10K

2

7

10K

3 63102-3

RES

3137

10K

F126

F131

9102

3124-2 2 7

1 8

100R

+3V3

3102-1

10K

I125

1u0

2130

F101

9119

3130

22R

C140

10K

3101-4

45

+3V3

F105

27

100p

2116

10K

3106-2

3120

10K

2121

100n

F137

1101

16M9

3125-1 1 8

100R

F108

8

9

15 16

100p

2115

12 13 14

2

3

4 5 6 7

1M83

1

10 11

F138

45

F102

345

10K

3105-4

1X03

REF EMC HOLE

1

2

F123

2123

100p

1u0

2101

2105

10n

100R

3128

1u0

2127

27

VLED1

3125-2

100R

3138

RES

100p

2122

47K

45

RES

100R

3126-4

3142

100R

1 8

4

1

3104-1

10K

NCP303LSN10T1

7110

5

3

2

F128

F136

RES

F132

1%1K5

3140

2102

100n

RES2114

100p

27

3115

10K

3126-2

100R

4

VLED1

+3V3

7116-2 LM393PT

5

6

7

8

F125

10K

3104-4 4 5

+3V3

I114

F118

35V

2129

10u

1 8

10K

3132

3127-1

100R

RES

1K8 1%

3123

1K5 1%

27

3139

10K

3102-2

2119

100n

9111 RES

2112

100n

273105-2

10K

2126

100p

4u7

2103

+3V3

10n

2104

100p

2131

100R

3131

F117

9121

I115

RES

3124-4

100R

45

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

+3V3

SCL

PROG

SDA CONTROL-1 CONTROL-2

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

PROG

SPI-CLOCK

SDA

CONTROL-2

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

CONTROL-2

CONTROL-1

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SCL

PROG

BLANK

CONTROL-1

SDA

SPI-DATA-IN

SCL

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

SPI-DATA-IN

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

PWM-CLOCK

SPI-LATCH

BLANK-BUF

PROG

CONTROL-2

SCL

TEMP-SENSOR

SPI-DATA-OUT

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

SPI-LATCH-2

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

CONTROL-1

UD-MD

SDA

10 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon

EN 81Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

10 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon

EN 82Q548.1E LA 10.

SPI-CS

+3V3

3203

F203

3205

PWM-CLOCK-BUF BLANK-BUF

PROG

SPI-LATCH

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-IN SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-OUT-FIL

7

+3V3

2214

100n

7214

8

VCC

5

D

(64K)

6

10K

RES

10K

C

1

S

3 11

W

M95010-WDW6

GND

2

Φ

Q

3204

7

HOLD

4

10K

10

SPI-DATA-IN

SPI-DATA-RETURN

+3V3

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

11

PWM-CLOCK

SPI-CLOCK

BLANK

SPI-DATA-RETURN

12

910111213

+3V3

33p

2201

33p

2202

33p

2203

1K0

+3V3

1K0

+3V3

1K0

3121

100R

RES

2220

100p

13 19

14

15

169

17

INPUT BUFFER

9208 RES

+3V3

7201-1

2

F205

1

7201-4

74HCT125PW

12

F206

13

7201-2

5

F207

4

7201-3 74HCT125PW

8

EN

9210 RES

EN

9212

EN

9214

14

3

7

+3V3

14

7

RES

+3V3

14

6

7

RES

+3V3

14

9

F208

10

EN

7

3219

100R

3220

3223

100R

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

100p

22172218

27R

3212

100R

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

100p

BLANK-BUF

100p

2219

SPI-DATA-OUT-FIL

DATA-RETURN-SWITCH

74HCT125PW

3207

RES

9209

3209

RES

9211

74HCT125PW

3211

RES

9213

18

20

2201 B8 2202 C8 2203 D8 2209 B2 2210 G6 2211 I6 2214 A6 2215 F7 2216 F7

A

2217 B12 2218 C12 2219 D12 2220 E9

3121 D9 3203 B5 3204 B7 3205 C5 3207 B9 3209 C9 3210 B3

B

3211 C9 3212 D11 3213 B3 3214 H6 3215 H6 3216 H6 3217 H6 3218 H6 3219 B11 3220 C11 3221 H11 3222 I8

C

3223 C11 3224 H11

6216 I8 7201-1 A10 7201-2 C10 7201-3 D10 7201-4 B10 7209 B2 7210 C2 7212 B3 7214 B6 7215 G7

D

9208 A10 9209 B9 9210 B10 9211 C9 9212 C10 9213 D9 9214 D10 F202 B3 F203 C5 F204 H6 F205 B10

E

F206 C10 F207 C10 F208 D10 F209 H11 F210 G9 F211 G9 F212 G9 F213 H9 F214 H9 F215 H9

F

+3V3

2216

1u0

7215

TLC5946PWP

2210

33p

3217

100R

RES

3218 3215

1K2

3216

100R

3214

10K

25

2

6

F204

27

3

4 5 24

33p

2211

28

VCC

Φ

LED DRIVER

PWM CONTROL

GSCLK

BLANK

MODE

IREF

XLAT

SCLK SIN SOUT

XHALF

GND GND_HS

1

29

2215

100n

7

0

8

1

9

2

10

3

11

4

12

5

13

6

14

7

15

OUT

8

16

9

17

10

18

11

19

12

20

13

21

14

22

15

2326

XERR

VIA

30

313233

3222

470R

F210

F211

F212

F213

F214

F215

EEPROM-CS-LOCAL

DATA-RETURN-SWITCH

PWM-R1

PWM-G1

PWM-B1

PWM-R2

PWM-G2

PWM-B2

EEPROM-CS-LOCAL DATA-RETURN-SWITCH

+3V3

3K3

3224

F209

3221

G

H

1

A

123 45678

32 8

4

5

6

MICROCONTROLLER BLOCK LITEON

A

B

C

B

EEPROM-CS

PDTC144EU

1

33p

2209

D

PDTC144EU

C

EEPROM-CS-LOCAL

1

+3V3

3213

7209

3

2

7210

3

2

10K

F202

7212

PDTC144EU

+3V3

10K

3210

SPI-CS

E E

D

F

G

E

H

F

I

J

G

K

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

H

L

A

B

C

D

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

I

M

N

123 456

7 8 9 10111213

O

P

12

3

5

6 15

7 8

9

10

6216

SML-310

+3V3

I

M

N

2008-06-10

2008-08-08

??

O

P

A2

090306

11

12

13

14

CLASS_NO

2008-08-08

NAME

Peter Van Hove

SETNAMECHN

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

2

3

SUPERS.

DATECHECK

2K9

2008-06-02

16

C

17 18

8204 000 8857

23

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

130

194

1

2

3

20

18310_631_090306.eps

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

10 LED Low-Pow: LED Liteon

EN 83Q548.1E LA 10.

1

A

123

3

4

5

LED LITEON

B

A

C

B

VLED1-F

VLED2

D

9301

9302

C

E

F341F340

F342

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

BLUE

F343

7000

GND_HS

3

25

16

7

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

BLUE

7001

GND_HS

7

F F

D

G

H

I

J

G

3338

560R

3340

560R

3343

560R

3346

560R

3349

E

560R

3352

560R

3355

560R

3369

560R

3370

560R

3371

F

560R

3372

560R

3373

560R

3374

560R

3341

1K5

3344

1K5

3347

1K5

3350

1K5

3353

1K5

3356

1K5

3384

1K5

3385

1K5

3386

1K5

3387

1K5

3388

1K5

3389

1K5

3390

1K5

3391

1K5

3336

390R 3337

390R 3339

390R 3342

390R

VLED1-F

PWM-B1

K

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

L

M

H

I

PWM-R1

PWM-G1

N

6

8

456

VLED2

VLED1-F

9307

9309-2

9309-11 8

7002

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

3

GREEN

RED

25

16

BLUE

7307

10K

VLED1-F

3327

3330

BC847BW

F308

3334

1K0

F303

3328

1K0

10K

3333

1K0

10K

3331

10K

3332

VLED1-F

3325

3326

GND_HS

7

7305 BC847BW

F305

7306 BC847BW

3

25

16

9306-4 45

9306-1 18

F307

9317

F302

9314

F304

9316

27

9305-227

9305-445

1 89305-1

9306-336

Place jumper 9314, 9316, 9317

if VLED < 17V

15

3

2

16

7

Place jumper 9325, 9326, 9327

G

if VLED < 17V

R

9315-44

1 8

9315-1

B

3335

390R 3345

390R 3348

390R 3351

390R

16

12

5

9313-4

9313-2

9313-1

45

27

1 8

G

R

B

F344

B

RG

3310

1K5

3311

1K5

3312

1K5

3313

1K5

3314

1K5

3315

1K5 3316

1K5 3317

1K5 3318

1K5 3319

1K5 3320

1K5 3321

1K5 3322

1K5 3323

1K5

F347

17

F346

F345

F348

9311-3

9311-445

9311-11 8

3 6

13

3354

560R

3357

560R

3358

560R

3359

560R

3360

560R

3361

560R

3362

560R

3363

560R

3364

560R

3365

560R

3366

560R

3367

560R

3368

560R

RED-1

GREEN-1

BLUE-1

F349

GREEN-2

RED-2

BLUE-2

9310-4

9310-227

45

36

18

45

PWM-B2

PWM-R2

PWM-G2

11

8

9310-1

1 8

LTW-E500T-PH1

4 9315-227

914

10

7

9308

9309-4

45

7003

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

5

BLUE

GND_HS

3

2

16

7

9318-3

9318-1

9318-4

54

9320-2 72

9320-1 81

9320-4

GREEN

RED

BLUE

7004

GND_HS

7

VLED1-F

3301

3303

12 132

GREEN6GREEN6

10K

VLED1-F

RED6RED6

BLUE6BLUE6

3304

3306

3

25

16

10K

VLED1-F

3307

3309

9

9319-3

9319-445

9319-1

3 6

1 8

7317 BC847BW

F326

3302

1K0

F328

3305

1K0

10K

3308

1K0

10K

3 6

9303-3

9303-445

9303-11 8

9304-22

9304-11 8

45

9304-4

F325

7315 BC847BW

7316 BC847BW

F330

10 11

9312-11 8

9312-445

9312-3

3 6

7

9325

F327

F329

9326

9327

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

5

BLUE

BLUE-2

RED-2

GREEN-2

7005

GND_HS

18

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

197

3301 F9 3302 F9 3303 F9 3304 G9 3305 G9 3306 H9 3307 H9 3308 H9 3309 I9 3310 D12 3311 D12 3312 E12 3313 E12 3314 E12 3315 E12 3316 E12 3317 F12 3318 F12 3319 F12 3320 F12 3321 G12 3322 G12 3323 G12 3325 G4 3326 H4 3327 H4 3328 G4 3330 I4 3331 F4 3332 F4 3333 H4 3334 F4 3335 D12 3336 D2 3337 D2 3338 D1 3339 D2 3340 D1 3341 D1 3342 E2 3343 D1 3344 D1 3345 D12 3346 E1 3347 D1 3348 E12 3349 E1 3350 E1 3351 E12 3352 E1 3353 E1 3354 D13 3355 E1 3356 E1 3357 D13 3358 E13 3359 E13 3360 E13 3361 E13 3362 E13 3363 F13 3364 F13 3365 F13 3366 F13 3367 G13 3368 G13 3369 F1 3370 F1 3371 F1 3372 F1 3373 F1 3374 G1 3384 E1 3385 F1 3386 F1 3387 F1 3388 F1 3389 F1 3390 G1 3391 G1

7000 C2 7001 C3 7002 C4 7003 C6 7004 C8 7005 C11 7305 G4 7306 H5 7307 F4 7315 G9 7316 H10 7317 F9 9301 C1 9302 C1 9303-1 C10 9303-3 C10 9303-4 C10 9304-1 E10 9304-2 E10 9304-4 E10 9305-1 C6 9305-2 C6 9305-4 C6 9306-1 D5 9306-3 D5 9306-4 D5 9307 A6 9308 A6 9309-1 B6 9309-2 B6 9309-4 B6 9310-1 B8

9310-2 B8 9310-4 B8 9311-1 H13 9311-3 H13 9311-4 H12 9312-1 B10 9312-3 B10 9312-4 B10 9313-1 B12 9313-2 B12 9313-4 B12 9314 G5 9315-1 C12 9315-2 C12 9315-4 C12 9316 H5 9317 F5 9318-1 C8 9318-3 C8 9318-4 C8 9319-1 D9 9319-3 D9 9319-4 D9 9320-1 D7 9320-2 D7 9320-4 D7 9325 F10 9326 G10 9327 H10 F302 G5 F303 G4 F304 H5 F305 H5 F307 F5 F308 F4 F325 F10 F326 F9 F327 G10 F328 G9 F329 H10 F330 H10 F340 D1 F341 D1 F342 D1 F343 D2 F344 D12 F345 D12 F346 D13 F347 G12 F348 G13 F349 G13

20

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

1

2

3

O

P

1

2

4

5

456

63

7

8

9

7 8 9

10

11

CLASS_NO

12

SETNAMECHN

13

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

2

2008-08-08

3

Peter Van Hove

NAME

10 18

11

12

13

1514

SUPERS.

DATECHECK

16

2K9

2008-06-02

17

8204 000 8857

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

130

19

O

2008-06-10

1

2008-08-08

2

??

3

P

33

A2

20

18310_632_090306.eps

090306

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

10 LED Low-Pow: LED Drive Liteon

EN 84Q548.1E LA 10.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

L

1

45

6

7

8 20

9

10

11

12

13

142 3

15

17

18 1916

A

1

2 3 456

7

8

9

10

LED DRIVE

A

7006

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

2

3

7

2

LTW-E500T-PH1

GREEN-1

RED-1

B

BLUE-1

4

5

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

5

BLUE

7007

GND_HS

7

3

16

2

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

5

BLUE

7008

GND_HS

7009

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

3

1616

7

2

GREEN

RED

5

BLUE

GND_HS

7

3

16

C

1M85

1 2

3

4 5

D

E

I

F

6 7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16

1M3A

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16

+3V3

VLED1

VLED2

+3V3

VLED1

VLED2

G

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

3538

560R

3540

560R

3543

560R

3

560R

3549

560R

3552

560R

3555

560R

3569

560R

3570

560R

3571

560R

3572

560R

3573

560R

3574

560R

GREEN-2

RED-2

BLUE-2

3541

1K5 3544

1K5 3547

1K5

546

3550

1K5 3553

1K5 3556

1K5 3584

1K5 3585

1K5 3586

1K5 3587

1K5 3588

1K5 3589

1K5 3590

1K5 3591

1K5

390R

3536

3537

3539

3542

1M3A E2 1M85 D2

3536 E9 3537 E9 3538 E7 3539 E9 3540 E7 3541 E8 3542 E9 3543 E7 3544 E8 3546 E7 3547 E8 3549 F7

A

3550 E8 3552 F7 3553 F8 3555 F7 3556 F8 3569 F7 3570 F7 3571 G7 3572 G7 3573 G7 3574 G7 3584 F8

B

3585 F8 3586 F8 3587 G8 3588 G8 3589 G8 3590 G8 3591 G8

7006 A2 7007 A4 7008 A5 7009 A6

C

B

C

D

E

F

G

D

H

E

I

F

J

K

G

L

M

12

O

P

12 14

3

4

5

1X04

REF EMC HOLE

3

4

67

5678 910

CLASS_NO

2008-08-14

2008-10-3123

Peter Van Hove

NAME

8 1211

9

10

13 19

15

EMANTESNHC

4 LED + CONNECTOR

LITEON 2K9

SUPERS.

CHECK DATE

2008-07-29

16

1

232008-10-24

8204 000 8897

11

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

17

18

130

20

18310_633_090306.eps

M

NN

O

2008-08-14

2008-10-31

P

A2

090306

2009-Apr-03

Layout 10 LED Low-Pow

1M83 1M841M85

1X03

3342 3339

3337

7000

3336

9110

9114

2130

9107

2202

9302

3338

3374

3385

3389

3340

3369

3384

3390

3121

3391

3356

3343

3373

3346

3372

3386

3350

3212

9214

3347

3371

3387

3349

3370

3388

3352

3344

3220

2218

9210

3355

7201

3353

3341

3209

9301

9211

9108

2220

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

3107

3108

3109

21092110

I113

3103

I115

3124

3130

2120

2123

2131

3142

7002

9103

9101

3118

3101

9104

3128 3129

3132 3133

I110

1101

I111

I114

7102

3102

2114

3110

2119

9109

9111

9112

9113

2125

3221

3224

3216

2211

6216

3222

2203

1105

9212

3211

9208

3219

3207

2217

9213

9209

3223

2219

2201

2216

3214

2215

7001

3215

3218

7215

2210

3328

3325

3326

3217

9316

9314

7305

21282129

2101

2102

2103

7101

2104

3331

3332

3334

9308 9307

9317

3333

3327

3330

7307

7306

9309

9305

9306

3120 3119

9121

3127

3106

9102

3113

3114

3117

7110

2111

2117 2116

3115

3131

3126

2126

9106

2112 3116 9119

2113

2124 2121

3104

2122

3105

3125

2115

2118

3112

2209

7209

7210

3213

7212

2214

3204

3210

7214

7003

3203

3205

3136

3138

3139

2106

2108

2107

3134 3141

9318

9320

C140

3111

2105

3137

3135

3140

3123

7116

9310

EN 85Q548.1E LA 10.

3305

3306

9326

7315

7004

9313

3363

3364

3365

3366

3367

3368

3354

3357

3358

3359

3360

3361

3310

3311

3312

3313

3315

3318

3321

3322

3323

7005

3362

3351

3345

3348

3335

1X04

3555

3569

3570

3571

3572

3573

3574

3586

3587

3588

3589

3590

3591

3553

3538

3540

3543

3546

3549

9311

7006

7007

3552

7008

3541

3544

3547

3550

3556

3584

3585

3537

3539

3536

7009

3542

9315

3316

3317

3314

3319

3320

2127

3301

3302

3303

3304

3307

3308

3309

9325

9327

7316

7317

9312

9303

9304

9319

3104 313 6315.2

F347F348 F349

F135

F346

F345

F344

F326

F330

F325

F329

F215

F214

F116

F213

F328

F327

F106

F118

F209

F202 F203

F133

F136

I126

F107 F108

F105

F104

F109

F134

I125

F112

F117

I124

F137

F103

F102

F132

F130

F212

F101

F210

F308

F305

F211

F303

F307

F304

F204

F302

F123

F127

F139

F126

1M1A1M2A1M3A

F131

F138

F207

F208

F125

F205

F120

F122

F128

F121

F206

F342

F124

F340

F343

F341

18310_553_090309

090309

F129

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

12 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon

EN 86Q548.1E LA 10.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

K

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

L

M

N

1

2

3

1

4

2

5

3

6

7

4

8 9

6

10

11

8

12

975

13

14

10 11 12 13

15

MICROCONTROLLER BLOCK LITEON

A

B

C

IN

1M83

F120

1

F121

2

F122

3

F123

4

F124

5

F125

6

F126

7

F127

8

F128

9

F129

10

F130

11

F131

12

F132

13 14

15 16

1M1A

1 2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16

1u0

2127

+3V3

VLED1

VLED2

35V

35V10u

2129

2128

10u

+3V3

VLED1

VLED2

9111

RES

9113

RES

9112

9114

TEMP-SENSOR

33p

2125

TEMP-SENSOR

SPI-DATA-IN

CONTROL-1 CONTROL-2

BLANK

EEPROM-CS

PROG

CONTROL-1 CONTROL-2

EEPROM-CS

PROG

SCL

SDA

SCL

SDA

SCL SPI-DATA-RETURN

CONTROL-1 CONTROL-2

VLED1

9107 9108

9109 9110

1105

T1.5A

SPI-CLOCK

SDA

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK

+3V3

VLED1-F

D

7102

LPC2103FBD48

E

OUT

1M84

F133

1

F135

2

F136

3

F139

4

F137

I

F

J

G

H

5

6

F138

7

F134

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16

1M2A

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16

VLED1

VLED2

+3V3

VLED1

VLED2

+3V3

1u0

2130

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

+3V3

10K

3119

F109

2

3

RES

5

9121

100n

2111

1101

7110

NCP303LSN10T1

IN

RST

GND

NC

CD

+3V3

16M9

9101

3118

RES

10K

9102

RES 9103

9104

RES

F104

+3V3

10K

3120

1

4

71943

VSS

11

X1

MICRO-

12

CTRL

X2

20

RTXC1

25

RTXC2

26

RTCK

4

VBAT

F102

27

DBGSEL

6

RST

VDD_1V8

5

+3V3

+1V8

2119

100n

VSSA

Φ

P0.0|TXD0|MAT3.1

P0.1|RXD0|MAT3.2

P0.2|SCL0|CAP0.0 P0.3|SDA0|MAT0.0

P0.8|TXD1|MAT2.1

P0.9|RXD1|MAT2.2 P0.10|RTS1|CAP1.0|AD0.3 P0.11|CTS1|CAP1.1|AD0.4 P0.12|DSR1|MAT1.0|AD0.5

P0.13|DTR1|MAT1.1

P0.14|DCD1|SCK1|EINT1

P0.15|RI1|EINT2

P0.16|EINT0|MAT0.2

P0.17|CAP1.2|SCL1

P0.18|CAP1.3|SDA1 P0.19|MAT1.2|MISO1 P0.20|MAT1.3|MOSI1 P0.21|SSEL1|MAT3.0

P0.22|AD0.0 P0.23|AD0.1 P0.24|AD0.2 P0.25|AD0.6 P0.26|AD0.7

P0.27|TRST|CAP2.0

P0.28|TMS|CAP2.1 P0.29|TCK|CAP2.2

P0.30|TDI|MAT3.3

P0.31|TDO

VDD_3V3

VDDA

17

40

9119

100n

2120

2121

100n

7101

LD2985BM18R

1

OUTIN

3

INH BP

1u0

2101

COM

2

+3V3

10K

3107

3108

F107

F105

F108

3109

3110

100R

2109

100p

31

13 14 18 21 22 23 24 28 29

30 35 36 37

41 44 45 46 47 48

1 2

3 32 33 34 38 39

UD-MD

8

9 10 15 16

42

F103

100n

2113

5

4

10K

100R

2110

2112

2104

100p

3117

100n

F101

2102

10n

72

10K

3101-2

10K

27

3116

3104-2

10K

3130

22R

F112

3131

100R

100n

10K

9106

2103

10K

273105-2

10K

3 6

3104-3

3105-3

RES

+1V8

4u7

10K

27

45

RES

3106-2

3105-4

3113

10K

1 8

3106-33 6

3106-1

I110

RES

10K

100p

2118

3133

+3V3

3104-4 4 5

10K

1 8

3105-1

100p

10K

3112

10K

2115

10K

27

3 6

3101-3

3102-2

10K

3 63102-3

45

3101-4

100p

2116

10K

3102-4 4 5

10K

8

10K

1

3103-1

RES

100p

2122

2117

2123

100p

2124

I113 I114 I115

2126

100p

3103-445

3103-2

10K

1 8

10K

3102-1

3104-1

10K

RES

3115

3114

RES2114

I111

10K

3132

+3V3

1%

3135

1K5

F116

RES

10K

10n

2105

C140

100p

2

-T

2131

3137

+3V3

3140

3123

3124-4

3128 3129

3124-2 2 7 3124-3

3125-1 1 8

3142 3125-2 3125-4 3126-2 3126-4

3126-1

3127-1 3127-4 4 5

100p

10K

7

10K

1%1K5

RES

F118

RES

1K8 1%

45

1 83124-1

3 6

27 4 27 45

1 8

3103-336

7116-1 LM393PT

3

2

100R 100R 100R 100R 100R 100R 100R 100R

5

100R 100R

100R

100R 100R

+3V3

84

I124

I125

I126

10K

3111

100n

2107

1

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-RETURN

TEMP-SENSOR

+3V3

16

+3V3

10n

2108

CONTROL-1

SPI-DATA-IN

SPI-LATCH

SPI-LATCH-2

EEPROM-CS

BLANK-BUF

PROG

CONTROL-2

3136

3139

SCL SDA

1%1K5

F106

1K5 1%

100K

7116-2 LM393PT

5

6

TEMP-SENSOR

7116-2 A12 9101 E5 9102 F5 9103 F5 9104 F5 9106 H8 9107 A5 9108 A5 9109 A5 9110 B5 9111 A3 9112 B2 9113 B3 9114 B2 9119 H6 9121 G4 C140 B10 F101 A8 F102 F5 F103 H7 F104 F5 F105 D7 F106 B12 F107 C7 F108 D7 F109 G3 F112 G8 F116 A10 F117 B13 F118 C11 F120 A1 F121 A1 F122 A1 F123 A1 F124 B1 F125 B1 F126 B1 F127 B1 F128 B1 F129 B1 F130 B1 F131 B1 F132 B1 F133 E1 F134 F1 F135 E1 F136 F1 F137 F1 F138 F1 F139 F1 I110 G8 I111 G8 I113 G10 I114 G10 I115 G10 I124 E11 I125 E11 I126 F11

20

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

17

3134

RES

+3V3

8

7

4

F117

2106

RES

10n

3138

47K

RES

3141

10K

RES

18

19

1101 E4 1105 B5 1M1A C1 1M2A G1 1M83 A1 1M84 E1 2101 A6 2102 A7 2103 A8 2104 B7 2105 B10 2106 B13 2107 B11

A

2108 B12 2109 D7 2110 D7 2111 G4 2112 H7 2113 H7 2114 F9 2115 F9 2116 F9 2117 F9 2118 H8 2119 H6

B

2120 H6 2121 H6 2122 F9 2123 F10 2124 F10 2125 B3 2126 F10 2127 B1 2128 B1 2129 B2 2130 F2 2131 F10

C

3101-2 D7 3101-3 D9 3101-4 E9 3102-1 D9 3102-2 D9 3102-3 E9 3102-4 D9 3103-1 E9 3103-2 G10 3103-3 G11 3103-4 G10

D

3104-1 D8 3104-2 E8 3104-3 E8 3104-4 D9 3105-1 E9 3105-2 D8 3105-3 E8 3105-4 D8 3106-1 E8 3106-2 D8 3106-3 E8 3107 C7

E

3108 C7 3109 D7 3110 D7 3111 B10 3112 D9 3113 D8 3114 E8 3115 E8 3116 E8 3117 E7 3118 E5 3119 F4

F

3120 F5 3123 C11 3124-1 E11 3124-2 E11 3124-3 E11 3124-4 E11 3125-1 F11 3125-2 F11 3125-4 F11 3126-1 F11 3126-2 F11

G

3126-4 F11 3127-1 F11 3127-4 F11 3128 E11 3129 E11 3130 G8 3131 G7 3132 H8 3133 H8 3134 A13 3135 A11 3136 A12

H

3137 B11 3138 B13 3139 B12 3140 C11 3141 C13 3142 F11

7101 A7 7102 E6 7110 F4 7116-1 B11

123 45678 910111213

N

1X03

REF EMC HOLE

2008-06-10

2008-08-08

??

O

P

A2

090403

O

345

1

2

P

1

2

4

5

6

7

8

103

119

12

13

14

CLASS_NO

2008-08-08

NAME

Peter Van Hove

2

3

15

SETNAMECHN

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

2K9

SUPERS.

DATECHECK

2008-06-02

16

17

8204 000 8857

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

18

130

19

1

2

3

13

20

18560_510_090403.eps

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

12 LED Low-Pow: Microcontroller Block Liteon

EN 87Q548.1E LA 10.

SPI-CS

+3V3

3203

F203

3205

PWM-CLOCK-BUF BLANK-BUF

PROG

SPI-LATCH

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-IN SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-OUT-FIL

7

10

11

12

9 10111213

+3V3

2214

100n

7214

8

VCC

5

D

(64K)

6

10K

RES

10K

C

1

S

3 11

W

M95010-WDW6

GND

2

Φ

Q

3204

7

HOLD

4

10K

SPI-DATA-RETURN

+3V3

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-IN

PWM-CLOCK

SPI-CLOCK

BLANK

SPI-DATA-RETURN

+3V3

33p

2201

33p

2202

33p

2203

1K0

+3V3

1K0

+3V3

1K0

3121

100R

RES

2220

100p

13 19

14

15

169

17

INPUT BUFFER

9208 RES

+3V3

7201-1

14

74HCT125PW

2

F205

3207

1

RES

9209

7201-4

74HCT125PW

12

F206

3209

13

RES

9211

7201-2

74HCT125PW

5

F207

3211

4

RES

9213

7201-3 74HCT125PW

8

EN

9210 RES

EN

9212

EN

9214

3

7

+3V3

14

7

RES

+3V3

14

6

7

RES

+3V3

14

9

F208

10

EN

7

3219

100R

3220

3223

100R

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

100p

22172218

27R

3212

100R

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

100p

BLANK-BUF

100p

2219

SPI-DATA-OUT-FIL

DATA-RETURN-SWITCH

18

20

2201 B8 2202 C8 2203 D8 2209 B2 2210 G6 2211 I6 2214 A6 2215 F7 2216 F7

A

2217 B12 2218 C12 2219 D12 2220 E9

3121 D9 3203 B5 3204 B7 3205 C5 3207 B9 3209 C9 3210 B3

B

3211 C9 3212 D11 3213 B3 3214 H6 3215 H6 3216 H6 3217 H6 3218 H6 3219 B11 3220 C11 3221 H11 3222 I8

C

3223 C11 3224 H11

6216 I8 7201-1 A10 7201-2 C10 7201-3 D10 7201-4 B10 7209 B2 7210 C2 7212 B3 7214 B6 7215 G7

D

9208 A10 9209 B9 9210 B10 9211 C9 9212 C10 9213 D9 9214 D10 F202 B3 F203 C5 F204 H6 F205 B10

E

F206 C10 F207 C10 F208 D10 F209 H11 F210 G9 F211 G9 F212 G9 F213 H9 F214 H9 F215 H9

F

+3V3

2216

1u0

7215

TLC5946PWP

25

2210

33p

3217

100R

RES

3218 3215

1K2

3216

100R

3214

10K

2

6

F204

27

3

4 5 24

33p

2211

2215

100n

28

VCC

Φ

LED DRIVER

PWM CONTROL

GSCLK

BLANK

MODE

IREF

XLAT

SCLK SIN SOUT

XHALF

GND GND_HS

1

29

303132

7

0

8

1

9

2

10

3

11

4

12

5

13

6

14

7

15

OUT

8

16

9

17

10

18

11

19

12

20

13

21

14

22

15

2326

XERR

VIA

33

3222

470R

F210

F211

F212

F213

F214

F215

EEPROM-CS-LOCAL

DATA-RETURN-SWITCH

PWM-R1

PWM-G1

PWM-B1

PWM-R2

PWM-G2

PWM-B2

EEPROM-CS-LOCAL DATA-RETURN-SWITCH

+3V3

3K3

3224

F209

3221

G

H

1

A

123 45678

32 8

4

5

6

MICROCONTROLLER BLOCK LITEON

A

B

C

B

EEPROM-CS

PDTC144EU

33p

2209

D

PDTC144EU

C

EEPROM-CS-LOCAL

+3V3

3213

7209

3

1

2

7210

3

1

2

10K

F202

7212

PDTC144EU

+3V3

10K

3210

SPI-CS

E E

D

F

G

E

H

F

I

J

G

K

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

H

L

A

B

C

D

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

I

M

N

123 456

7 8 9 10111213

O

P

12

3

5

6 15

7 8

9

10

6216

SML-310

+3V3

I

M

N

2008-06-10

2008-08-08

??

O

P

A2

090403

11

12

13

14

CLASS_NO

2008-08-08

NAME

Peter Van Hove

SETNAMECHN

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

2

3

SUPERS.

DATECHECK

16

2K9

2008-06-02

C

17 18

8204 000 8857

23

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

130

194

1

2

3

20

18560_511_090403.eps

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

12 LED Low-Pow: LED Liteon

EN 88Q548.1E LA 10.

1

A

123

3

4

5

6

8

914

456

10

7

LED LITEON

B

A

VLED1-F

9307

VLED2

9308

C

B

VLED2

D

E

VLED1-F

9309-2

9309-11 8

9309-4

45

9301

9302

C

F341F340

F342

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

BLUE

F343

7000

GND_HS

3

25

16

7

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

BLUE

7001

GND_HS

7002

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

3

GREEN

RED

25

16

BLUE

7

GND_HS

3

25

16

7

9305-227

9305-445

1 89305-1

27

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

5

BLUE

7003

GND_HS

3

2

16

7

9318-3

9318-1

9318-4

F F

G

H

K

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

L

M

D

3338

560R

3340

560R

3343

560R

3346

560R

3349

E

560R

3352

560R

3355

560R

3369

560R

3370

I

J

560R

3371

3372

3373

3374

F

G

3341

1K5 3344

1K5 3347

1K5 3350

1K5 3353

1K5 3356

1K5

3384

1K5

3385

1K5

3386

1K5

3387

1K5

3388

1K5

3389

1K5

3390

1K5

3391

1K5

H

I

3336

390R 3337

390R 3339

390R 3342

390R

PWM-B1

PWM-R1

PWM-G1

VLED1-F

3331

3332

10K

VLED1-F

3325

3326

10K

VLED1-F

3327

3330

54

9320-2 72

9320-1 81

9306-1 18

9306-4 45

9306-336

F307

7307 BC847BW

F308

3334

1K0

7305 BC847BW

F303

3328

1K0

10K

3333

1K0

10K

F305

7306 BC847BW

9317

F302

Place jumper 9314, 9316, 9317

9314

F304

9316

if VLED < 17V

9320-4

N

1

2

3

456

7 8 9

9310-227

9310-4

45

36

18

45

PWM-B2

PWM-R2

PWM-G2

11

8

9310-1

1 8

LTW-E500T-PH1

4 9315-227

GREEN

RED

BLUE

7004

GND_HS

7

VLED1-F

3301

3303

12 132

GREEN6GREEN6

BLUE6BLUE6

10K

VLED1-F

3304

3306

3

25

16

RED6RED6

10K

VLED1-F

3307

3309

9

9319-3

9319-445

9319-1

1 8

3 6

7317 BC847BW

F326

3302

1K0

F328

3305

1K0

10K

3308

1K0

10K

3 6

9303-3

9303-445

9303-11 8

9304-22

9304-11 8

9304-4

45

F325

7315 BC847BW

7316 BC847BW

F330

10 11

9312-11 8

9312-3

9312-445

3 6

7

9325

F327

F329

9326

9327

LTW-E500T-PH1

4

GREEN

RED

5

BLUE

BLUE-2

RED-2

GREEN-2

7005

GND_HS

10

15

3

2

16

7

Place jumper 9325, 9326, 9327

G

if VLED < 17V

R

11

9315-44

1 8

9315-1

B

3335

390R 3345

390R 3348

390R 3351

390R

16

12

5

12

9313-1

1 8

B

F344

B

F347

17

9313-4

9313-2

45

27

G

R

F345

RG

3310

1K5

3311

1K5

3312

1K5

3313

1K5

3314

1K5

3315

1K5

3316

1K5

3317

1K5

3318

1K5

3319

1K5

3320

1K5

3321

1K5

3322

1K5

3323

1K5

F348

9311-445

9311-3

3 6

9310-2 B8 9310-4 B8 9311-1 H13 9311-3 H13 9311-4 H12 9312-1 B10 9312-3 B10 9312-4 B10 9313-1 B12 9313-2 B12 9313-4 B12 9314 G5 9315-1 C12 9315-2 C12 9315-4 C12 9316 H5 9317 F5 9318-1 C8 9318-3 C8 9318-4 C8 9319-1 D9 9319-3 D9 9319-4 D9 9320-1 D7 9320-2 D7 9320-4 D7 9325 F10 9326 G10 9327 H10 F302 G5 F303 G4 F304 H5 F305 H5 F307 F5 F308 F4 F325 F10 F326 F9 F327 G10 F328 G9 F329 H10 F330 H10 F340 D1 F341 D1 F342 D1 F343 D2 F344 D12 F345 D12 F346 D13 F347 G12 F348 G13 F349 G13

20

18

13

F346

RED-1

GREEN-1

3354

560R

3357

560R

3358

560R

3359

560R

3360

560R

3361

560R

3362

560R

3363

560R

3364

560R

3365

560R

3366

560R

3367

560R

3368

560R

9311-11 8

BLUE-1

F349

GREEN-2

RED-2

BLUE-2

197

3301 F9 3302 F9 3303 F9 3304 G9 3305 G9 3306 H9 3307 H9 3308 H9 3309 I9 3310 D12 3311 D12

A

3312 E12 3313 E12 3314 E12 3315 E12 3316 E12 3317 F12 3318 F12 3319 F12 3320 F12 3321 G12 3322 G12 3323 G12

B

3325 G4 3326 H4 3327 H4 3328 G4 3330 I4 3331 F4 3332 F4 3333 H4 3334 F4 3335 D12 3336 D2 3337 D2

C

3338 D1 3339 D2 3340 D1 3341 D1 3342 E2 3343 D1 3344 D1 3345 D12 3346 E1 3347 D1 3348 E12

D

3349 E1 3350 E1 3351 E12 3352 E1 3353 E1 3354 D13 3355 E1 3356 E1 3357 D13 3358 E13 3359 E13 3360 E13

E

3361 E13 3362 E13 3363 F13 3364 F13 3365 F13 3366 F13 3367 G13 3368 G13 3369 F1 3370 F1 3371 F1 3372 F1

F

3373 F1 3374 G1 3384 E1 3385 F1 3386 F1 3387 F1 3388 F1 3389 F1 3390 G1 3391 G1

7000 C2

G

7001 C3 7002 C4 7003 C6 7004 C8 7005 C11 7305 G4 7306 H5 7307 F4 7315 G9 7316 H10 7317 F9 9301 C1

H

9302 C1 9303-1 C10 9303-3 C10 9303-4 C10 9304-1 E10 9304-2 E10 9304-4 E10 9305-1 C6 9305-2 C6 9305-4 C6 9306-1 D5 9306-3 D5

I

9306-4 D5 9307 A6 9308 A6 9309-1 B6 9309-2 B6 9309-4 B6 9310-1 B8

13

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

2008-06-10

2008-08-08

??

O

P

A2

090403

O

CLASS_NO

P

1

2

4

5

63

7

8

9

10 18

11

12

13

2008-08-08

NAME

Peter Van Hove

2

3

1514

SETNAMECHN

DRIVER 6LED LITEON

2K9

SUPERS.

DATECHECK

2008-06-02

16

17

8204 000 8857

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

130

19

1

2

3

33

20

18560_512_090403.eps

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

C

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

GND_HS

GREEN

RED

BLUE

3549 F9 3550 F10

10 11

7

3552 F9 3553 F10

B

C

5

3587 G10

D

3573 H9

G

H

A

3 4

17

6

9

G

H

C

H

F

1312

7006 B2

3556 F10

3547 F10

3589 H10 3590 H10 3591 H10

7011 B8

3555 G10

3546 F9

7 8 9

56

F

8

206

1918

10

4

12

A

E

3574 H9 3584 G10 3585 G10

M

3586 G10

3571 G9 3572 G9

F

12

3

1

11

O

16

13

K

10

L

A

1211

14

3538 E9

7007 B3

3588 G10

7008 B5 7009 B6 7010 B7

3543 F9 3544 F10

J

2 3 4

H

1M3A F2

G

E

16

15

P

O

45

owner.

M

L

8

3569 G9 3570 G9

D

E

3537 E11

18 19

14

G

12

3539 F11 3540 F9 3541 E10 3542 F11

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

J

3

1M85 D2 3536 E11

LED DRIVE

15

B

D

NN

98

K

I

P

B

A

91011

B

C

20

I

F

E

D

5

17

67

12

C

3543

560R

1K5

3584

3569

560R

3

4 5 6 7

8

9

15 16

1M85

1

10 11 12 13 14

2

3587

1K5

560R

3549

3552

560R

3555

1K5

3586

VLED2

1K5

3544

+3V3

1X04

REF EMC HOLE

3570

560R

3572

3571

560R

16

+3V3

3542

390R

14

2

3

4 5 6 7

8

9

15

1

10 11 12 13

1M3A

NAME

DATECHECK

8204 000 8898

2K9 LITEON

6 LED + CONNECTOR

A2

2008-08-14

130

3

2

2008-10-29

Peter Van Hove

2008-10-29

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

2008-07-30

11

SETNAMECHN

CLASS_NO

SUPERS.

2

3573

560R

VLED1

560R

3546

560R

3574

390R

3539

3589

1K5

390R

3536

1K5

3553

3585

16

4

3

7

5

2

1K5

7011

LTW-E500T-PH1

390R

3537

7006

16

4

3

7

5

2

3

7

5

2

LTW-E500T-PH1

7007

LTW-E500T-PH1

16

4

3

7

5

2

LTW-E500T-PH1

7010

16

4

3591

1K5

3588

16

4

3

7

5

2

5

2

7009

LTW-E500T-PH1

16

4

3

7

LTW-E500T-PH1

7008

1K5

3590

3541

VLED1

VLED2

3556

1K5

3538

560R

3540

1K5

3547

3550

1K5

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

RED-1

GREEN-1

BLUE-1

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

PROG

SPI-CLOCK-BUF

SPI-DATA-OUT

SPI-DATA-RETURN

SPI-LATCH

PWM-CLOCK-BUF

BLANK-BUF

EEPROM-CS

TEMP-SENSOR

PROG

GREEN-2

RED-2

BLUE-2

18560_513_090403.eps

090403

12 LED Low-Pow: LED Drive

EN 89Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Layout 12 LED Low-Pow

9113

2203

1105

9212

3211

9208

3219

3207

2217

9213

9209

3223

2219

2201

9108

2220

1X03

1M83 1M84 1M85

3342

2130

9110

9114

9107

2202

9302

3339

3338

3389

3374

3385

3369

3340

3390

3384

3121

3356

3391

3343

3373

3346

3350

3372

3386

3212

9214

3347

3349

3371

3387

3352

3370

3344

3388

2218

3220

9210

7201

3353

3355

3341

3337

7000

3209

9301

3336

9211

9109

9112

9111

2125

3221

3216

2211

6216

3222

7001

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

3107

21092110

3108

3109

3128

3110

3103

I115

3124

3130

2120

2123

2131

3142

7002

9103

3118

3101

9104

3129

3132 3133

I113

1101

I114

7102

3102

2114

9101

3106

I110

9102

2119

I111

21282129

3224

7215

2216 2215

3214

3217

3215

3218

9314

2101

2102

2103

7101

2104

3331

3332

3334

9308 9307

9317

3327

3333

3330

2210

3325

3326

3328

7307

9316

7306

9305

9309

9306

7305

EN 90Q548.1E LA 10.

9313

3354

3357

3358

3360

3361

3362

3365

3366

3367

3368

3359

3363

3120 3119

9121

3127

3113

3114

3117

7110

2111

2117 2116

3115

3131

3126

2126

9106

2112 3116 9119

2113

2124 2121

3104

2122

3105

3125

2115

2118

3112

2209

7209

7210

3213

7212

2214

3210

7214

7003

3203

3205

3136

3138

C140

2106

3139

3111

2108

2105

3137

2107

3135

3140

3134

3204

3123

3141

7116

9318

9320

7004

9310

2127

3305

3306

3301

3303

3304

3307

3308

3309

3302

9325

9327

9326

7315

7316

7317

9312

3364

9315

3310

3311

3312

3313

3315

3316

3345

3348

3317

3335

3351

3323

3314

3318

3320

3321

3322

3319

3555

3569

3570

3571

3572

3573

3574

3591

3553

3586

3587

3588

3589

3590

3538

3540

3543

3546

3549

7005

9319

9303

9304

9311

7006

7007

7008

7009

7010

3552

3541

3544

3547

3550

3556

3584

3585

3536

3537

3539

1X04

7011

3542

31043136335.2

F135

F346

F347F348 F349

F345

F344

F326

F330

F329

F215

F214

F328

F325

F327

F106

F116

F213

F118

F209

F202 F203

F133

F136

F107 F108

F105

F104

F109

I126

F134

I125

F112

F117

I124

F137

F103

F102

F132

F130

F212

F101

F210

F308

F305

F211

F303

F307

F304

F302

F123

F127

F139

F126

1M1A1M2A1M3A

F131

F138

F207

F208

F204

F205

F120

F122

F128

F121

F129

F124

F206

F340

F125

F343

F342

F341

18490_551_090326.eps

090331

2009-Apr-03

SSB: DC/DC +3V3 +1V2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

EN 91Q548.1E LA 10.

1

2100 B2

A

2101 B4 2102 D1 2103 D4 2104 B6 2105 D6 2106 E5

B

C

A

D

B

E

F

C

G

D

H

E

I

J

F

K

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

owner.

G

L

7

3130 E5 3131 E6 3132 C7 3133 C8 3134 C8 3135 D8 3136 D7

3137 D6 3138 E9 3139 E7 3140 E8 3141 E8 3142 E6 3143 E6

3158 F3 3159 H1 3160 H1 3164 D4 5100 B8 5101 C8 5102 E8

10

5103 E8 5104 B11 5105 E11 6100 E6 6101 F5 6102 G7 6103 F7

84

3144 F8 3145 E11 3146 E10 3147 F11 3148 F10 3149 F11 3150 F11

92

3151 G11 3152 G11 3153 F8 3154 F8 3155 F8 3156 F7 3157 F7

11

6104 B2 7100-1 C2 7100-2 B1 7101-1 B5 7101-2 C6 7102-1 C7 7102-2 D6

7103 C4 7104 D2 7105-1 E3 7105-2 E4 7106 F7 7107-1 E10 7107-2 F10

12

F100 C4 F101 C7 F102 D6 F103 D6 F104 E7 F105 F4 F106 C2

133

F107 B7 F108 D10 F109 E10 F110 F10 F111 E12 F112 D9 F113 F7

F114 D4 F115 D4 I100 B3 I101 B1 I102 C1 I103 B4 I106 D4

I107 D3 I108 D4 I109 C2 I111 D5 I112 B5 I113 C5 I114 D8

15

I115 C5 I116 D5 I117 D5 I118 D6 I119 D6 I120 D6 I121 C6

I122 E5 I124 E4 I125 F3 I126 F5 I127 F2 I128 D1 I129 E6

16

I130 F7 I131 E8 I132 E8 I133 F8 I134 F8 I136 E9 I137 E11

1714

I138 F11 I141 H2 I143 C8 I144 C8 I146 E5 I147 F7 I148 C8

18

2107 B6 2108 B5 2109 C6 2110 C8 2111 C8 2112 C9 2113 C7

2114 C8 2115 D7 2116 E9 2117 E9 2118 E9 2119 E9 2120 E8

2121 E8 2122 B11 2123 B11 2124 C12 2125 E12 2127 E12 2128 F7

2129 F8 2130 F7 2131 F7 2132 F5 2133 H2 2134 H2 2135 H2

2140 C9 2141 C9 3100 B2 3101 B2 3102 C2 3103 C1 3105 C1

5

3106 C2 3107 C3 3108 B4 3109 C5 3110 C5 3113 C5 3114 C5

3115 C6 3116 C5 3117 D1 3118 E1 3119 E4 3120 E4 3121 E4

6

3122 F2 3124 C6 3125 D6 3126 D6 3127 D6 3128 D5 3129 D5

1234567891011121314

DC / DC +3V3_+1V2

220u 25V

+12VF

+12V

+3V3

+1V2-PNX85XX

+3V3F

SENSE+1V2-PNX85XX

ENABLE-3V3

PROT-DC

RES

3100

4

BC847BPN

7100-2

I101

3

10K

3103

I102

0V

2

10K

3105

100n

2102

GND-SIG

I128

3117

33K

3118

GND-SIG

5

7104 BC847BW

1

3V3-ST

I109

6

7100-1 BC847BPN

1

GND-SIG

3101

22K

6104

I100

BAS316

F106

3102

100R

3V3

10K

22K

3107

3106

3

2

3122

10K

I127

RES

7105-1

BC857BS

DETECT1

NCP5422ADR2G

F100

I107

2103

100n

GND-SIG GND-SIG

I124

1

7105-2

BC857BS

2

I125

6

3158

100K

F114

F115

I106

I108

GND-SIG

4

3

22K

2100

100n

2101

GND-SIG

3164

10R

3108

I103

1u0

22R

3109

7103

14

Φ

VCC

4

BST

7

1

VFB

10

2

8

1

COMP

9

2

13

ROSC

39K

3119

330R

3120

5

F105

1

H1

GATE

2

L1

16

H2

GATE

15

L2

5

+1

6

-1

IS

12

+2

11

-2

GND

3

I146

1K0

3121

I126

1K0

6101

PDZ9.1-B

12V UNDER-VOLTAGE DETECTION

7101-1

I112

3110 22R

I115

I116

78

FDS6930B

2

1

2108

3n3

I113

4

4R7

3113

3114

3115

3116

22R

I117

I120

I111

2105

3128

2K7

3129

I122

1K0

100n

2106

3130

2K7

+12VF

2132

10u

22u

RES

2104

2107

VSW

56

7101-2

FDS6930B

3

22R

I118

100n

BAS316

1u0

I121

2

2109

3124

4R7

3125

4R7

3126

1K0

F103

2K2

3131

6100

3n3

7102-2

56

4

3

I119

FDS6930B

F102

2K2

3127

3137

6K8

I129

3142

68R

3143

68R

I147

6103

I130

3

7106

BC817-25W

2

BOOSTER

+1V2-PNX85XX

78

1

F104

7102-1

FDS6930B

3136

6K8

2131

100n 3156

470R

BAS316

3157

470R

F107

12V/3V3 CONVERSION

F101

22R

3133

3132

RES

I144

1n0

2113

RES

I114

1n0

2115

RES

12V/1V2 CONVERSION

22R

3139

RES

I132

1n0

2128

RES

I134

1n0

2130

F113

1

RES

6102

PDZ18-B

RES 5100

10u 5101

10u

6K8

22R

3134

I143

100n

2114

I148

1K0

3135

RES 5102

10u

5103

10u

6K8

22R

3141

3140

RES

I131

2129

100n

I133

1K0

3153

3154

15K

GND-SIG

22u

3n3

2112

2111

2110

F112

2119

10u

3n3

2120

1u0

2121

3144

120R

1%

1K0

3155

1%

GND-SIG

22u

2141

2140

RES

F108

RESFRES

RES

2116

2117

2118

*

10R

3138

10u

RES

F109

I136

3146

3148

6

7107-1

F110

7107-2

3145

2

1

3147

3

I138

5

4

3150

10K

BC847BS

10K

BC847BS

5104

10u

22u

2122

2123

RES

2124

220u 25V

RES

6.3V

2125

330u

F111

5105

100R

I137

1K0

3149

3K3

2K2

3151

1K0

22u

2127

1%

3152

1%120R

19

20

A

B

C

A

D

B

E

C

G

D

H

E

I

J

F

K

G

L

100p

2133

2134

M

H

GND-SIG

4K7

3159

3160

470R

1%

GND-SIG

N

12345678910

O

P

1

2

I141

100p

100n

2135

GND-SIG

MULTI 12NC : 3139_123_64421 / 64541 / 64561

BD 12NC : 3139_123_64431 / 64551 / 64571

CELL 12C : 8239_125_14871

H

M

N

11 12 13 14

1X05

REF EMC HOLE

1X06

REF EMC HOLE

1X12

REF EMC HOLE

Round screw hole of 4.02mm

3

4

510

6 18

1X02

REF EMC HOLE

1X07

REF EMC HOLE

Round screw hole of 4.5mm

987

11

1X03

REF EMC HOLE

Oval screw hole of

5mm x 4.02mm

12

REF EMC HOLE

13

1X08

14

DC343514

CLASS_NO

3PC332

-- -- --

2008-10-17

2009-01-1623

NAME

Kailash

SV

1

CHECK DATE

15

PCB SB SSB BD

TV543_2K9

SUPERS.

16

**** *** *****

2008-10-17

********EMANTESNHC

1

1 2008-12-16

3139 123 6443

17

25

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

13010

19

01

20

18440_500_090223.eps

" X100 ~ X199 "

O

2009-01-16

P

A2

090224

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB: DC/DC +3V3 +1V2 Standby

EN 92Q548.1E LA 10.

1

A

1M95 D1

B

1M99 B1 2200 C1 2201 C1 2202 C2

C

D

A

E

F

G

1M99

1 2 3

B

4 5 6

FROM PSU

7 8

9 10 11 12

1-1735446-2

C

H

D

I

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FROM PSU

9 10 11

1-1735446-1

J

K

F

owner.

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

L

78

3211 C12 3212 B14 3213 B13 3214 C13 3215 C14

3221 G12 3222 G12 3223 F13 3224 F12 3225 C5

3226 C5 3227 C6 3228 D6 3229 D6 3230 D6

3231 D6 3232 D4 3233 E4 3234 E5 4201 B2

4202 C2 5203 B9 5204 B11 5221 F9 5222 F11

102

2203 C2 2204 D2 2205 D3 2206 E1 2207 E2

2208 E2

2210 B6 2211 D4 2212 B9

2213 B9 2214 B9 2215 B12 2216 C13 2217 B12

2218 B12 2219 C10 2220 D2 2221 F9 2222 F9

2223 F9 2224 F12 2225 F12 2226 F13 2227 F13

5

2228 F13 2229 F13 2230 E2 2231 C1 2232 C2

2233 B6 2235 C32209 B5 2236 C2 2237 C2 3200 B1

6

3201 B1 3204 D2 3207 B10 3208 C11 3210 C12

1234567

DC / DC +3V3-STANDBY_+1V2-STANDBY

7201

3225

3226

10K

I212

10K

I213

LD3985M122

1

3

5

6

I215

1

BC847BPN(COL)

OUTIN

INH BP

COM

2

4

7223-2

BC847BPN(COL)

I218

3227

3

220K

6K8

3228

10K

3230

I217

2

7224-1

5

I202

4

2233

100n

2210

RES

10K

3229

3K3

3231

I219

F218

F227

1u0

5

+1V2-STANDBY

4

7224-2

BC847BPN(COL)

3V3-ST

3

DETECT-12V

1M95

+3V3-STANDBY

F228 F201 F202

F203 F204 F205 F206 F223 F224 F225 F226

F214

F216

68R3200 68R

3201

4201 4202

100p2201

2231 100p

2200 100p

F207 F208 F209 F210 F211 F212 F213

F215

F217

RES

2206

100n

RES

100p2232

GNDSND

2207

RES

100n

2220

RES

2208

RES

GNDSND

100p2203

1n0

3204 68R

RES

100n

10n2235

100p2203

2202 100p

2203 100p

RES

2204 1n0

2205 1n0

1n02230

RES

+3V3-STANDBY

STANDBY

+12V

+AUDIO-POWER

+12VD

LAMP-ON-OUT

BACKLIGHT-OUT

BACKLIGHT-BOOST

POWER-OK

SCL-SET SDA-SET

+1V2-STANDBY

3232

3233

10K

I214

6225

PDZ8.2-B

1K0

2211

2

1u0

2209

+12V

1u0

6

7223-1 BC847BPN(COL)

1

I216

3234

22K

6217 B12 6225 D4 7201 A6 7202-1 B10 7202-2 C10

DC / DC

+12V

DC / DC

+12V

11

7203 B14 7204 D10 7222-1 E10 7222-2 F10 7223-1 D5

5203

33R

5221

33R

2212

2221

7223-2 C6 7224-1 E6 7224-2 C7 F201 B1 F202 B1

9

10u

2213

10u

2222

12

13

14

15

164

17

18

193

209

A

F203 B1 F204 B1 F205 B1 F206 B1 F207 D1

I203

10u

2214

RES 3207

100K

PDTC144EU

RES 7204

F208 D1 F209 D1 F210 D1 F211 D1 F212 D1

ST1S10PH

I204

7202-1

2

7202-2

ST1S10PH

F213 D1 F214 E1 F215 E1 F216 E1 F217 E1

1

6

A

SW

INH

VIN

SYNCSWVFB

GND

HSPA

8

4

10 11

VIA

3208

100K

2219

100n

F218 B6 F219 B12 F220 B14 F221 D14 F222 F12

11

I205

7

35

9

I207

+3V3

5204

10u

RES

F223 B1 F224 B1 F225 C1 F226 C1 F227 D6

F219

10u

2215

3210

2218

100K

25V220u

RES

2216

3214

4n7

I203 B9 I204 B10 I205 B11 I206 B14 I207 D11

1%

13

I210 F9 I212 C5 I213 D5 I214 D4 I215 E5

RES

I216 D5 I217 D6 I218 C6 I219 C6

F230

ENABLE-3V3

15

+5V5-TUN

+5V

PROT-DC

4121018

F220

I206

3213

3K9

1K0

3215

F221

7203 BC847BW

3212

10K

B

C

D

A

E

B

F

C

G

H

D

F228 B1 F229 B12 F230 B15 F231 F12 I202 B6

6217 SS36

10u

2217

F229

1%

1K0

3211

18K

I

E

7222-1

1

I210

10u

2223

ST1S10PH

10u

ST1S10PH

A

INH

VIN

SYNCSWVFB

GND

4

7222-2

10 11

VIA

6

SW

HSPA

5222

7

35

928

F222

2u0

4n7

2225

4K7

3221

3224

RES

3222

1%

100K

1%

1K0

22u2224

2226 22u

F231

2227

3223

22u2228

220u 25V

2229 22u

RES

1%470R

+1V2-PNX5100

SENSE+1V2-PNX5100

J

K

F

L

G

M

H

N

O

P

MULTI 12NC : 3139_123_64421 / 64541 / 64561 BD 12NC : 3139_123_64431 / 64551 / 64571

CELL 12C : 8239_125_14871

12345 14 15

2

3 1715

5

64

7 13

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

" X200 ~ X299 "

8

9

10

11

12

14

DC343514

CLASS_NO

3PC332

-- -- --

2008-10-17

2009-01-1623

Kailash

NAME

SV

1

CHECK DATE

********EMANTESNHC

PCB SB SSB BD

TV543_2K9

**** *** *****

SUPERS.

2008-10-17

16

25

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

18

3139 123 6443

0213010

191

G

M

H

N

O

2009-01-16

1

2008-12-16

1

P

A2

20

18440_501_090223.eps

090224

2009-Apr-03

TCK TDI TDO TMS

GPIO1 GPIO2

VIA

MSTRT

MERR

MCLK MVAL

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

RF_AGC

IF_AGC

SIF

CVBS

DA

CL

WS

VSYNC

VIA

MD

I2S

I2C

PD

VDDH VDDL

VSSH VSSL

VSSAH_AFE1

VSSAH_CVBS

VSSAH_OSC

VSSAL_AFE1

VSSAL_AFE2

GND_HS

VDDAH_AFE1

VDDAH_CVBS

VDDAH_OSC

VDDAL_AFE1

VDDAL_AFE2

XI

XO

P N

SCL2

SDA1

RSTN

SAW_SW

SCL1

SDA2

C

I

O2IGND

O1

GND

COM

OUTIN

RF-IN

MT

SHDN BP

COM

OUTIN

RF-IN

MT MT

MTMT

SHDN BP

COM

OUTIN

AGC CONTROL

I313 D7 I314 D7 I318 G6 I319 G6 I321 H8 I322 F11 I323 F11 I324 B11 I325 G16 I326 H9 I327 H11 I328 I10 I329 J10 I331 I9

I306 I15

N

C

2352

20

Y

B

owner.

15

4303

7

I307 H14

Y

N

L

4304

Y

N

2361

Y

*

Y

A

E

I308 H15

F324 E2

16

*

Pend new 12nc

*

4313

17

4306

LGI

Y

1

19

10

Y

F325 E2 F327 E5 F332 E5 F333 E5 F334 E5 F335 F5 F336 G10 F337 I11 F338 J8 F339 E14 I301 F14 I303 F15

F304 D11

2350

*

2362

RES

7

*

TUNER BOUNDARY SCAN

N

*

F305 D11 F306 B3 F308 B15 F309 C15 F310 C15 F311 D15 F312 F10 F313 F10 F314 J16 F315 I16 F316 H8 F317 E2 F318 E2 F319 E2 F320 E2 F321 E2 F322 E2 F323 E2

7312-1 G15

19

9

N

12

N

Y

10

7312-2 G16 7314-1 I15 7314-2 J16 7315 H9 7316-1 I11 7316-2 J11 7345-1 I15 7345-2 H15 A310 E2 A311 F2 A312 F1 A322 E5 A323 F5 A324 G7 A325 F6 A326 G7 A327 G6 A328 E4 A329 F4 F301 D11 F302 D11 F303 D11

5306 C12

*

M

4307

4317

RESERVED

6

1301

Y

N

5

*

Y

RFS

5307 D14 5308 B11 5309 B3 5310 D4 5311 H4 5313 B10 6301 H9 6302 H10 7302 G5 7303 E12 7307 B2 7308 B11 7309 B9

4314 I15

Y

8

N

O

*

O

N

Y

N

4315 J15 4316 E2 4317 F7 4318 F7 4319 F10 4320 H4 4321 H5 4322 I5 4323 G3 4324 G7 4325 G7 4326 F1 4327 F1 5301 D3 5302 G3 5303 G8 5304 B14 5305 C12

3396 E14

* *

2

*

G

4302

N

*

2302

MK2

Y

N

Y

18

N

3397 E14

3398 F11 3399 F11 33AA H5 33AB H5 33AC H5 4302 E2 4303 F2 4304 F3 4306 E5 4307 F4 4308 F5 4312 E5 4313 F5

3372 I10

4

N

Y4318

4312

1300

F

N

12

*

2360

3373 J10 3374 J10 3375 J10 3376 I11 3377 H10 3386 B2 3387 H10 3388 E10 3389 H10 3391 I15 3392 I16 3393 E14 3394 E14 3395 E14

3357 G14

L

15

2349

Y

2359

4308

*

N

D

2351

*

17

*

YN

* I…C ADRESS C0

3358 G15 3359 G15 3360 I16 3361 I16 3362 I15 3363 J15 3364 H9 3365 E10 3366 G10 3367 I10 3368 I9 3369 I10 3370 I11 3371 I10

3318 C12

N

NY

Y

H

63

N

RES

3345 I14 3346 H15 3347 I15 3348 H15 3349 I14 3350 D10 3351 D10 3352 D10 3353 D10 3354 D11 3355 F15 3356 F15

3309-1 F15

1

11

RES

3

*

132

8

C

5

" X300 ~ X399 "

3309-2 F15 3309-3 E15 3309-4 E15 3310-1 F15 3310-2 F15 3310-3 F15 3310-4 F15 3311 G15 3312 H7 3313 H7 3316 D7 3317 D7

2364 H4

J

E

13

K

14

K

J

20

2365 H6 2366 H6 2367 H4 2368 H6 2369 C3 2370 G7 2371 C8 2372 C9 2373 C9 3301 C4 3302 E10 3303 G7 3304 G7 3305 H7 3306 H3 3307 H3 3308-1 E15 3308-2 E15 3308-3 E15 3308-4 E15

2344 C11

M

A

P

2358

18

P

14

2345 H15 2346 H14 2347 G10 2348 G10 2349 E5 2350 E5 2351 F5 2352 F5 2353 F14 2354 G16 2355 H10 2356 H9 2357 H8 2358 E2 2359 E2 2360 E2 2361 F5 2362 E5 2363 E2

K

9

not in Arch2K8

TDI

11

HD1816 MK1

*

4

TCK

2318 C14 2319 C14 2320 C14 2321 C13 2322 C13 2323 C13 2324 C13 2325 D13 2326 D13 2327 D13 2328 D13 2329 D14 2330 D14 2331 E11 2332 E11 2334 F11 2335 H7 2336 C2 2337 C2 2341 E7 2342 E7

D

F

H

I

0R05

I

16

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

910111213141516

1234567

*

BD 12NC : 3139_123_64431 / 64551 / 64571

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A

B

C

2302 E2 2304 D3 2305 D3 2306 G4 2307 G4 2308 G7 2309 G8 2310 G8 2311 C12 2312 C12 2313 C12 2314 C13 2315 C13 2316 C13 2317 C13

N

CELL 12C : 8239_125_14871

TDO

MULTI 12NC : 3139_123_64421 / 64541 / 64561

12345678

LG1

G

B

FRONT END

D

TMS

L

1300 E6 1301 D1 1303 G3 1304 E11 1306 F1 2300 F6 2301 C4

5311

820n

+3V3B

2364

10n

2317

100n

F306

3307

510R

RES

30R

5306

F315

4321

RES

I313

4325

2315

100n

RES

220K

3XXX

22K

3XXX

RES

4XXXRES

4K7

3375

A329

+5V-TUNER

3308-2

2 7 47R

5305

30R

5310

30R

RES

I329

49

50

3305

6K8

45717

25

54

3

152855

29

101

69 70 71 72 73 74

38

415135

91 92 93 94

68

95 96 97 98 99

10082

83

84

67 85

86 87 88 89 90

162756

66

75 76 77 78 79 80 81

3742523646818

26

53

2

48

47

33

32

31

44

59 60 57 58

11 12 13 14 19 20 21 22

6

5

10

62

24

61

63

64

1

34

39

40

9

7303

DRX3926K-XK-A3

DEMODULATOR

Φ

43

65

4 30

23

F323 F324

47R

3398

+5V-TUNER

18K

10u

5307

3355

220R

3369

+5V-TUNER

7

RES

10K

3395

3309-2

47R2

+5V-TUNER

10K

3370

RES

F327

4304

+3V3B

10n

2367

2358 4n7

F332

+1V2A

560R

33AC

3371

27K

3306

150R

3359

100n

2319

2361 100n

3

2

1

84

7316-1 LM393PT

2332

12p

10K

3393

16V47u

2305

2u2

3310-3

47R36

2328

4314

BC847BPN

7312-1

2

6

1

+12V

A328

+5V-TUNER

TV543_2K9

3139 123 6443

CHECK DATE

NAME

1

SUPERS.

1

CLASS_NO

********EMANTESNHC

25

3PC332

03

2008-10-17

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

**** *** *****

SV

2009-01-16

DC343514

Wang Bing Bing

2009-01-1623

4303

13010

1 2008-12-16

-- -- --

2008-10-17

A2

PCB SB SSB BD

4320

4323

47R

3310-1

18

2345

22u

+3V3E

F321

F320

+1V2

F310

3302 10K

F309

A325

+3V3A

150R3361RES

I314

4317

10K

F305

3351

+3V3A

A323

10K

3357

4324

RES

2318

100n

+1V2-PNX85XX

3311 100R

4319

RES

2334

100n

4312

10K

3308-3

47R36

3350

A312

10n2306

2322

2u2

3348

18K

4307

+5V

+3V3D

F322

+3V3A

4302

2366

100n

RES

10n

2365

4u7RES

F325

2363

100n

2323

+1V2A

A324

3362

RES

100R

5304

10u

I326

+3V3B

SIF-GND

F334

100n

2356

+5V5-TUN

+5V-TUNER

I328

I322

ANTENNA-SUPPLY

2360 10n

+3V3

I303

2312

10u

3303

220R

4n72359

I319

5301

30R

F337

4313

4K73365

47R

3316

+3V3

03

+5V-TUNER

A326

4322

RES

3394

10K

RES

3

1 2

5 4

36M125

1303

OFWX6966M

BZX384-C6V8

I321

6302

3349

150R

100n2349

3354

22R

F339

47R

3310-4

45

3p3

36

2354

47R

3309-3

2313

10u

I308

F318

+5V

680n

5303

F314

+3V3B

I324

A322

27K

3372

3367

2R2

3301

6K8

2350 100n

27M

1304

F301

4

2301

22n

7345-2

BC847BPN(COL)

5

3

I327

RES

5

3

4

F336

BC857BS 7314-2

3366

4K7

4318

10K3376

F319

I306

3345

10K

+3V3D

+5V-TUNER

30R

RES

F308

5313

4K7

3364

+3V3B

4315

F316

F312

4308

2336

1u0

2u2

2320

2314

I331

100n

3318

120R

RES

ANTENNA-SUPPLY

3317

+12V

47R

10K

3373

2353 100n

1

32

+3V3E

7308

LD1117DT12

3368

220R

4306

F338

F311

I325

5

+5V-TUNER

3309-4

47R4

3360 150RRES

I307

100n

2316

2351 100n

100p

2310

100n

2337

RES

5309

4u7

BC847BPN 7312-2

5

3

4

25

33AB

470R

6301

BAS316

F303

3352 10K

2373

2u2

1u0

2371

100K

3377

RES

2321

100n

3396

10K

18R

3391

2302

4n7

+1V2

2307 10n

150R

3358

NC1

NC2

RF_AGC

SCL SDA

XTAL_OUT

1XXX

HD1816

TUNER

+5V

AS

DC_PWR

IF_OUT1 IF_OUT2

I323

470R

3356

3389

2R2

2357

22n

22p

2308

100n

2344

2u2

2369

I318

3309-1

47R18

I301

F333

3387

100K

2346

22u

3353 10K

RES

2

6

1

2368

10n

7314-1

BC857BS

100p

2309

2329

2u2

2

4

3

2330

100n

7315 BCP56

1

100n

2300

NC

RF_AGC SCL SDA

VTU_TP

AIF

ANT_PWR B1

B2

DIF1

DIF2

IF_AGC

TUNER

TDTC-G321D

1XXX

A327

NC1

NC2

RF_AGC

SCL SDA

XTAL_OUT

+5V

AS

DC_PWR

IF_OUT1 IF_OUT2

1XXX

TUNER

2335

22n

F304

+5V-TUNER

2325

100n

33AA

560R

100n

2326

RES 3363

100R

LK112M33TR

3

2

54

1

7309

820n

5302

RES

A310

3392

10u

68R

2311

RES

2348 18p

2u2

2327

100n

2304

100n2352

+12V

150R

3347

3388 4K7

+3V3B

12p

2331

F313

4316

A311

RES

3346

470R

18p

2342

2K7

3374

5

6

7

84

7316-2 LM393PT

47R3399

2

6

1

2u2

2324

7345-1 BC847BPN(COL)

10K

3397RES

3304

220R

F317

F335

5

GND2

2 INPUT1

3 INPUT2

7OUTPUT1

6OUTPUT2

4 VAGC

1

VCC

7302

UPC3221GV-E1

8

GND1

5

RES 30R5308

47R

3308-4

4

47R

3308-1

18

2 7 47R

3310-2

4R7

3386

2355

100n

2362 100n

2370

F302

2p2

2341

18p

18p2347

2372

100n

2

54

1

RES

LK112SM50

7307

3

RF-AGC

IF-AGC

MCLK

MD0 MD1 MD2 MD3 MD4 MD5 MD6 MD7

MERR

MSTRT

MVAL

RF-AGC

PDN

ANTENNA-CTRL

PDP

FE-DATA(6)

FE-DATA(5)

FE-DATA(4)

FE-DATA(7)

FE-DATA(2)

FE-DATA(1)

FE-DATA(0)

FE-DATA(3)

CVBS

FE-CLK

FE-SOP

FE-VALID

SIF

CVBS-TER-OUT

ANTENNA-CTRL

SDA-TUNER

SCL-TUNER

SCL-TUNER SDA-TUNER

IF-N

IF-P

FE-DATA(0:7)

RESET-SYSTEM

PDP

PDN

SDA-SSB

SCL-SSB

IF-P

IF-N

18440_502_090223.eps

090224

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

SSB: Front End

EN 93Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

SSB: PNX8543 - Power

COM

OUTIN

VDD_1V2_HDMI_1

VPP_ID_8543

VDDA_1V2_HDMI_EQ VDD_3V3_HDMI_TERM_2 VDDA_HDMI_3V3_BIAS

VDDA_3V3_VID_4

VDDA_3V3_MCAB

VDD_3V3_LVDS

VDD_3V3_PER

VDD_3V3_SBPER

VDDA_3V3_USB

1

VDDA_1V2_USB_PLL

GNDA_USB

0

VDDA_1V2_ADC4A

VDDA_1V2_CAB

VDD_1V8_DDR

VDD_1V2_SBCORE

VDDA_1V2_DLL

VDDA_3V3_DDRPLL0

VDD_1V2_DDRPLL0

7

4

VSS_DDRPLL

VDDA_3V3_VIDOUT

JTAG_VSST1

VSSA_DLL

VDDA_3V3_VID_1_2

VDDA_3V3_VID_1_1

VDDA_3V3_HDMI_PLL_2

VDDA_3V3_DCSCCO VDDA_1V2_DCS_A

VDD_1V2_HDMI_2

VPP_ID_8542

VDDA_1V2_AADC

VDD_1V2_CORE

VDDA_1V2_LVDS_PLL

VDDA_3V3_ADAC

VSSA_DDRPLL0

VDDA_3V3_AADC

VDDA_3V3_LVDS

VDDA_3V3_ACT

VSS_CL

VDDA_3V3_HDMI_PLL_1

VDD_3V3_HDMI_TERM_1

VDDA_1V2_HDMI_EQ

VDDA_1V2_VID

C

VSS

COM

OUTIN

8 1513

1

F

D

F619 D14 F620 E14 F621 E15 F622 F15 F623 G15 F624 G15 F625 D8 F626 H15 I600 C3 I613 B14 I614 B13 I615 G4 I616 C8

M

1812

K

G

17

112

F611 A15 F612 B15 F615 C16 F616 C14 F617 D15 F618 D15

" X600 ~ X699 "

1864

P

H

F

A

B

5627 C7 7600-10 G2 7600-9 B9 7601 B3 7602 D5 C600 E3 F600 C4 F601 E2 F602 C8 F603 D8 F604 E8 F605 E6 F606 F6 F607 E7 F608 F8

F609 F7 F610 G8

O

16

A

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

3

C

5610 F8 5611 G7 5612 A15 5613 B16 5614 C16 5615 D16 5616 C15 5617 B15 5618 B14 5619 D16 5620 D15 5621 E15 5622 E15 5623 F15 5624 G15 5625 G15 5626 E5

2

D

19

L

H

G

20

M

17

2699 C7 26A1 E7 26A2 D7 26A3 C7 26A4 C7 3601 D6 5600 C2 5601 D7 5602 C7 5603 D4 5604 D7 5605 E5 5607 F5 5608 E6 5609 F6

I

C

E

K

2678 G14 2679 G15 2680 H14 2681 H15 2682 H12 2683 H12 2684 H13 2685 H13 2686 H14 2687 H14 2688 H14 2689 H14 2690 H15 2691 B6 2692 B6 2693 B7 2694 H13 2695 H13 2696 H13 2697 D5

19

J

5

N

P

1

J

2657 C13 2658 C14 2659 C15 2660 B16 2661 B16 2662 C16 2663 C15 2664 D14 2665 D14 2666 D14 2667 D14 2668 D14 2669 D14 2670 D16 2671 D16 2672 F15 2673 F14 2674 F14 2675 F14 2676 F14 2677 F15

10

20

14

6

CELL 12C : 8239_125_14871

BD 12NC : 3139_123_64431 / 64551 / 64571

12

2634 F5 2635 F5 2636 F7 2637 F7 2638 F8 2639 F8 2640 G7 2641 G7 2642 G8 2643 G8 2644 B12 2645 B13 2646 B13 2647 B13 2648 B13 2649 B13 2650 B14 2651 B14 2652 B14 2653 B14 2654 B15

144 15

owner.

2655 B15 2656 B15

2610 A6 2611 A6 2612 A7 2613 A7 2614 A7 2615 A7 2616 A7 2617 A8 2618 A8 2619 A8 2620 A8 2621 B6 2622 B6 2623 C7 2624 C7 2625 C7 2626 E7 2627 C7 2628 D7 2629 D7 2630 E7

7

I

L

MULTI 12NC : 3139_123_64421 / 64541 / 64561

2631 D7 2632 E5 2633 E5

7 8 9 1011121314151617

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

9

B

N

PNX8543 - POWER

13

2609 A6

1234567891011121314151617

1234

53

9

56

L

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

2600 C4 2601 C2 2602 C4 2603 C2 2604 D2 2605 D3 2606 D2 2607 E2 2608 A6

1110

E

87

O

F603

K

F604

I616

+3V3

10u

26A4

26A3

I600

+3V3F

100n

+1V2-PNX85XX

RES

2651

100n

+3V3

RES

100n

2650

4

LD1117

7602

1

3

2

10u

2697

F607

1u0

2621

100n

2692

RES

26A2

10u

100n

2649

RES

2648

100n

RES

33R

5627

6.3V330u

2606

+3V3

N30 AE30

AM3

T6

AA30

1u0

2637

F23 F24 F28

AC6 AD6

AJ26

F17

AD30

W30 AK30

AJ21

F6 H29 J29

J6

W6

AJ22 AJ27 AJ28

AJ8 F10

T21

T30

U21

V21

W21

E13

E17

AK20 AK21 AK24 AL21

C17

AF5 AF6 AG5 AG6

AG30

Y21

AH30

R21

R30

V6

AJ13 AJ14 AJ20 AJ23 F18 F19 F20 F25

AB30

C13

P6 R6 H5

F16

AJ12

F26 F9 K30 L30 U30 V30

AK8 AK12

T5

AC30

E14

E16

AJ19

AB6

AJ17

D4

AJ30

P30

AF30D14

D16

AJ18

AK17

L6 M6 N6

AJ6

7600-9

PNX85439E

VDD

AJ16

AJ7

K6

AA6

T3

Y30

3601

100R

33R

5623

100n

2627

SENSE+1V2-PNX85XX

26A1

22u

C600

5601

33R

100n

2641

2678

100n

RES

33R

5626

2689

1u0

2610

100n

+3V3-PER

100n

2644

RES

F625

100n

2633

2600

10u

+3V3-STANDBY

100n

2622

2664

100n

+1V2-PNX85XX

RES

33R5622

RES

100n

2667

2699

10u

VDDA-LVDS

+1V2-PNX85XX

2665

100n

2675

100n

2618

100n

2620

100n

2612

33R

5602

100n

2613RES

+3V3

2656 1u0

+3V3

F616

F608

+1V2-PNX85XX

100n

2625

22u

2602

100n

2624

2676

100n

2660

100n

04

2008-10-17

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

**** *** *****

SV

2009-01-16

DC343514

Vincent Yap / Lee CW

2009-01-1623

2659

1u0

1 2008-12-16

-- -- --

2008-10-17

A2

PCB SB SSB BD

TV543_2K9

3139 123 6443

CHECK DATE

NAME

1

SUPERS.

1

CLASS_NO

********EMANTESNHC

25

3PC332

2679

1u0

13010

2696

100n

2674

100n

1u0

+3V3

2690

+1V2-PNX85XX

2671

100n

+3V3

+1V2-PNX85XX

+3V3

F621

F624

5625

33R

2632

100n

RES

1u0

2670

100n

2668

+1V2-PNX85XX

F606

F609

+1V2-PNX85XX

2677

100n

+1V2-PNX85XX

2661

1u0

5617

33R

2614

100n

RES

2688

100n

5605

33R

2623

RES

100n

1u0

2684

+3V3-PER

2604

1u0

100n

2654

5619

33R

2617

100n

RES

33R

5604

F622

100n2673

2630

100n

2681 100n

2682

100n

2662

VDDA-AUDIO

33R

5616

+1V2-PNX85XX

2605

100n

2601

I614

+3V3

+1V8-PNX85XX

F611

VDDA-ADC

F620

2694

T18 T19 T20

100n

R15 R16 R17

AA5

R18 R19 R20 T14 T15 T16 T17

P16 P17

AA21 P18

P19

P2 P20 P21 P33 R14

G5

G6

AA20

H6

K2

L33

L5 M2 N5

P14 P15

E4

F21

AA19

F22

F27

F29

F30

F5F7F8

G29

AP34

AA18

B34

D12

D13

D17

D18

E12

E18

E3

AA17

AM31

AM32

AM33

AM34

AN1

AN32

AN33

AN34

AP33

AA16

AK25 AL1 AL2 AL3 AL30 AM1 AM18

AM2

AM21

AM22

AA15

AJ15 AJ24 AJ25 AJ29 AJ33 AJ5 AJ9 AK10 AK13 AK23

Y20

Y33

Y5

Y6

AC33 AE6 AF33 AG31 AH29 AH6

W17

W18

W19

W20

Y14

Y15

Y16

Y17

Y18

Y19

AC31

V14

V15

V16

V17

V18

V19

V20

W14

W15

W16

AB5

U14 U15 U16 U17 U18 U19 U20 U33

U6

AB4

PNX85439E

AA14

AB31

T31

100n

2615RES

7600-10

1u0

2669

100n

2687

2636

100n

2685

100n

33R

5609

100n

2695

2607

330u 6.3V

5612

33R

+1V2-PNX85XX

+3V3

2653

100n

2631

5614

33R

F617

2608

1u0

33R

5603

VDDA-DAC

2680 100n

5621 33R

5613

33R

+1V2-PNX85XX

I615

+1V2-PNX85XX

RREF-PNX85XX

2626

F618

10u

33R

5615

2616

100n

RES

100n

+3V3

2628

1u0

2638

2686

100n

2635

100n

5607

33R

5620

100n

2663

5608

33R

2643

100n

2666

+3V3

100n

2611

100n

2634

33R

5610

F615

F623

RES

1u0

2642

F619

F626

VDDA-AUDIO

F612

5618

33R

100n

2609

5611

33R

RREF-PNX85XX

F600

+1V8-PNX85XX

10u

2603

LD1117DT18

7601

1

32

2655

100n

F610

100n

2652

+3V3

+1V2-STANDBY

2657

100n

+1V8-PNX85XX

RES

2691

100n

33R

5624

F601

100n

2639

RES

100n

2647

2646

100n

1u0

RES

2640

2645

100n

RES

33R

5600

10u

F602

2629

2658

100n

2619

100n

I613

2672

100n

2693

100n

RES

100n

F605

2683

18440_503_090223.eps

090224

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

EN 94Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

C

CA_RST

1

DIR

CA_MOCLK

CA_RDY

4

0 1

0

1

0

2

1

0

TNR_MIVAL

TNR_MISTRT

CA_MDO

3

7

6

5

4

3

2

7

6

5

4

TNR_MICLK

TNR_ERROR

CA_MDI

CA_MISTRT

EN

TNR_TSDI

CA_VCCEN

CA_VPPEN

CA_MIVAL

CA_MOSTRT

CA_MOVAL

CA_OOB_EN

3

2

1

0

CA_ADD_EN

5 6 7

CA_VSN

CA_MICLK

CA_DATA

CA_CDN

N

IREF_LVDS

N P

B

CLK

N P

C

N P

D

N P

E

LOUT2_A

N P

LOUT2_B

LOUT2_CLK

N P

LOUT2_C

N P

LOUT2_D

N P

LOUT2_E

N P

P

N

P

A

N P

NC

NC NC

NC

F704 D7 F705 D7 F706 D7 F707 D7 F708 D7 F709 D7 F710 D7 F711 D7 F712 D7 F713 E7

3710 G7 3711 H1 3714 H2 4700 H6 4701 H2 4702 G4 7600-11 B2 7600-12 F5

K

181615

6

7600-5 B5 F700 B6 F701 H2 F702 C7 F703 C7

E

F

3707-2 F6 3707-3 F6 3707-4 F6 3708-1 F6 3708-2 F6 3708-3 F6 3708-4 F6 3709-1 F8 3709-2 G8 3709-3 F6

L

M

8

C

B

3709-4 G6

G

H

N

O

P

20

I

17

NC

3

O

20

K

A

B

P

91413

G

I

89

2

19

H

11

J

1

" X700 ~ X799 "

7

D

7

G

5

10 11 12

A

B

C

D

E

F

56

owner.

8

A

9

N

18

M

L

1413

NC

789101112

1234567

3700 B6 3707-1 F6

C

19

BD 12NC : 3139_123_64431 / 64551 / 64571

106

D

J

F

543

MULTI 12NC : 3139_123_64421 / 64541 / 64561

CELL 12C : 8239_125_14871

I

171615

2

4

1234

PNX8543 - VIDEO STREAMS / LVDS OUTPUT

E

12

H

10 11 121

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

3710 33R

3708-1 1 8

36

47R

CHECK

3708-3 47R

03101

3

2

2009-01-16

DC343514

2009-01-16

SV

**** *** *****

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

2008-10-17

05

3PC332

25

********SETNAMECHN

CLASS_NO

1

SUPERS.

1

NAME

DATE

Vincent Yap / Lee CW

3139 123 6443

TV543_2K9

PCB SB SSB BD

A2

2008-10-17

-- -- --

2008-12-161

3709-4

47R45

36

4700

3709-3

47R

AM24

AN22

AP22

AK22 AL22

AL23 AM23

AN23

AP23

AN24

AP24

AL24

AP18

AK18 AL18

AL19

AM19

AN19

AP19

AN20

AP20

AL20

AM20

PNX85439E

7600-5

AK19

AN18

LVDS

4702

C11 D11 E11 A10

A33

J32 A34

C12

B10

B9

C10

D10 E10 A9 A11

H30 J33

J31

E32

E34

D34

C31

J34

C34

C33

H34 F34 F32 F31

G34

E33 C32 B32 J30 K34 K33

B31

K32 A32

D31 A31

H32H31

G33 G31 G30

TUN_CA

7600-12

PNX85439E

F700

27

45

47R

3708-2

F701

3707-4 47R

813709-1 47R

VDDA-LVDS

4K7

3711

2747R3707-2

36

18

47R3707-3

3707-1 47R

K31

W5 F11 F12

AF29

AG29

AM30R5AN30

AP30

AN31

AP31

AP32

M30

T29 U29 V29

W4

W29

Y29

AA29

AB29

AC29

AD29

AE29

AL29

AM29

T4

AN29

K29

L29 M29 N29 P29 R29

AM26

AN26

AP26

R4

Y4

AM27

AN27

AK28 AL28

AM28

AK29

AK15

AL17

AN21

C4

AP21

AL25

AM25

AN25

AP25

AK26

AL26

7600-11

PNX85439E

R2

F13 F14 F15 C14 AJ11 AL12

NC

3700

12K

4701

72

RES

47R

3709-2

10K

3714

453708-4 47R

F712

F711

F709

F710

F704

F703

F713

F702

F708

F707

F706

F705

RX51001CLK+

RX51001CRX51001C+

RX51001DRX51001D+

RX51001E-

RX51001E+

CA-MDI2

CA-MDI6

RX51002B-

CA-MISTRT

CA-MIVAL

CA-MDO(7)

+3V3-PER

FE-ERR FE-ERR

RX51001A+

RX51001A-

RX51001CLK-

CA-MDO(1) CA-MDO(2) CA-MDO(3) CA-MDO(4) CA-MDO(5) CA-MDO(6)

CA-MOSTRT

CA-CD1 CA-CD2

CA-VS1

CA-MOCLK_VS2

IRQ-CA

CA-MOCLK_VS2

FE-DATA(0:7)

FE-DATA(0) FE-DATA(1) FE-DATA(2) FE-DATA(3) FE-DATA(4) FE-DATA(5) FE-DATA(6) FE-DATA(7)

CA-MDO(0:7)

CA-MDO(0)

CA-RST

CA-DATADIR

CA-DATAEN

CA-ADDEN

FE-CLK

FE-SOP

FE-VALID

CA-MDI0 CA-MDI1

CA-MDI3 CA-MDI4 CA-MDI5

CA-MDI7

CA-MICLK

CA-MOVAL

RX51002A-

RX51002A+

RX51002B+

RX51002CRX51002C+

RX51002DRX51002D+

RX51002E-

RX51002E+

RX51002CLK-

RX51002CLK+

RX51001B-

RX51001B+

18440_504_090223.eps

090224

SSB: PNX8543 - Video Streams/LVDS Output

EN 95Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

VIA

GND_HS

VO

IN-

VDD

1

SHUTDOWN

BYPASS

2

GND

2

1

C

I819 B3 I821 C2 I822 C3 I823 C3 I833 A7 I835 B7 I836 D7 I837 E7 I839 C12 I840 C13 I845 H6 I846 H6 I847 H7 I848 H7 I849 H7

I850 H9 I851 H9

RES

PNX8543 - AUDIO AMPLIFIER

7830 G7 F800 G1 F801 G2 F802 G2 F803 B9 F804 D9 F805 E9 F808 C11 F809 A9 F811 C14 F812 B4 I810 F2 I811 F3

CELL 12C : 8239_125_14871

K

16

I

9

10

I812 F4 I813 F3 I814 A7 I815 B7 I816 D7 I817 E7 I818 B2

5

3835-4 H6 3839 H7 3840 D9 3841 C11 4801 A3 6801 B2 7801 B4 7802 C3 7803-1 A8 7803-2 B8 7803-3 D8 7803-4 E8 7807-1 C12 7807-2 C14 7808 F2 7809 F3

L

11

N

104

owner.

O

20

J

5

D

BD 12NC : 3139_123_64431 / 64551 / 64571

MULTI 12NC : 3139_123_64421 / 64541 / 64561

3819-1 B3 3819-2 B3 3819-3 C3 3819-4 C3 3820 C2 3821 G1 3822 G1 3830-1 B13 3830-2 C13 3830-3 C11 3830-4 C11 3831 A9 3832 C9 3833 B12 3834 E9 3835-1 H6 3835-2 G7 3835-3 F7

F

RESERVED FOR ITV

17

O

G

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

15

3810 F2 3811 F3 3812 F3 3813 F4 3814 G2 3815 G3 3816-1 B8 3816-2 B7 3816-3 C7 3816-4 C8 3817-1 D7 3817-2 D8 3817-3 F7 3817-4 F8 3818 B2

F

4

B

C

2

1223

191311

1918

2824 G2 2825 G2 2826 A7 2827 B7 2830 D7 2831 E7 2832 H6 2833 H6 2834 G8 2835 G7 2836 G7 2837 H6

139

17

6

J

RES

P

RES

M

P

H

10 11 12 13 14

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

A

H

G

K

20

BATHROOM SPEAKER

L

8

7

1

A

6

RES

M

6789

EMC

N

18

E

15

0R

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

12345

14

D

14

RES

E

EMC

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1800 G1 2800 B2 2806 A8 2808 C8 2809 E8 2810 F8 2811 D7 2812 E7 2822 C12 2823 B8

123

" X800 ~ X899 "

16

C

3 12

I

8

7

2824

1n0

220p

2831

I847

5

3819-4

22K

4

45

F811

22K

3830-4

1u0

2822RES

I817

3841

I822

I850

1K0

3832

I835

I837

12

13

14

4

11

LM324

7803-4

220p

2827

3833

10K

I823

I821

3839

10K

3831

1K0

+AUDIO-POWER

F805

2825

1n0

3835-1 22K18

22K3835-4 4 5

10

9

8

4

11

LM324

7803-3

I836

7801

BC807-25W

BC847BW

7802

3816-4

10K

54

F812

AUDIO-VDD

3n3

2812

F801

I810

BC847BW

7808

2808

33p

AUDIO-VDD

63

3818

4R7

3830-3

22K

I814

I851

10K

3811

2836 33p

33p2835

I812

I813

1u0

2800

3810

10K

I816

I815

5K6

3813

4801

I839

36

3820

10K

3817-3

1

7

F804

3

4

9

2

6

5

8

10 11

7830

TPA6111A2DGN

AMPLIFIER

Φ

F800

F802

2810

33p

10K

3816-1

18

33p

2823

I840

10K

18

3817-1

+3V3

33p

2809

3812

5K6

DATE

NAME

1

SUPERS.

1

CLASS_NO

********EMANTESNHC

25

3PC332

06

2008-10-17

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

**** *** *****

SV

2009-01-16

DC343514

Hor Siew Lee

2009-01-1623

13010

1 2008-12-16

-- -- --

2008-10-17

A2

PCB SB SSB BD

TV543_2K9

3139 123 6443

CHECK

I849

I846

2830

220p

LM324

7803-1

3

2

1

4

11

2 3

45

502382-0370

1800

1

2826

220p

AUDIO-VDD

6801

BZX384-C6V8

1u0

2834

3814

470R

27

3840

1K0

22K3835-2

18

AUDIO-VDD

1

AUDIO-VDD

3819-1

22K

7807-1 BC847BPN(COL)26

I818

18

1u02837

3830-1

22K

I848

1u02832

7

4

11

LM324

7803-2

5

6

3835-3 22K36

1K0

3834

7

I811

3816-2

10K

2

100R3822

27

3819-2

22K

470R

3815

7809

BC847BW

F808

AUDIO-VDD

F809

3830-2

27

22K

10K

3817-2

27

2811

3n3

3821 100R

I845

I819

I833

2833 1u0

4

100n

2806

3817-4

10K

5

4

F803

BC847BPN(COL)

7807-2

5

3

3816-3

36

10K

+AUDIO-POWER

3819-3

22K

AUDIO-RESET

ADAC(3)

ADAC(4)

HP_ROUT

HP_LOUT

A-STBY

ADAC(7)

AUDIO-OUT-L

AUDIO-OUT-R

ADAC(5)

ADAC(6)

AUDIO-CL-L

AUDIO-CL-R

ADAC(8)

A-PLOP

AUDIO-RESET

ADAC(3)

ADAC(4)

18440_505_090223.eps

090224

SSB: PNX8543 Audio Amplifier

EN 96Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

SSB: PNX8543 Audio

SPDIF_IN

ADAC7BUF ADAC8BUF

P

NADAC5

P

NADAC4

P

N

P

AOUT

ADAC6 N

RESREF

VCOM_ADC

P

OSCLK

VSSA_ADAC

7

P

N

R

AIN_5

SPDIF_OUT

ADAC1

AGND1

NEG

R

L

I2S_OUT_WS

VRNEG

VREF

I2S_OUT

I2S_OUT_SD

ADAC

VREF_AADC

AADC

POS

8

I2S_IN_WS

SD4

SD3

SD2

SD1

4

OSCLK SCK

I2S_IN

3

2

1

L R

1 2

AIN_1

L R

AIN_2

L R

AIN_3

L R

AIN_4

L

ADAC3

VDDA_3V3_DAC

SCK

NADAC2

OUT IN

INHBP

COM

C

2900 B5

5

3

BD 12NC : 3139_123_64431 / 64551 / 64571

MULTI 12NC : 3139_123_64421 / 64541 / 64561

X

100K

X

P

10

22K

3927

XX

4

18

10

11 12

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

2910-1 B7 2910-2 B7

16

X

CELL 12C : 8239_125_14871

33K33K

A

FLAVORS 22"

123456789101112

123456789

2921 C11 2922 E11

3925

X

100K

X

PNX8543 - AUDIO

owner.

4903 & 4904

16

M

33K

87

P

E

33K33K

15K

3924

2901 B5 2902 B5 2903 C5 2904 C5 2905 D5 2906 D5 2907 E5 2908 E5 2909 E5

2935 E4 2936 E11

4905 & 4906

33KX33K

X

OTHERS

YES

X

F

X

4901 & 4902

G

21

2910-3 C7 2910-4 C7 2912 C7 2915-1 C9 2915-2 C9 2915-3 C9 2915-4 C9 2919 C10 2920 C10

3903-2 C2 3903-4 C2

33K

X

3926

17

I

3923

B

FLAVORS 32"/42"

17

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

YES

33K

YESX

2923 E11 2924 G5 2925 G6 2926 A4 2927 B4 2928 B4 2929 C4 2930 C4 2931 C4 2932 D4 2933 D4 2934 E4

3912-1 E9 3912-2 E9

220K

1

C

33K

5

X33K

33K

L

22K

13

J

G

33K

X

33K

2937 E11 2938 E11 2939 E12 3900-1 B2 3900-2 B3 3900-3 A3 3900-4 A2

3925-1 D3 3925-2 E3

PnS SS

RES

3904

K

RES

D

9 15

J

3

8

3904-3 C2 3904-4 B2 3905-3 C3 3905-4 B3 3906 G6 3907 G6 3908 G6 3909 C11 3910 C11 3911-1 F9 3911-2 F9 3911-3 D9 3911-4 D9

4906 D4 5900 B7

11

10

RES

I

N

C

X

O

6

N

3912-3 E9 3912-4 D9 3913 F9 3914 F9 3915 F9 3923-1 D3 3923-4 C3 3924-1 D2 3924-2 D2

I906 C4 I907 D4

RES

F

33K

A

15

YES

11 20199

3926-1 E2 3926-2 E2 3927-1 E3 3927-2 E3 3932 F6 3933 F6 4901 B4 4902 C4 4903 D3 4904 E4 4905 C4

I917 F7 I918 F7

12 13

H

12

K

3903

2

" X900 ~ X999"

X

18

5901 C10 5902 B7 6900 E2 6901 D2 7600-7 C7 7900 B11 F901 C10 F902 F10 I901 A4 I902 B4 I903 B4 I904 C4

I905 C4

M

I919 G7 I920 F9 I921 B7 I922 C10

4

L

B

7

H

2019

E

14

6

D

3905

I908 D4 I909 E4 I910 E4 I911 C9 I913 C11 I914 C7 I916 B7

4904

X

O

14

4903

3926-1 33K18

I918

I908

33p

2907

RES

F902

1u0

2929

RES

I909

3914 33R

27

I920

3925-2

33K

I916

27

2931

1u0

5

33K

3900-2

100n

2915-4

4

2915-3

100n

36

45

33R

3911-4

36

45

3911-3 33R

33R3912-4

4906

27

4905

8

100n

2915-2

2915-1

100n

1

AN8

AJ10

U5 C19

V1

AM7

AK9

AK7 AL7

AM8 AM9

AP8

AM15 AL15

AM14

AA2

Y2

Y3 AA1 AA3 AA4

Y1

B1

AM6 AN6

AP6 AM5

AN5 AP5

C1

AN15 AL14

AK14 AP15

AM10

AL9

AP9

AL8

AN9

D3

AN7 AP7

AK6 AL6

AM12 AN12 AP12

AM11

AL11

AK11

AN11 AP11

AL10

AP10 AN10

AN14 AP14

AL13

AP13 AN13 AM1333K27

AUDIO

PNX85439E

7600-7

3924-2

4K7

3906

1u02932

5900

33R

27

45

33R3911-2

3900-4 33K

5901

33R

1u0

2933

2910-4

100n

45

100n

2910-3

36

2718

2910-2

100n 100n

2910-1

2

7

33R3912-2

3905-4

33K

45

VDDA-AUDIO

36

33K

3905-3

AUD_GND

I921

VDDA-AUDIO

3n3

2923

2922

3n3

4 5 33K3903-4

F901

2927

1u0

I919

33R

5902

RES

33p

2909

2919

10u

3912-3 33R

36

3915 68R

4901

4902

4

2

1

3

5

I901

I914

LD2985BM33R

7900

I922

I904

I902

1u0

2926

45

3904-3 3 6

3904-4 33K

33K

3908

75R

1

8

3912-1

33R

33K3924-1 1 8

1u0

2935

RES

33p

2904

I903

I917

33p2903

RES

2901

I911

33p

33K3926-2 2 7

3903-2 33K27

RES

2902

33p

45

2928

1u0

8

33K

3923-4

3911-1 33R

1

I905

2908

33p

RES

I906

22K

3910

3909

22K

2921

10u

RES

33p

2900

AUD_GND

DATE

NAME

1

SUPERS.

1

CLASS_NO

********EMANTESNHC

25

3PC332

07

2008-10-17

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

**** *** *****

SV

2009-01-16

DC343514

Hor Siew Lee

2009-01-1623

13010

1 2008-12-16

-- -- --

2008-10-17

A2

PCB SB SSB BD

TV543_2K9

3139 123 6443

CHECK

33R3913 RES

33K

3925-1

18

2924

100n

2934

1u0

36

3900-3

33K

I913

3907

4K7

I910

2905

10u

2912

VDDA-AUDIO

33p

RES

3933

VDDA-AUDIO

33p

47K

RES

2906

47K

3932

10u

2925

I907

+5V

3927-2

7281

33K

3927-1

33K

3923-2

33K

27

+3V3

VDDA-DAC

10n

2920

6900

CDS4C12GTA

12V

2930 1u0

AUD_GNDAUD_GND

3900-1 1 8 33K

6901

CDS4C12GTA

12V

3n3

2938

2939

3n3

2936

2937

3n3

ADAC(4)

ADAC(3)

ADAC(2)

ADAC(1)

ADAC(5)

ADAC(7)

ADAC(4)

ADAC(3)

ADAC(8)

ADAC(7)

ADAC(7) ADAC(8)

SPDIF-IN

AUDIO-IN5-R

AUDIO-IN4-R

AUDIO-IN3-R

AUDIO-IN5-L

AUDIO-IN3-L

AUDIO-IN2-L

AUDIO-IN2-R

AUDIO-IN1-L

AUDIO-IN4-L

AUDIO-IN1-R

ADAC(1)

ADAC(2)

SPDIF-OUT-1

ADAC(6)

18440_506_090223.eps

090224

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

EN 97Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

DAC

AI11

SYNC_IN_2

CVBS1Y

PC3_AI3

PC3_AI2

PC3_AI1

N

PC2_AI3

AI54

AI53

AI52

AI2P_IF AI2N_IF

HSYNCIN

VSYN

AGC

AI33

REF 3

REF 5

AI43

AI42

AI41

SYNC_IN_1

AI4N

AI44

AI31

AI23

P N

AI22

AI21

PC1_AI1

PC2_AI2

PC2_AI1

CVBS2C

P

BIAS

AI51

REF 4

AI32

REF 2

REF 1

GND_A3_TG

PC1_AID

PC1_AI3

PC1_AI2

OUT

IN

AI5N

CURREF

PC3_AID

PC2_AID

AI1P_IF

AI1N_IF

AI13

AI12

C

IA29 A6 IA30 G12 IA33 F12 IA35 E3 IA43 E13 IA44 D13 IA45 H11

IA46 H12IA13 G6 IA14 H5 IA15 H5 IA16 H5 IA17 C12 IA18 C13

A

B

Y

3A33

27R

A

E

N

O

FOR CINCH

20

2A11

19

FOR CINCH

IA19 F13

IA20 E12 IA21 F12 IA22 C12 IA24 D12 IA25 F12 IA27 H12 IA28 A6

FA11 C6 FA13 B6 FA14 D3 IA03 E3

IA04 E3 IA05 F3

56R

*

CINCH

O

M

F

L

3A29

J

owner.

Y

IA06 F3 IA07 F3 IA09 F6 IA11 G6 IA12 G53A56 D5

4A01 D12 4A02 E12 4A03 E12 4A04 E5 4A05 E5

5

2A44

FOR SCART

N

4A06 F5 5A00 C12

5A01 B12 5A02 C12 5A03 F12 5A04 E12 5A05 D12 5A06 B6 5A07 C6

5A08 D6 7600-1 D3 CA01 H10

7

*

**

3A47 H12 3A49 H11

13

I

N

2A67

2A66

2A65

Y N

Y

N

H

Y

18

56R

C

3A50 D3 3A51 F3 3A52 E2 3A53 E2 3A54 B5 3A55 C5

SCART

1

N

17

C

15

E

3A29 F12 3A30 E13 3A31 E12 3A32 D13 3A33 D12 3A34 G14

3A35 G12 3A36 G14 3A37 G12 3A38 H14 3A39 H12 3A40 A6 3A41 A6

3A42 B6 3A43 B7 3A44 A6 3A45 B7 3A46 G14

Y

42

CINCH

56R

27R

3A32

3A08 E3 3A09 F3 3A10 F2 3A11 F2 3A13 D3

3A14 B5 3A15 C6 3A16 C5 3A17 C6 3A18 D5 3A19 D6 3A20 F14

3A21 F12 3A22 C13 3A23 C12 3A24 B13 3A25 B12 3A26 C13 3A27 C12

3A28 F13

G

3

N

2A41

11 12

121

M

47R

D

18R

8

27R

Y

*

2A68 F11 2A69 F11 2A70 E10

2A71 G6 2A72 C5 2A73 C6 2A74 C5 2A75 C6 2A76 D5 2A77 D6

3A06 E3 3A07 E3

15

P

K

16

YYN

*

4

2A41 F11 2A42 F12 2A43 F12 2A44 E11

2A45 E12 2A46 E12 2A47 D11 2A48 D12 2A49 D12 2A50 F11 2A51 G6

2A52 G11 2A53 H11 2A54 A7 2A55 B7 2A56 A7 2A57 G11 2A59 H12

2A60 H11 2A65 E9 2A66 E10 2A67 E10

K

F

2A47

D

*

* *

7

FOR SCART

FOR CINCH

FOR SCART

1716

SCART

18

H

Y

PNX8543 - ANALOG AV

2A70

2A32 C11 2A33 C12 2A34 C12 2A35 B11 2A36 B12 2A37 B12

2A38 C11 2A39 C12 2A40 C12

2A10

2A12

*

3A31

N

20

L

Y

N

13

14

19

G

N

105

I

2A20 F6 2A21 F6 2A22 G6 2A23 G6

2A24 G6 2A25 G6 2A26 H6 2A27 H6 2A28 H6 2A29 H6 2A30 H6

2A31 F12

J

9

*

2A69

2A68

3A30

6

2A03 E3 2A04 F2 2A06 B6 2A07 C6 2A08 D6 2A09 D5

2A10 E11 2A11 E11 2A12 D11 2A13 E6 2A14 E6 2A15 E6 2A16 E6

2A17 F6 2A18 F6 2A19 F6

N

18R

MULTI 12NC : 3139_123_64421 / 64541 / 64561

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

CELL 12C : 8239_125_14871

B

15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

A

B

*

47R

D

E

F

G

H

2A02 D3

6

18R

10

4111

*

1234567891011121314

" XA00 ~ XA99 "

3A28

32

SCART

9

BD 12NC : 3139_123_64431 / 64551 / 64571

P

8

*

C

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

IA25

3A34

27R2A50

22n

2A06

100n

2A59

2A17 22n

IA06

3A23

47R

3A25

47R

22n2A30

3A33

2A20

IA46

22n

2A21 22nRES

56R

3A15

2A23 22n

3A29

3A35

47R

1u8

5A05

2A57 22n

22n2A53

27R

3A20

IA21

3A10

3A28

RES

75R

27R

3A24

22n2A52

3A49 390R

IA24

2A33

150p

3A26

27R

2A40

150p

27R3A36

3A31

3A06

10n2A13

10K

180R

3A51

IA12

18R

3A18

3A07

4K7

3A53 100R

18R

IA07

3A44

IA11

22n

2A31

47R

3A47

IA14

5A03

1u8

22n2A69

IA18

IA20

2A5522n

2A16 22n

27R3A38

FA13

IA33

2A27 22n

2A5422n

180R

3A50

2A47 22n

IA45

22n

2A07

2A71 100p

22n

2A03

IA17

150p

2A49

22n2A19

180R

3A09

IA29

56R

3A45

3A13

180R

3A22

27R

3A30

4A04

IA05

IA28

RES

270p

2A04

2A29 22n

47R

3A37

1u8

5A02

2A39

150p

18R

3A14

100R3A52

22n2A22

FA14

2A34

150p

2A46

22n

2A65

22n

2A08

SIF-GND

2A10 22n

150p

CA01

2A48

2A43

150p

IA04

2A32

22n

SIF-GND

3A27

47R

3A19

IA22

56R

3A4218R

22n2A28

1u8

4A06

5A01

4A05

IA15

4K7

3A08

2A15 22n

RES

2A09

10n

3A16

18R

FA11

IA30

56R

IA35

3A41

IA09

150p

2A45

5A04

1u8

J4

H4

G2

R1 R3

T2

U1

M1 M3

M4 M5

K1

K3 K4 K5

N4

L4

B3

A3

B2

A2

C3

J5

T1 P1

P3 P4 P5

H1 H2 H3

G3

F2 F3 F4 G1

F1

A1

D2 D1

L1 L2 L3

E2

E1

J1 J2 J3

G4

PNX85439E

7600-1

C2

N1 N2 N3

IA19

ANALOG_VIDEO

IA27

2A25 22n

IA16

3A32

150p

2A42

3A43

56R

4A02

22n2A14

2A70 22n

22n2A68

47R

3A39

22n 2A56

3A46 27R

22n2A26

22n

2A41

3A21

47R

2A37

4A03

150p

IA03

330n

5A06

3A54

18R

RES

5A00

1u8

2A18

22n

RES

2A77

100p

2A76

RES

2A36

150p

RES

22n

2A35

3A11RES 75R

2A12 22n

22n

2A11

56R

3A17

RES

2A66 22n

2A02

270p

100p

2A72

RES 2A73

100p

IA44

RES

4A01

RES

100p

2A75

2A74

100p

RES

5A07

330n

RES

3A55RES

18R

22n2A44

330n

5A08

IA13

RES

RES 3A56

18R

2A24 22n

2A51 22n

IA43

2A67 22n

2A60 12p

18R

3A40

22n

2008-12-161

03101

2A38

**** *** *****

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

2008-10-17

08

3PC332

25

********SETNAMECHN

CLASS_NO

1

SUPERS.

1

NAME

DATECHECK

3139 123 6443

TV543_2K9

PCB SB SSB BD

A2

2008-10-17

-- -- --

SC1-B

AV2-PB_SC2-B

SC1-G

AV2-Y_SC2-G

R-VGA

H-SYNC-VGA

AV3-Y

AV3-PB

AV3-PR

3

2

2009-01-16

Vincent Yap / Lee CW

DC343514

2009-01-16

SV

B-VGA

G-VGA

AV2-PR_SC2-R

SC1-R

CVBS1

Y_CVBS-MON-OUT

V-SYNC-VGA

SIF

CVBS2

FRONT-C

FRONT-Y_CVBS

CVBS

18440_507_090223.eps

090224

SSB: PNX8543 Analog AV

EN 98Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

SSB: PNX8543 SDRAM

M_DQ

M

M_A

M_BA

M_CLK

M_DQM

M_DQS0

N P

M_DQS1

N P

M_DQS2

N P

M_DQS3

P

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

0 1 2

M_CASB

M_CKE

N P

M_CSB

0 1 2 3

N

RASB

ODT

IREF

31

30

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

VREF

WEB

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CK

VDDL

VREF

VSSDL

14

VDDQ

QSSVSSV

BA

A

LDQS

UDQS

NC

DQ

CKE WE

ODT

RAS

1

CS

CAS

0

0 1 2

VDD

LDM

UDM

15

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CK

VDDL

VREF

VSSDL

14

VDDQ

QSSVSSV

BA

A

LDQS

UDQS

NC

DQ

CKE WE

ODT

RAS

1

CS

CAS

0

0 1 2

VDD

LDM

UDM

15

13

C

J

12

4

3B37 G12 3B38 G12 3B39 G12 3B40 G12 3B41 H12 3B42 H12 3B43 H12 3B44 H12 3B45 H12 3B46 H12 3B47 B10 3B48 B12 3B49 B10 3B50 B12 7600-2 A5 7B00 F10 7B01 F3 FB00 B11

O

P

FB01 B10 FB02 C6

H

J

17

CELL 12C : 8239_125_14871

H

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

10

3B27 H8 3B28 H9 3B29 H8 3B30 H9 3B31 G12 3B32 G12 3B33 G12 3B34 G12 3B35 G12 3B36 G12

K

M

F

5121

13

O

2

14

" XB00 ~ XB99 "

13

3B12 G6 3B13 G6 3B14 G6 3B15 G6 3B16 G6 3B17 G6 3B18 G6 3B19 G6 3B20 H6 3B21 H6 3B22 H6 3B23 H6 3B24 H6 3B25 H6 3B26 H8

L

7

1918

M

19

20

N

2B37 F12 2B38 F12 2B39 F12 2B40 F12 2B41 F13 2B42 H12 3B00 C3 3B03 C7 3B04 D7 3B05 H2 3B06 H2 3B07 H3 3B08 H2 3B09 H3 3B10 G6 3B11 G6

863

2B17 F6 2B18 F6 2B19 F6 2B20 F7 2B21 H6 2B22 B10 2B23 E10 2B24 E10 2B25 F8 2B26 F8 2B27 F8 2B28 F8 2B29 F8 2B30 F9 2B31 F9 2B32 F9 2B33 F9 2B34 F11 2B35 F11 2B36 F12

owner.

L

161

20

K

C

F

3

B

D

I

4

2B08 F2 2B09 F2 2B10 F3 2B11 F3 2B12 F3 2B13 F5 2B14 F5 2B15 F6 2B16 F6

B

PNX8543 - SDRAM

A

G

I

12

G

16

6

BD 12NC : 3139_123_64431 / 64551 / 64571

MULTI 12NC : 3139_123_64421 / 64541 / 64561

1514

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

P

E

10 18

11

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

A

D

C

E

9

17

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2B00 D7 2B01 D6 2B02 E5 2B03 E5 2B04 F1 2B05 F2 2B06 F2 2B07 F2

N

115

1

85

RES

9

7

1%1%1K0

3B50 3B48

1K0

3B12

33R

330u

2B22

N31 N32

AA31

V31

V32

AB32

AE32

6.3V

AK31

AJ34 AJ31 R34 R31

AG33 AG34

AH31 AH32

N34 N33

U32 M31

AL34

R32 M32

AL33 AE34 AK34 AF34 AG32

R33 U34

AH33

V34

M33

T33

M34

P31 T32 P32

U31

W31

AH34 AK33

AJ32 AL32 AL31 AF31 AK32 AF32

P34 T34

AC32 W34 Y31

AC34 AD33 AA32

W32

AE31

AB33 AB34

MEMORY

AA34 AE33

AD34 V33 Y32

AA33 AD31 Y34 AD32 W33

PNX85439E

7600-2

3B19

33R

+1V8-PNX85XX

33R

3B25

33R

3B30

3B29

33R

3B05

220R

RES

3B32

33R

3B31

3B09

33R

FB02

FB01

2B05

100n

2B04

33R

3B11

33R

3B08

F8

H2

K3

220R

3B00

P9J7A7H8B2

B8

D2

D8

E7

F2

C7C9E9G1G3

G7

J2

A3

E3

J3

N1

A1E1J9M9R1

J1

A9

G9

C1

C3

L1 R3 R7 R8

K9

K7

B3

B7 A8

H1 H9 F1 F9 C8 C2

F3 F7 E8

A2

E2

G8 G2

D7

D3

D1

D9

B1

B9

H7

H3

N7 P2 P8 P3

L2 L3

L7

J8

K2

K8

L8

M8 M3

M2 P7 R2

M7 N2 N8 N3

7B00

HYB18TC512160B2F-3S

Φ

SDRAM

100n

2B36

2B35

100n

3B06

33R

3B46

33R

3B45

3B10

33R

+1V8-PNX85XX

100n

2B01

1u0

2B03

2B02

330u 6.3V

RES

33R

3B20

3B03

5K6

100n

2B33

2B42 100n

+1V8-PNX85XX

33R

3B18

3B17

33R

3B28

33R

3B27

FB00

820R

3B04

100n

2B06

3B3433R

100n

2B09

2B08

100n

2B30

100n

2B29

2B13

100n

+1V8-PNX85XX

100n

2B38RES

2B37

100n

RES

3B14

33R

3B13

2B27

100n

2B26

33R

3B40

3B39

33R

CHECK

3139 123 6443

TV543_2K9

PCB SB SSB BD

A2

2008-10-17

-- -- --

2008-12-161

03101

3

2

2009-01-16

Vincent Yap / Lee CW

DC343514

2009-01-16

SV

**** *** *****

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

2008-10-17

09

3PC332

25

********SETNAMECHN

CLASS_NO

1

SUPERS.

1

NAME

DATE

3B49

1K0 1% 1%1K0

3B47

B8

D2

D8

E7

F2

F8

H2

K3

G7

J2

A3

E3

J3

N1

P9J7A7H8B2

R1

J1

A9G9C1C3C7C9E9G1G3

K9

K7

B3

B7 A8

A1E1J9

M9

C2

F3

F7

E8

A2 E2

L1 R3 R7 R8

D9

B1

B9

H7 H3 H1 H9

F1

F9 C8

L3

L7

J8

K2

K8

L8

G8 G2

D7 D3 D1

P7 R2

M7 N2 N8 N3 N7 P2 P8 P3

L2

SDRAM

Φ

HYB18TC512160B2F-3S

7B01

M8 M3

M2

2B11

100n

2B10

100n

2B34

33R

3B07

2B15

100n

2B14

100n

2B21

DDR2-VREF-DDR

2B12

100n

2B28

100n

2B32

100n

2B31

RES

2B20

22u

100n

2B18

2B17

100n

RES

100n

2B16RES

33R

3B42

3B41

33R

3B16

3B15

33R

3B24

33R

3B23

33R

3B22

3B21

33R

100n

2B07

3B36

33R

33R3B35

100n

2B25

33R

3B33

RES

22u

2B41

2B39

100n

DDR2-VREF-CTRL

RES

220R

3B26

33R

3B44

3B43

33R

DDR2-VREF-CTRL

+1V8-PNX85XX

DDR2-VREF-DDR

RES 2B19

100n

33R

3B38

3B37

33R

RES

DDR2-VREF-DDR

100n

2B40

2B24

1u0

6.3V330u

2B23RES

2B00

100n

DDR2-BA2

DDR2-ODT

DDR2-RAS

DDR2-WE

DDR2-CLK_N

DDR2-D18

DDR2-D19

DDR2-BA2 DDR2-BA2

DDR2-WE

DDR2-CKE

DDR2-CLK_N

DDR2-CS

DDR2-D16 DDR2-D17

DDR2-D26 DDR2-D25 DDR2-D28 DDR2-D29 DDR2-D27 DDR2-D31

DDR2-D20 DDR2-D21 DDR2-D22 DDR2-D23 DDR2-D24 DDR2-D30

DDR2-DQM2 DDR2-DQS2_P DDR2-DQS2_N

DDR2-ODT

DDR2-RAS

DDR2-DQM3

DDR2-DQS3_P DDR2-DQS3_N

DDR2-D7 DDR2-D8 DDR2-D9

DDR2-DQM0 DDR2-DQM1 DDR2-DQM2 DDR2-DQM3

DDR2-DQS0_N DDR2-DQS0_P

DDR2-DQS1_N DDR2-DQS1_P

DDR2-DQS2_N DDR2-DQS2_P

DDR2-DQS3_N DDR2-DQS3_P

DDR2-A0 DDR2-A1

DDR2-A10 DDR2-A11 DDR2-A12

DDR2-A2 DDR2-A3 DDR2-A4 DDR2-A5 DDR2-A6 DDR2-A7 DDR2-A8 DDR2-A9

DDR2-BA0 DDR2-BA1

DDR2-CAS

DDR2-CLK_P

DDR2-CKE

DDR2-CLK_P

DDR2-CS

DDR2-D0 DDR2-D1

DDR2-D10 DDR2-D11 DDR2-D12 DDR2-D13 DDR2-D14 DDR2-D15 DDR2-D16 DDR2-D17 DDR2-D19 DDR2-D18

DDR2-D2

DDR2-D22 DDR2-D23 DDR2-D20 DDR2-D21 DDR2-D24 DDR2-D30 DDR2-D26 DDR2-D25 DDR2-D28 DDR2-D31

DDR2-D3

DDR2-D27 DDR2-D29

DDR2-D4

DDR2-D5

DDR2-D6

DDR2-D6 DDR2-D7 DDR2-D8 DDR2-D9

DDR2-DQM0 DDR2-DQS0_P DDR2-DQS0_N

DDR2-ODT

DDR2-RAS

DDR2-DQM1

DDR2-DQS1_P DDR2-DQS1_N

DDR2-WE

DDR2-A0 DDR2-A1

DDR2-A10 DDR2-A11 DDR2-A12

DDR2-A2 DDR2-A3 DDR2-A4 DDR2-A5 DDR2-A6 DDR2-A7 DDR2-A8 DDR2-A9

DDR2-BA0 DDR2-BA1

DDR2-CAS

DDR2-A0 DDR2-A1

DDR2-A10 DDR2-A11 DDR2-A12

DDR2-A2 DDR2-A3 DDR2-A4 DDR2-A5 DDR2-A6 DDR2-A7 DDR2-A8 DDR2-A9

DDR2-BA0 DDR2-BA1

DDR2-CAS

DDR2-CLK_P

DDR2-CKE

DDR2-CLK_N

DDR2-CS

DDR2-D0 DDR2-D1

DDR2-D10 DDR2-D11 DDR2-D12 DDR2-D13 DDR2-D14 DDR2-D15

DDR2-D3 DDR2-D2 DDR2-D4 DDR2-D5

18440_508_090223.eps

090224

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

EN 99Q548.1E LA 10.

2009-Apr-03

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

EN 100Q548.1E LA 10.

SSB: PNX8543 Control MIPS/Flash/PCI

123456789

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright

I

J

K

L

A

B

+3V3-PER

RES 3M01-2 10K2

RES 3M01-3

+3V3-PER

RES

3M07

3M09 3M10 10K

3M85 10K

C

D

RES 3M05

10K 10K3M08 10K

10K3M11 10KRES 3M77 10K3M78

10KRES 3M12 10K3M13RES

45

7

10K

PNX8543-BL-BOOST_SPI-CLK

PNX8543-LCD-PWR-ON_SPI-DI

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

owner.

L

DEBUG / RS232 INTERFACE

M

FOR FACTORY USE ONLY

TXD-UP

RXD-UP

N

TXD

RXD

O

FOR UART SERVICE CONNECTOR

P

MULTI 12NC : 3139_123_64421 / 64541 / 64561 BD 12NC : 3139_123_64431 / 64551 / 64571

CELL 12C : 8239_125_14871

1

2M92

234567891011

12345

PNX8543 - CONTROL MIPS/FLASH/PCI

BOOTMODE_PNX8543-BL-CTRL

RESET-SYSTEM

EJTAG-TCK

EJTAG-TDI EJTAG-TDO EJTAG-TMS

EJTAG-TRSTN

IRQ-CA RXD-MIPS TXD-MIPS

PBS-I2C-SCL

TXD-MIPS2 RXD-MIPS2

3M73 100R 3M74 100R

3M75

100p

2M93

EJTAG-TCK EJTAG-TDI EJTAG-TDO EJTAG-TMS EJTAG-TRSTN

BOOTMODE_PNX8543-BL-CTRL

WC-EEPROM-PNX5100_SPI-DI IRQ-PCIIRQ-PCI IRQ-CA RXD-MIPS TXD-MIPS PNX8543-LCD-PWR-ON_SPI-DI

PNX8543-BL-BOOST_SPI-CLK

SPI-DO_I2C-SDA PBS-I2C-SCL

TXD-MIPS2 RXD-MIPS2

SCL2

SDA2

PCI-AD0 PCI-AD1 PCI-AD2 PCI-AD3 PCI-AD4 PCI-AD5 PCI-AD6 PCI-AD7 PCI-AD8 PCI-AD9 PCI-AD10 PCI-AD11 PCI-AD12 PCI-AD13 PCI-AD14 PCI-AD15 PCI-AD16 PCI-AD17 PCI-AD18 PCI-AD19 PCI-AD20 PCI-AD21 PCI-AD22 PCI-AD23 PCI-AD24 PCI-AD25 PCI-AD26 PCI-AD27 PCI-AD28 PCI-AD29 PCI-AD30 PCI-AD31

FM21

FM22

S4B-PH-SM4-TB(LF)

CDS4C12GTA

6M02

RES

6M01

RES

FM23

100R

FM24

100R3M76

FM25

CDS4C12GTA

6M00

6M03

RES

4M03

RES 1M01

1 2 3 4

56

K01SER 3M01-4 10K36 10K3M01-1 1 8

SPI-DO_I2C-SDA

100p

+3V3-PER

10K

10K3M06

3M00

FM39

4M02

FM28

FM40 FM41 FM42 FM43

3M14

100R

3M15

100R

3M16RES

100R

3M17RES

100R

3M18

100R

3M19

100R

3M90

100R

3M91

100R

FM37

5

1M04 4 2

3 7 8 1

MSJ-035-10A B AG PPO

54321

7600-8

PNX85439E

IM21

IM19

SCL-UP-MIPSSCL1

SDA-UP-MIPSSDA1

SCL-UP-MIPSSCL2

SDA-UP-MIPSSDA2

AP27

AN28

AN4 AP3 AP4 AM4 AL4

U2 U3 U4 L34 L32 L31 V2 V3 V4 V5

AK27 AL27

AP29

A29 B29 C29 D29 A28 B28 C28 D28 E28 A27 B27 C27 D27 E27 A26 B26 E24 D24 C24 B24 A24 E23 D23 C23 B23 A23 E22 D22 C22 B22 A22 E21

BL_PWM

RESET_SYS

TCK TDI TDO

TRSTN

GPIO_0 GPIO_1 GPIO_2 GPIO_3 GPIO_4 GPIO_5 GPIO_6 GPIO_7 GPIO_8 GPIO_9

UA2_TX UA2_RX

CLK_27_OUT

SCL-SSBSCL3

SDA-SSBSDA3

SCL-SET

SDA-SET

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PCI_AD

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

CONTROL

EJTAG

USB

SCL-UP-MIPS

SDA-UP-MIPS

SCL-SSB

SDA-SSB

SCL-SET

SDA-SET

PCI

TRDY

+3V3

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

6

SDA

SCL SDA

FAULT

PWR_EN

RREF

USB_RPU

USB_ID

USB_VBUS

7600-3

PNX85439E

PCI_CBE

DEVSEL

FRAME

IDSEL

INTA_OUT

PERR SERR STOP TRDY

REQ_B

GNT_B

PLL_OUT

XIO_ACK

XIO_AD25

XIO_SEL

F33

1SCL

H33

1

D32

2

B33

2

D33

3SMT

G32

3

AN16

DM

AP16

DP

AL16 AK16 AM16

AM17 AP17 AN17

3M24

FM34

FM35

3M92

D21

0

C21

1

B21

2

A21

3

IM20

A30

CLK

A25 C26 B30 C30 D26

IRDY

E25

PAR

C25 D25 B25 E26

D30

REQ

E30

GNT

E31 E29

IM08

AP28

A20 B19

B20

0

C20

1

D20

2

E20

3

3M79

LIGHT-SENSOR

100K

RES

3M80

10K

3M81

10K

IM23

IM24 IM25 IM26

2K7

4K7

3M20

3M21 3M22

3M25

2K7

3M26

1K2

3M93

4K7

3M34 100R

0R FOR /82

3M29

27R

IM28

LED2

LED1

3M94 15K 3M95

3M27

1K2

3M35

100R

SCL1 SDA1

SCL2 SDA2

SCL3 SDA3

12K

1K5 10K

10K3M23

PCI-CBE0 PCI-CBE1 PCI-CBE2 PCI-CBE3

PCI-CLK-PNX8543

LIGHT-SENSOR

RC

LED2

LED1

KEYBOARD

15K

USB20-DM

USB20-DP

USB-OC

+3V3-PER

PCI-DEVSEL

PCI-FRAME

PCI-AD24

IM07

PCI-IRDY

PCI-PAR PCI-PERR PCI-SERR PCI-STOP PCI-TRDY

PCI-GNT

PCI-CLK-OUT

XIO-ACK

XIO-SEL-NAND

IM85

IM84

FM36

6M04

NUP1301ML3

+3V3

RES

3M82

7M80 BC847BW

+5V

3M99

7M81 BC847BW

RES

+5V

2M00

EMC

0R4

3M31

IM18

+T

3M32

100K 56K

3M33

3M36-1 10K 3M36-3

3M36-2 27

3M38-3 36 10K

+3V3-STANDBY

10K

RES

3M83

IM88

+3V3-STANDBY

10K

RES

3M96

IM89

IM90

10n

2M01

EMC

RESRES

NUP1301ML3

5

10K3M38-2 27

IM86

IM87

2M95

3M88

10n

2M02

EMC

5M01

30R

6M05

18

4

+3V3-PER

PCI-CLK-OUT

3M86

100R

3M87

220R

47n

10K36 10K 10K3M36-4

10n

2M04

2M03

EMC

6.3V

2M05

47u

RES

2M16

3M37-2 10K

27 36

100p

2M91

100p

2M90

100R

100p

2M89

4M88

100p

2M88

3M89

100R

100p

2M87

3M98

10R

100p

2M86

USB

CONNECTOR

10n

1M09 FM38 FM08 FM09 FM10

292303-4

+3V3-PER

10K3M37-3 10K3M37-4 5 4

RESERVED

7M02

CDCVF2505

3M40

33R

+5V

CLKI

IM31

5M80 5M81 5M82 5M83 5M84 5M85 5M87 5M88

TO LED PANEL

1 2 3 4

+3V3-PER

6

VDD3.3V

GND

30R 30R 30R 30R 30R 30R 30R 30R

3M30

*

3M43

*

3M46

*

2M17

10n

2M18

100n

2M21

81

CLKO

10p

2M19

3

0

10p

2

1

IM32

1Y

5

2

IM33

7

3

IM34

4

1M20

FM00

1

FM01

2

FM02

3

FM03

4

FM04

5

FM05

6

FM06

7

FM07

8

1735446-8

" XM00 ~ XM99 "

FLASH

5M00

33R

3M68

+3V3-NAND

10K

18

3M59-1

36 45

27

3M54-2

36

3M54-3

45 18

RESERVED

1

CHECK DATE

+3V3-NAND

100R3M58-1

NAND-AD(0)

100R3M58-2 2 7

NAND-AD(1)

100R3M58-3 3 6

NAND-AD(2)

100R3M58-4 4 5

NAND-AD(3)

100R18

NAND-AD(4)

100R3M59-2 2 7

NAND-AD(5)

100R3M59-3

NAND-AD(6)

100R3M59-4

NAND-AD(7)

3M66

2K2

3M67

10K

SCL-SET

SDA-SET

EJTAG-TRSTN EJTAG-DETECT EJTAG-TDI

EJTAG-TDO

EJTAG-TMS

EJTAG-TCK

100R

100R 100R3M54-4 100R3M54-1

WP-NANDFLASH

FM45

6

10K

3M44-3

3

XIO-ACK

NAND-CLE NAND-ALE NAND-WEn NAND-REn

+3V3

18

3M44-2273M44-1

RES

100K

3M45

********EMANTESNHC

3M44-4

PCB SB SSB BD

TV543_2K9

**** *** *****

SUPERS.

2008-10-17

45

+3V3

XIO-SEL-NAND

PCI-AD24 PCI-AD25 PCI-AD26 PCI-AD27 PCI-AD28 PCI-AD29 PCI-AD30 PCI-AD31

+3V3-NAND

PCI-AD0 PCI-AD1 PCI-CBE1 PCI-CBE2

*

3M30 3M43 3M46

3M39

2M20

3M41

3M42

+5V

/32 N.S. N.S. 0R

33R

15p

33R

FOR LIGHT GUIDE

502382-0470

/82 27R N.S. 27R

PCI-CLK-PNX8543

PCI-CLK-ETHERNET

PCI-CLK-PNX5100

IM35

1P09

1 2 3 4

56

CLASS_NO

3PC332

-- -- --

2008-10-17

2009-01-1623

She King Chuang

NAME

SV

DC343514

+3V3-NAND

7M00

NAND01GW3B2BN6F

NAND-AD(0) NAND-AD(1) NAND-AD(2) NAND-AD(3) NAND-AD(4) NAND-AD(5) NAND-AD(6) NAND-AD(7)

NAND-CLE NAND-ALE XIO-SEL-NAND NAND-REn NAND-WEn WP-NANDFLASH XIO-ACK

PCA9540B

+3V3

10K

RES

3M70

22R3M72

29

0

30

1

31

2

32

3

41

4

42

5

43

6

44

7

16

CLE

17

ALE

IM13

9

CE

8

RE

18

WE

19

WP

IM14

7

R B

+3V3

100p

2M12

3

7M01

VDD

SC0 5

SCL14SD0

+3V3

10K3M71

RES

25

SC1

I2C

INP

-BUS

FIL

SD1 7SDA2

CTRL

VSS

6

RESERVED FOR DISPLAY

4M05 4M06

FOR BOUNDARY SCAN

RES

3M47 10K

C

ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. 2008

USB

USB-OC

USB20-DM USB20-DP

PCI-DEVSEL PCI-FRAME

PCI-IRDY

PCI-TRDY PCI-STOP PCI-PERR

PCI-SERR

PCI-REQPCI-REQ PCI-GNT

4M84

RES

3M84

10K

RES

4M83

3M97

10K

19181716151413121110987

FM33

12

37

VCC

Φ

[FLASH]

1G

IO

NC

VSS

36

13

8

3139 123 6443

13010

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

1 2 3 4 5

6 10 11 14 15 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 33 34 35 38 39 40 45 46 47 48

FM11

FM12 FM13

FM17

FM14

FM15

FM16

10

20

100n

2M10

SCL-DISP

SDA-DISP

FOR FACTORY

USE ONLY

RES

+3V3

53261-0871

1

1 2008-12-16

2M11

1M03

10

100n

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9

2009-01-16

1M01 J4

5M85 J10

1M03 J17

5M87 J10

1M04 K4

5M88 J10 6M00 K4

1M09 D10

6M01 J3

1M20 J11

6M02 J4

1P09 I12

6M03 K3

2M00 C8

6M04 E8

2M01 C8

6M05 E9

2M02 C9

7600-3 E6

2M03 C9

A

B

C

D

E

D

F

E

G

F

H

I

G

J

H

K

L

I

M

J

N

K

O

P

A2

L

18440_509_090223.eps

2M04 C9 2M05 D9 2M10 C16 2M11 C17 2M12 G15 2M16 D9

2M17 G10 2M18 G10 2M19 H11 2M20 H11 2M21 H11 2M86 K9 2M87 K9 2M88 J9 2M89 J9 2M90 I9 2M91 I9 2M92 K2 2M93 K3 2M95 I8 3M00 B4

3M01-1 C2

3M01-2 B2

3M01-3 B2

3M01-4 B2

3M05 C2

3M06 B4

3M07 C2

3M08 C2

3M09 C2

3M10 C2

3M11 C2

3M12 D2

3M13 D2

3M14 D4 3M15 D4 3M16 D4 3M17 E4 3M18 E4 3M19 E4 3M20 C6 3M21 D6 3M22 D6 3M23 D6 3M24 D6 3M25 D6 3M26 E6 3M27 E6 3M29 G6 3M30 G11 3M31 C8 3M32 D8 3M33 D8 3M34 F6 3M35 H7 3M36-1 E8 3M36-2 E8 3M36-3 E8 3M36-4 E8 3M37-2 F9 3M37-3 F9 3M37-4 F9 3M38-2 G8 3M38-3 G8 3M39 H11 3M40 H9 3M41 H11 3M42 H11 3M43 G11 3M44-1 I14 3M44-2 I14 3M44-3 I14 3M44-4 I14 3M45 K14 3M46 G11 3M47 K15 3M54-1 F13 3M54-2 F13 3M54-3 F13 3M54-4 F13 3M58-1 D13 3M58-2 D13 3M58-3 D13 3M58-4 D13 3M59-1 D13 3M59-2 D13 3M59-3 D13 3M59-4 D13 3M66 D13 3M67 E13 3M68 C13 3M70 J14 3M71 J15 3M72 K14 3M73 J3 3M74 J3 3M75 K3 3M76 K3 3M77 C2 3M78 C2 3M79 I6 3M80 J6 3M81 K6 3M82 I8 3M83 I8 3M84 J7 3M85 C2 3M86 I9 3M87 I9 3M88 J8 3M89 K9 3M90 E4 3M91 E4 3M92 E6 3M93 E6 3M94 C7 3M95 C7 3M96 J8 3M97 K7 3M98 K9 3M99 J8 4M02 B5 4M03 C4 4M05 H15 4M06 H15 4M83 K7 4M84 J7 4M88 J9 5M00 C13 5M01 C9 5M80 J10 5M81 J10 5M82 J10 5M83 J10 5M84 J10

7600-8 B5 7M00 C15 7M01 G15 7M02 G10 7M80 J8 7M81 K8 FM00 J10 FM01 J10 FM02 J10 FM03 J10 FM04 J10 FM05 J10 FM06 J10 FM07 J10 FM08 E9 FM09 E9 FM10 E9 FM11 J16 FM12 J16 FM13 J16 FM14 J16 FM15 J16 FM16 J16 FM17 J16 FM21 J4 FM22 J3 FM23 K3 FM24 K3 FM25 K4 FM28 B4 FM33 C15 FM34 E6 FM35 E6 FM36 D8 FM37 J4 FM38 E9 FM39 B4 FM40 C5 FM41 C5 FM42 C5 FM43 C5 FM45 E14 IM07 F7 IM08 G6 IM13 E15 IM14 E15 IM18 C8 IM19 D5 IM20 F6 IM21 C5 IM23 C6 IM24 D6 IM25 D6 IM26 D6 IM28 H6 IM31 H10 IM32 H11 IM33 H11 IM34 H11 IM35 I12 IM84 K7 IM85 J7 IM86 I8 IM87 I8 IM88 J8 IM89 K8 IM90 K8

090224

2009-Apr-03

Philips Q548.1E Schematic

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

Contents Page Contents Page

1. Revision List

2. Technical Specifications and Connections

2.2 Directions for Use

2.1 Technical Specifications

Table 2-1 Described Model numbers

2.3 Connections

2.3.1 Side Connections

1 - Cinch: Audio - In

2 - Cinch: Video CVBS - In

Figure 2-1 Connection overview

3 - S-Video (Hosiden): Video Y/C - In

4 - Head phone (Output)

5 - Common Interface

6 - USB2.0

Figure 2-2 USB (type A)

7 - HDMI: Digital Video, Digital Audio - In (see connector 15)

8 - Service Connector (UART)

2.3.2 Rear Connections

9 - EXT1 & 2: Video RGB - In, CVBS - In/Out, Audio - In/Out

12 - VGA: Video RGB - In

Figure 2-4 VGA Connector

13 - Mini Jack: Audio - In

Figure 2-3 SCART connector

10 - Cinch: S/PDIF - Out

11 - Cinch: Audio - Out

14 - EXT3: Cinch: Video YPbPr - In, Audio - In

15 - HDMI 1, 2 & 3: Digital Video, Digital Audio - In

Figure 2-5 HDMI (type A) connector

16 - Aerial - In

2.4 Chassis Overview

3. Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

3.2 Warnings

3.3 Notes

3.1 Safety Instructions

3.3.2 Schematic Notes

3.3.3 Spare Parts

3.3.4 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs

Introduction

BGA Temperature Profiles

3.3.1 General

3.3.5 Lead-free Soldering

3.3.6 Alternative BOM identification

Figure 3-1 Serial number (example)

3.3.7 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)

3.3.8 Practical Service Precautions

3.4 Abbreviation List

4. Mechanical Instructions

4.1 Cable Dressing

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing 32PFL7404H/12

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing 42PFL7404H/12

Figure 4-3 Cable dressing 47PFL7404H/12

Figure 4-4 Cable dressing 52PFL7404H/12

Figure 4-5 Cable dressing 32PFL8404H/12

Figure 4-6 Cable dressing 37PFL8404H/12

Figure 4-7 Cable dressing 42PFL8404H/12

Figure 4-8 Cable dressing 47PFL8404H/12

4.2 Service Positions

4.2.1 Foam Bars

Figure 4-9 Foam bars

4.3 Assy/Panel Removal

4.3.1 Rear Cover

4.3.2 Speakers

4.3.3 Ambi Light

Figure 4-10 Ambi Light unit

4.3.4 Main Supply Panel

4.3.5 IR & LED Board / Stand Support

Figure 4-11 IR & LED Board / Stand Support

4.3.6 Small Signal Board (SSB)

4.3.7 Keyboard Control Panel

4.3.8 LCD Panel

Figure 4-13 LCD Panel - SSB subframe

Figure 4-12 LCD Panel - top support

Figure 4-14 LCD Panel - PSU subframe

4.4 Set Re-assembly

Figure 4-15 LCD Panel - panel removal